Audio

557: Why You’ll Never Get Anywhere In Business If You Don’t Stop THIS Habit!

556: What’s Really Going On? A Behind the Scenes Look At How We're Changing Our Business

Today, Toni and I cover a topic that plagues almost every single entrepreneur that we know.

We dive into the pitfalls of shiny object syndrome and how it can derail your focus and productivity. We explore why we’re so easily tempted by new ideas and projects, and how to break free from the constant urge to chase the next big thing.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to avoid shiny object syndrome
  • The keys to focusing your efforts

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the show where I cover all the latest strategies and current events related to e-commerce and online business. Now today, Tony and I are going to cover a topic that plagues almost every single entrepreneur that we know. And we’ll do a deep dive into what this is and how to avoid falling into this common trap of entrepreneurship. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets are now on sale for Seller Summit 2025 over at sellersummit.com.

00:25
The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet.

00:52
Now I personally hate large events, so the seller summit is always small and intimate. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past nine years. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The seller summit’s going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 6th to May 8th, and right now this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be.

01:20
And finally, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

01:56
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter Job podcast. Today, Tony and I are going to talk about probably the bane of every entrepreneur’s existence. so today we’re going to be talking about shiny object syndrome, how to fight it and how to not succumb to its allure. To its awesomeness. So this, I agree with you. think this is, this is one of the top two problems entrepreneurs face. I think the top

02:26
The tie with this is like the self doubt component of being an entrepreneur. People just don’t think that they’re able, you know, they’re not gonna be successful so they procrastinate. But shiny object syndrome to me is just a form of that procrastination. I have to fight it every day. Just remember the other day I was telling you, hey, all these apps that I’m writing for Bumblebee linens, I’m thinking about turning that into a company. And then you were like, do it.

02:52
And then I was like, okay, maybe I will. actually went through this down this rabbit hole, uh, figuring out all the tools that I need to make it scalable, to have lots of customers. And actually that was the easy part. And then I went to chat. played tennis with one of my buddies who’s an engineer and he was like, yeah, that’s the easy part. All the technical stuff is the easy part. The hard part is dealing with customers when something goes wrong and whatnot, you’re to need a whole team. You’re to be, you know, and I was like, Oh, you’re right.

03:22
You’re right. Maybe I should do this once the kids go to college. That’s not too far off though. That’s true. You are, I would say worse than I am, right? Oh, I’m so bad. In fact, was just, I think we’ve talked about this on a couple other podcasts. I’m doing that Amazon program right now where you’re getting a bounty for the videos you create.

03:49
Last week I ordered like 40 products on Amazon to review. Wow. Okay. Yeah. And there’s some stipulations and stuff like that. A lot of it’s like, uh, embargoed. So I can’t like talk in great detail about it, but basically you’re, you know, reviewing products, vertical shorts for Amazon that they’re going to use. And, uh, so this morning I was like, I got to get up and I’ve got to, um, start recording. Like I’ve got to start because there’s a time limit of how, of when you can do this. So.

04:18
You know, I have all the products arrived over the weekend. start unpackaging them and there’s some specifics on what you can use. Like the products have to be in a certain category and price point and all this type of stuff. So anyway, I start like getting ready to create the video. And my whole thought was like, I need to knock out like 10 videos at a time, right? Because they’re short videos. So it’s not like they take a long time to film. The actual hardest part about this is

04:45
getting everything in in 30 seconds. Like I was like way too long winded on a lot of things. But as I was starting to do this, I had to go back to Amazon and look stuff up. And then I was like, what if I did this? And immediately was like in another like complete Amazon project idea that I had. Right. And I was like, what if I did this and that? And I’m like, I’m literally it’s guaranteed money, guaranteed money to make these videos. Yet here I am rabbit trailing off of something that I will never do.

05:12
Um, but it was seemed cool for like five seconds. And I was like this morning, I was like, I have like, gotta be with, you know, I got to record this at 11 o’clock, right? And like, I got a very limited time window and here I am wasting 30, 45 minutes on the rabbit trail of this whole other, you know, project that’s not guaranteed money. I’ll probably never do it. And it just like, I’m sitting here like with, with like, it’s like, what am I doing? Why am I not able to just complete the task?

05:40
I have another example too. You can have shiny object syndrome even in your own business that’s already running. Yes. So this whole printing on linens and handkerchiefs, I thought it’d be like super simple and it was fun because I wanted to actually get one of these printers. Like, yeah, actually that was the motivation for doing it really. I just wanted to play around with these cool printers. But now it’s, it has slowly become the bane of my existence. Mainly because I haven’t

06:08
It’s much more complicated than you think and delegating it is a little bit more involved. And I’ve taken apart the printer. I had to take apart the heat press the other day because things just keep breaking. Yeah. And it’s just really annoying. did I really need to do that? mean, know, embroidery is still our bread and butter. We already have that. But I don’t know. It’s taking away my time from other things right now, which is really the…

06:37
the main bane for every entrepreneur’s existence, I think. It’s fun, right? In the beginning, I had a blast in the beginning. Yeah. Oh, I remember when you were like learning how to do everything and you were like creating all this stuff, you thought it was amazing. And for the first 15 minutes this morning, I was like in, in fun town, right? Like, Ooh, da da da da. And then I was like, crap, now I’ve got this much time left. And I wanted to get videos edited too before I recorded. So I was like, I have just cut my time in half for absolutely no reason.

07:05
So this is, so do you remember like, I don’t know, was probably, I don’t want to say 10 years ago, but it was probably close to 10 years ago. We did a podcast with Austin Bronner. Yeah. And I think it, I think this was during this recording or in our conversations with him where he talked about, he only did one thing and got really, really good at the one thing. And then he didn’t move on to the next thing until he got like, he was the best at this thing.

07:35
And I started thinking about that and I was like, I remember when he said it, was like, yeah, like everybody I know that’s had like a crazy amount of success has only done one thing. And I think about like our friend, Wang, who we talk about a lot on the podcast, but back when he had his blog, Bargain Earing, he was like the AB optimization tester, right? He had this whole complex, you know,

07:59
procedure that he did on every landing page, right? And that was his, like, he was the expert and his expertise in doing that and understanding the results and making changes based on that very specific thing made him millions of dollars, right? And if Jim would have been like, hey, let me start my Facebook group and hey, let me, you if he would have started, maybe I should get on print on demand and make bargaineering t-shirts, whatever it was, right?

08:25
he probably wouldn’t have seen the level of success. And I see that with lots and lots of people, right? That just completely stay focused on one thing. It always works out for them, right? It never doesn’t work when you do this. So then why are we all so tempted to still run and chase every other thing? I think it’s fear. Because I always think diversification in case one thing goes down.

08:52
And in a lot of cases, I’m glad that I have diversification, but I I do, I think you’re right. The people who have focused, like remember when we had Spencer Jan come talk at Seller Summit. So he’s the founder of Solo Stove, which is now a, I don’t know, billion dollar company or hundreds of millions of dollars. And when he started Solo Stove, he actually had a $4 million a year apparel business.

09:18
And I don’t know how much of that was profit, but let’s just say it was a million, right? A million dollars a year, but then he decided to shut that down to focus on Solo Stove. And at the time, think Solo Stove was around the same size. Yeah. And I think that was one of the best decisions that he made. Although if it were me, I’m not sure if I could have made that same decision. Yeah. mean, looking back on it, it’s probably the best decision to have made in his life, but it was a billion dollar good decision.

09:48
But in the moment, I think it’s really hard. what I see it, and he’s, there’s a lot of people like him who have to pick, like you have to get to a point where you have to make a choice in your business. But what I think we see a lot and probably a lot of people who are listening are the people who are just starting out. Cause we get this question all the time. I have two different ideas. I have two different projects. have two different, can I start two different websites? Can I start two different social media channels?

10:15
And our answer is 99 % of the time, like absolutely not. Because that’s the easiest way to get sucked into shiny object syndrome, right? Is to have your thought, your time, everything divided from the beginning. It’s gonna happen naturally as you go and create, but to start out that way, to me you’re just setting yourself up to not be able to be successful at either one. I mean, that’s a common question I get asked too.

10:43
Should I start on Amazon or should I work on my website or should I just do both at the same time? And I think people just underestimate how much work is involved in getting a website up, tweaked and everything. So definitely always one at a time. Like pick one or the other. Cause otherwise neither one of those channels are going to work for you. Just in my experience. And I’ve been teaching my class for, man, it’s been 13 years now. It’s crazy.

11:12
It’s a long time. I think about our, and I’m not picking on our student, Sean, but I think about Sean. He’s selling stickers right now on Etsy. Sean, to me, always has a shiny object. Hey, Sean, shout out. We still love you. Every time we talk to him, he’s always got something else, some other idea that he’s thinking about or wanting to do. To me, it’s like if Sean would just go all in on the stickers.

11:38
right, are all in that niche. Maybe it’s not just stickers, maybe there’s other types of things you can do with that. I’m not super familiar with that type of product creation. if you think about in general, like how much time we spend thinking about doing other things, researching other things, if we would have just taken those exact same amount of hours and put them into what we’ve already started, like how much further ahead

12:02
would we be and I know it’s ridiculously further because this morning after I stopped messing around and I was like, I gotta get focused. In the matter of an hour, I filmed I think seven videos and edited four and have four published now. So like in an hour, right? Now these are not like high editing quality. mean, these are very simple to type stuff but like when I just said like, I’m not gonna do anything else, this is my one priority right now.

12:30
I was able to just churn through so much. And I think for people, if they can just stay focused, they will see that same level of, know, not necessarily success, but at least productivity when they can stay focused. Yeah. I was just looking back because I have Bumblebee Linens and my wife quit her job, And I think for the longest time I was able to do both because Bumblebee was kind of just maintenance.

13:00
Yeah, in a way. But this like whole printing thing has occupied so much time now that, yeah, I don’t know. I can think of another example too. Nathan Barry, who was actually just on the show maybe like a month ago, he had this thriving core space business. It was generating, you know, seven figures every year. And then he had ConvertKit, which I think at the time was not generating that much money at all.

13:28
maybe six figures in annual revenue, but he decided to drop his course business to focus on ConvertKit. And today it’s worth hundreds of millions of dollars. The problem is, is I can’t seem to do that. So maybe we should talk about some strategies on how to avoid. Maybe you’re not the right person to ask either, but I have my methods on trying to curb it. I don’t have it under control completely, but I’m just curious how you do it. You have less time than I do.

13:57
I do. Well, and that’s one of the ways I curb it because I realize, like I think to myself, do I really want to work on a Saturday? Do I want to, if I spend time chasing something on a Wednesday morning, that’s going to equal working on something that’s important and I have to get done on a Friday at five o’clock. Right? So I try to in my mind, just like rationalize the time spent and it’s like, and I, I,

14:24
This is the other thing is I feel like, especially if you’re an entrepreneur, you have to allow yourself a little space to chase the shiny objects, but that has to be on your downtime. That has to be something that you do for fun. One of the things that I’ve always wanted, you know this, I’m like super into real estate. I’m super into all these like renovation stuff. And I was like, oh, I should do something with that, professionally. But I’ve had, and so I will find myself on rabbit holes, rabbit trails, you know.

14:51
looking into maybe I could do this, maybe I could start a YouTube channel, maybe I could do whatever. And I’m all, but like that’s not my bread and butter. That’s not what’s making me money today, right? It’s actually costing me an arm and a leg right now. So what I’ve told myself is like, Hey, this might be something for you in the future. This might be something that you can do down the road, but that’s what you can do on Wednesday night. You know, that’s what you can do on Sunday when football’s on. Like that has to be done in your free time and your working hours have to stay for the things that are

15:19
currently making you money or have the immediate potential to make you money. So like the Amazon videos, don’t make, making the video doesn’t make me money, but there’s potential to make me money, right? So I have to stay focused and that’s just what I have to force myself to do is let’s just say, we’ll just throw this out there Monday through Friday, nine to five, I will only engage in like money making activities. And then in my free time, I can do whatever I want. I can research every vlog out there on home renovation or

15:49
buying castles in Scotland or whatever it is. So that’s one thing that I’ve decided like to force myself in that box.

15:57
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

16:26
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

16:38
Yeah, for me, I, well, now I’m one, I talk to my friends and get a thorough assessment of how much time it’s going to take. And if I want to take something on, I’ll usually drop something else. But dropping that other thing can be really tough. It’s easier for me if that thing isn’t making money already. Yeah. But if that thing is making even like a, even a little bit of money, actually, I don’t know, I struggle with it.

17:07
But that’s generally how I do it. I try to get an overall time assessment. And you know me, usually like, so back in the day, I guess for last 10 years, I like to have two days free, like Thursday and Friday. And any new thing eats into that time. And I think every entrepreneur needs to have like, at least one day of buffer, just in case there are fires to fight.

17:31
And this year at least. I think that’s unrealistic for most entrepreneurs. unrealistic to have? One full day of a buffer, yeah, for sure. Just to fight fires? Yeah. Okay. Well, that’s how I like to do it. No, I know, but you’re a lot further along in your entrepreneur journey than most people. Most entrepreneurs are still doing everything and they don’t have systems and processes set up like you do. They should read your book. No, but all those things took time, right? In the beginning.

18:00
I don’t know, even right now, I just put in like, I put in two new things, actually in the last couple of weeks that I used during those buffer times. So those buffer times aren’t necessarily, I’m not like sitting on the beach or, you know, lying outside. Those are buffer days where I’m actually thinking about how to make things better. I think everyone needs to have one of those days. Like an efficiency day is what I like to call it. I think that’s a good idea in theory.

18:28
I don’t think that’s okay. just, most entrepreneurs that I know that are in the like, let’s just say middle entrepreneur stage, right? You’ve created something, you’re making some kind of money, but you’re not to the point where you can like either quit your day job or be on kind of cruise control. Those people don’t have a lot of buffer time because they’re still trying to balance maybe another job that’s bringing them in, you know, their mortgage payment or, uh, you know, just

18:57
Basically, we hear this from people from all time, I’m doing everything. I’m trying to figure out ads, I’m trying to figure out email, I don’t understand Facebook, I don’t know how to code, right? People are just really overwhelmed with getting started. So those are all shiny objects in my opinion. Okay. Right? You launch your business, you’re trying to run Facebook ads, Google ads, social media, whatnot. Those are all shiny objects within the business. Yeah. Right? You just have to pick one and do it. Yeah.

19:27
And what I mean by this buffer that I’m talking about is, and we faced this too, there was a point in Bumble Bee Linens life where we were just spending all of our time fulfilling orders. Like that would be all of our time. And we’d get everything out the door and we were just too exhausted to do anything else. And that was just not sustainable, which is why like, you you need that period to figure out how to make things better. Otherwise you’re just going to be on the same track and just burn yourself out. Yeah, I agree with that buffer time. I just don’t want anyone listening to get

19:56
like discouraged because that doesn’t seem realistic. But I will say, if you want buffer time, you have to conquer your shiny-odd syndrome. Because I think one of the reasons why you’re able to have the two days is because when you’re working, you’re so focused on the work that you’re doing. Like you’re known for locking yourself in your office, one small light bulb above the computer.

20:25
No, okay, so the other thing is you sacrifice some revenue. Like you have to be willing to, you know, take less money, but you know, leave some money on the table in order to do this too. Yeah. But I think, I think people don’t understand how much time chasing these things cost them, even if you’re not physically typing in and researching something, right? Like, let’s just say you’re working on your next video.

20:54
right from my wife quit her job. But in the back of your mind, you’re like, how can I print on hats? I should go into the hat printing business because the margin on hats is 85%, blah, blah, blah. So like the creation of the my wife quit her job video that’s about Temu, right? Or something not about hats, right? Is going to take you two to three times longer because your mind is still over here, right? Thinking about this. And that’s where shiny object syndrome kills your productivity.

21:22
because instead of being like laser focused, make that video done. So then you do have that buffer day or even you have a buffer afternoon, right? Where you can think about like, hey, let’s research hats. Let’s get the cause. Let’s find a supplier. Let’s check out if my printer can handle hats, whatever it is, right? You put that over there in that little bucket. And then when, you know, to make the video, you’re focused on the task at hand and not, you’re not giving anything brain power, manpower to the other idea.

21:51
You know what I need for my business? I need a mind sweeper. So what I mean by that is like the shiny object part is the fun part, right? And I can say this for almost everybody, the grass is always greener on the other side. So you get into it, it’s always exciting in the beginning and you’ll start something. And then I just need someone to just hand that off to. Take that into the sunset.

22:18
And so I forgot what my point is, but.

22:24
If you don’t have the mind sweeper in your thought, like this is going to be the most amazing thing. I can say with confidence that it’s only going to be fun for like the first period and then it’s going to suck. Yeah. It’s just the way it is. So just be aware of that whenever you’re thinking about starting something new. one of the ways that, cause I am definitely guilty of shiny object, although I think I have it in, I think I have it under control. I have it in containment.

22:53
One of the ways that I get it out though is with our course. Because I explain, love business ideas. I love thinking of new ways to make money. Like I literally talked to the air conditioner guy about how to sell better, right? Like I just want to talk about this all day long. Have you thought about this? Put this up, set this on your website, whatever.

23:15
So what I found is when we teach the course and we do zoom calls and we do coaching and we do Friday check-ins and we’re interacting with our students all week long, right? And the Facebook groups, you know, everything I’m able to sort of let that creative outlet go for them. Right? So we were talking to somebody last week about some business ideas that he had. And I was like, wait, you could do this, blah, blah, blah, blah. And I was able to like, get out some like creative ideas.

23:44
And like after the phone call was over, I haven’t thought about it again, right? Like I got, like I was able to like brainstorm and feel creative. And then I was like, okay, back to my regular scheduled, you know, job. Um, and so I find that with the course, it allows you and I both to like give people ideas and brainstorm and kind of chase shiny objects with them. And for them, it’s not a shiny object. It’s a business, right? A business plan.

24:09
And then we can just go back to our own little worlds and we don’t have to think about what they’re doing. Right? Like that’s now it’s their problem to solve. It’s theirs to figure out. And then we can go back to our, our regularly scheduled day. So you’re pushing your shiny object syndrome onto our poor students. No, no, because a lot of them have a, have a very base idea, but they don’t have the execution or.

24:37
They have a skill, but they don’t know how to monetize it. Right. So I feel like these calls and these brainstorming with our students actually allows us to be really creative. Cause like there’s stuff like stuff we’re never going to do. Right. Like, um, like we’re talking to Johnny about his, he’s really into that certain type of camper. Right. Right. And we were talking, we were talking about, you’re like, you could get sponsorships and blow it. Like we’re giving them all these ideas. And I’m like,

25:01
Like that would be something that like we could shiny object ourselves like, hey, I’m super into XYZ. We could do this and I could get a sponsorship and I could set up a portal and blah, blah, blah. You know, and so I think that that for me is an outlet. And I think for entrepreneurs who don’t teach a course, which is most people like that’s a, that’s a mastermind group, right? That’s a focus group that you can join and be a part of. That’s when you go to an event like seller summit, right? And so you can be around people and you can enjoy their

25:31
passions and the things that they’re into and you don’t have to, you’re not committing to anything. You’re not on the journey with them. You’re just a part of it for a short period of time. And I think that’s actually a really helpful way to combat it. It’s also a really great way to go, I will never do that. Right? Because you talk to people who have, you know, similar concepts to what you have and you’re like watching them in just this like muddy cesspool and you’re like, yeah, I’m so glad I’m not selling stickers.

25:59
right? Or whatever it is, I think that’s actually really helpful to kind of manage it. I don’t ever think you can just throw it out. You know, what’s funny is my one on ones without you are completely different. I spend most of the entire consult trying to talk people out of things. Like they’ll come on and say, Oh, I want to start out with this brand and I want to be really grand. Then I want to have this huge launch.

26:26
And then I want to reach out to, you know, larger companies and get a license. I’m like, Whoa, hold that. Hold the phone here. You got to make the thing first. And then you got to put out the feelers and whatnot. So I’m usually reining people in. Okay. But I guess it’s just the nature of the beast, right? With e-commerce, I think you need to rein people in with content. People aren’t aware of all the opportunities. Yeah. Available to them. And that that’s why you have to, but you’re, right. I, I do enjoy,

26:55
you know, giving out advice and plans and not having to be the one to actually follow through on it. Right. It’s like when you’re talking about the mind sweeping, it’s like that’s their problem now. we and not it’s not really a problem for them. Like it’s something that they can execute on and help them, you know, build something profitable. But to me, that just really fulfills the shiny object syndrome because we’re able to like go through it with other people. But then we don’t still have to carry it.

27:25
as our own, you know, in our own businesses. Yeah. Which is actually why this is a perfect shiny object syndrome is 50 % of the time when we’re on a call, I’m like, oh, I would love to do like coaching. Because I just like, I love some of those phone calls, right? Because it’s like, you just see a light come on in people and you’re just like, this could change their life. This could, and I, and I have people in my life that I have like, not because of me, but like who I’ve mentored in the past and like,

27:55
their lives have changed based on the businesses that they’ve started and the things that they’ve accomplished. And when you see that and you see it over and over again in people, it’s cool to be just like a tiny part of that. And I was like, oh, but then like shiny object, right? I’m like coaching. Okay. So what are you going to charge to coach somebody? I don’t know. Like, I mean, we have a friend who’s charging $5,000 a month. I think you get four calls, right? It’s not, not a bad hourly, not a bad hourly rate. Yeah. But at the same time, like,

28:24
how many people can you do that for, right? Like, and obviously this person is in a position where that fee is warranted, right? Most people can’t warrant $5,000 for four phone calls, however. So let’s just say you can warrant $500 for four phone calls, right? So four phone calls are an hour each, you’re making a hundred and what, 25 an hour.

28:48
Then, okay, so then how many, how many clients can you take on and you start like doing the math and we were talking about earlier, like, okay, well, is this really scalable? Is this something that like, if I add coaching and I’m taking away five hours a week for $500, if I spent five dedicated hours on, let’s just say for you, YouTube videos, would you make $500 a week for five hours of YouTube filming and editing? Like the time that it would take you, you’d make way more than $500 a week, right? So.

29:17
When you start like trying to figure out, well, if I do this and like the math doesn’t work anymore for me, it might, it might work for some people. And so it’s like, but then you spend all this time like, well, I guess I’m not going to do coaching. Plus we already do it for the course and that’s fine. Um, but that’s where the shiny object syndrome comes in, right? Cause you’re like, this is really cool. I like it. Let me do this. Well, I do all the stuff and now I’ve wasted an hour. Okay. I’m not doing it. going to be selfish here. Talk me out of this software thing that I’m okay.

29:47
Let me just run to by the audience. So you’ll notice, and a lot of you guys are in Shopify, I’m sure. Shopify apps costs a ridiculous amount of money for what they do. Uh, by the, the, project that I was just recently working on is I created this loyalty program that a commercial loyalty program, they charge upwards of $300 plus four that I coded in a week. There’s no reason these apps should cost that much. So I was thinking about just taking all these little features that I make for bumblebee.

30:17
turning them into a product I service and just charge like a flat rate for all of it.

30:25
and essentially disrupt this particular no no no recurring but it basically just disrupts like all these Shopify apps that are charging gobs of money

30:36
I just do it for fun because I like it. actually think that’s a really good idea. Do you really? I do for a couple of… So here’s why. Okay, do you want to go with why it’s a good idea or why it’s a bad idea? Give me both. Okay. So here’s why think it’s a good idea. I think there’s a need. Like the Shopify app store is insane.

30:56
You and I both know we were looking at that rewards program on the app store. It’s $200 a month for like the basic features, right? You’re not even getting like the premium stuff. For the premium is several hundred dollars a month. And that’s not just that. That’s just one app that you’re using in Shopify, right? Then you want to use, I mean, I like one click up, so I don’t want to dog Ezra stuff. It’s a great product. But like, once again, it’s percentage of your revenue.

31:21
you know, and then you get another app on there and you’re like, Oh, I need a, you know, combine order app and I need a whatever app. Like you start adding up and now you’re paying a thousand dollars a month in apps on Shopify. Right. Yeah. So I love the idea of being a disruptor. Right. mean, one click upsell at a basic level, probably not as many features that Azure has obviously, but you just want basic one click upsell functionality. That’s actually really easy to write. Yeah.

31:47
Yeah, they’ve got some cool functionality with AI and things like that. And that’s one of those apps where I feel like, listen, it will make you the money back. So you kind of pay it begrudgingly because you make way more than that in your revenue. But a lot of these apps, it’s a little bit ambiguous, right? Like the back in stock app, right? Like all the $9 a month, $15 a month, $25 a month. And then you get into the crazy like, and a lot of these apps, it’s like, yeah, we’ll give you the basic app for $15 a month. But if you want any features at all, it’s a hundred, right?

32:17
And so I think a disruptor in the space would be awesome because it, especially for people who are just getting started, right? Cause some of these apps I feel like are maybe not critical to your success as a store owner, but they’re very impactful on your bottom line. So it’s like, it’s hard for me to say, yeah, get Shopify, pay whatever that is per month, and then get a suite of $500 a month in apps.

32:44
just to get started and oh, by the way, you don’t have any traffic. So run some Facebook ads and you oh, and you also invested in product and blah, blah, you know, now you’re like thousands of dollars in and you don’t even know if someone’s going to buy something from you. So I like the disruption aspect of it. What I would like to know before I would go any further in this is like talk to Ezra, talk to some other people that run Shopify apps. Like what’s the true customer service cost?

33:13
Because building the app is easy. We’ve talked about that. Like I’m on customer service with OneClick Upsell probably twice a month, right? Which isn’t a lot. That’s very often. You think? When was the last time I talked to Klaviyo customer support? Never. I talk to them all the time. Do you? So you have problems all the time? I write so much more than you do though. But what does it have to do with like the tool breaking?

33:40
Well, it’s not just about the tool breaking. It’s about like, hey, we’re trying something new. We’re doing this. We’re setting something up. Is it set up correctly? Is it like, there’s just so many variables. Plus I have multiple people, right? So like, okay. But one click upsell, such a basic service. Like what, do you, what do you need to talk to them about twice a month? Like, uh, orders coming through incorrectly. you the lady who’s like lonely? No, just needs to chat with someone. Ezra, are you there?

34:10
No, maybe once a month, but there’s definitely some communication. So to me, it’s like, especially when you’re setting it up. remember when I set up bold apps as a big Shopify app developer. I remember setting up, I don’t remember which app it was, and this was for a client a long time ago, and something wasn’t working correctly. And I knew that I had set it up.

34:35
right, but it was like one of those features where if you’re on this theme, there’s a glitch because of this and you got to go into the liquid and do all these things. like there was knowledge base about it, but it wasn’t enough information for me to like, plus I didn’t want to break everything. And so I was on chat with them a lot for probably like a five day period. And then once it got fixed, it was fine. So I would be curious as to what is the true time cost for customer service and that thing, because to me, that’s the only

35:04
downside of doing this. building it is easy, know, so to And maintaining it is easy-ish, right? You’ll have to make some updates, you know, stay in the loop on things. But the fact that there’s a human element of humans using the product is where like it all falls apart. Yeah. Actually, I did talk to Ezra once and he told me that the SaaS business that he has,

35:34
was the hardest business that he’s ever, ever created. Yes, that’s what he said. Way harder than e-commerce, way, way harder than e-commerce. Why? Those are the exact words that he told me. Because it’s a commodity is what he said. Like anyone could just code anything, right? Yeah. in point, I just did something in a week, right? Yeah. And so anyone can just…

35:59
come up and compete against you doing the same thing. So you constantly have to be investing in engineering resources to stay ahead. Yeah. But my philosophy would be different. Most people just I’m just going to code like the bare minimum of what you would need based on like what I teach. You don’t need all those bells and whistles. They just make your life more complicated. Yeah. And you know, I’ll just do it kind of for fun. And I know people listening to this are probably like, yeah, you’re weighing over your head. Possibly true. But I think the hardest thing you are.

36:27
What? I have like so many ideas already for you right now. Like, what if you did this? Okay, here we go. Here we go. channel your shiny object syndrome on me. No, seriously. You need to like get the like five basics, right? Five basic apps that you need to start a store. Exactly. And just stop right there. Code them up, right? Get them going. You sell them to the course members, right? You sell them to people in your course first, right? So that’s your beta group.

36:53
I think you have to sell it. was first, I was going to say, give it away for free, I was like, no, there’s actually, there’s actually hard costs involved in these things. So like you have to sell it, but you sell it at a price. It’s like, let’s just talk about the loyalty app. That’s 200 bucks a month for the loyalty app. You sell the whole suite of five apps for $99 a month. Right? That’s exactly what I was thinking. Hey, we’re doing this. We’re doing it. It’s on. No, but you start with the course people because those people you already have to coach up anyway. Right. So they’re already like in your customer service dashboard.

37:23
You probably need one customer service person that understands the technology to help you. But I think you could probably do it with those two components. If you are willing, this is the negative that I was going to tell you. What you would need is you have to probably give up one of your days initially. Or give up one of my projects. Sure. I’m actually fine doing that. This is something I’ve always wanted to do. I know. You’ve been talking about this since I met you. I’ve just been scared.

37:51
You were like, well, my kids graduate. I’ll do this. This is what you told me. Yeah. But I’ve been scared. now actually, thanks to AI, I feel like I’m pretty invincible. Yeah. Because I don’t need to like do the research now and remember the syntax and what’s out there. It’s just much easier now. I also think there’s a benefit. And I think bold with Shopify does this correctly is they have those suite of products, right? I think creating a suite of apps where

38:20
You’re like, okay, we do these five things. I like bold apps. When I was doing Shopify stores, I was like, we’re getting all of them. Because once you’re integrated, it’s just much easier because you’re familiar with their interface. I think having a couple is the smart way to do it because if you get a one-off, then people will leave you much easier. But if you have a suite of products, people don’t leave. That’s true.

38:48
Especially a suite of apps that do the basics that are way cheaper than everyone else for just a single app. Yeah. Plus I love that recurring revenue. I know we don’t do it for our courses and I feel fine about that, I remember talking to Jim Wang once again about the $5 meal plan.

39:09
This was like they had launched and it was running. At this point, it was basically on autopilot. They had a VA basically running the entire thing because they have a recipe database of like a billion recipes. Jim’s like, I just cash checks every month. I was like, five bucks a month, you’re cashing checks. Anyway, I like the recurring revenue model. I I do too. I can’t help you.

39:37
Don’t come to me for shiny object coaching. We recorded a shiny object syndrome podcast and now I’m off to do a new project. Here’s the thing though. I don’t think something like this is shiny object and here’s why. Okay, I’ll explain. It totally is shiny object. It’s not. It’s not. Literally when I met you, you told me you wanted to do a SaaS product. This is 10 years ago.

40:03
And you said, but the time it takes to do it is so heavy. like these, and we were talking about Greg Mercer, right? Cause at that point, Jungle Scout was still fairly newish. Um, and Greg was working a ton and I don’t even know if he was married back then, but like he was spending all of his time on Jungle Scout. And you’re like, I got into this business to spend more time with my family. So it doesn’t make sense to create a SaaS product that will take me away from my family even more. Made sense at the time.

40:32
But that was 10 years ago. It’s a completely different world now. Also, your kids are older, right? So your kids aren’t taking up the same type of time. more time now. They take more time. I totally agree. this isn’t like SaaS products today aren’t what they used to be in that like the way you want to do it. You’re not talking about developing the next Helium 10, right? Or Carbon 6. Like you’re like, hey, I want to do this. Like it’s kind of like Spencer Hawes with his plugins, right?

41:02
Yeah. He created link whisperer. You know, he’s doing that. So I don’t think it’s a shiny object because it’s something that you’ve always had in the back of your mind as like another step for you in your business. Like, do you think your book was shiny object? I actually do. Yes. Yes. book was a bucket list, which made it different in my mind. Yeah. So your book to me was shiny object because it didn’t really, you weren’t, cause you didn’t want to go on the speaking circuit. You didn’t want to become like a paid, you know, celebrity type person, like

41:31
Most people that write a book want to get like paid speaking gigs and want to do these types of things. You didn’t want to do any of that. So the book and the time that it took and all the effort didn’t have like a long-term monetary gain for you. It was a personal gain and that’s fine. But to me, the book was far more shiny object than this idea, which to me is like a retirement plan. A retirement plan. Well, the book was shiny object, but it’s something I’ve always wanted to do, but it’s also a one-off thing.

42:01
Yeah. This is like a long-term commitment type of thing. Yeah. Right. It will probably require some engineering staff to eventually. Yeah. Yeah. So anyway, all right. We got off track folks. Uh, shiny object syndrome bad, uh, email Steve with your request for apps. He’ll be taking a, we taking requests. I know. I, I think that.

42:30
It is, okay, so it’s a little shiny object, but at the end of the day, if your shiny object syndrome is part of your long-term monetization plan, then I would encourage people to make the space for it. But if the shiny object syndrome purpose is to distract you from the things that you know you need to do to grow your current business, walk away.

42:57
Hope you enjoyed this episode. For more information and resources, go over to mywifecoutorjob.com slash episode 557. And once again, tickets to Seller Summit 2025 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person, in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go to sellersummit.com. And if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifecoutorjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course.

43:25
Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

556: What’s Really Going On? A Behind the Scenes Look At How We’re Changing Our Business

556: What’s Really Going On? A Behind the Scenes Look At How We're Changing Our Business

Today, Toni and I are stepping away from business as usual to bring you something different.

We’re taking you behind the scenes for an unfiltered look at the changes we’re making in the business we run together.

In this deep dive, we’ll reveal what’s really been happening, why we felt it was time to shake things up, and what these changes mean for the future of our business— and possibly even yours!

What You’ll Learn

  • How Profitable Audience is changing
  • Why we felt the need to shake things up
  • What’s been happening in the background of the business

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the show where I cover all the latest strategies and current events related to e-commerce and online business. Today, Tony and I are doing something a little bit different. It’s not just business as usual. We’re taking you behind the scenes for a real unfiltered look at the changes we’re making in the business that we run together. We’ll do a deep dive into what’s really going on and we’ll share why we felt the need to shake things up, what’s been happening in the background and what these changes mean for the future of our business and maybe even for yours.

00:29
But before we begin, wanted to let you know that tickets are now on sale for Seller Summit 2025 over at sellersummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods

00:59
and not some high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past nine years. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit’s gonna be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 6th to May 8th.

01:27
And right now, this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be. And finally, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s available on Amazon at 38 % off. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book.

01:54
So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:07
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today’s episode is going to be a little bit different. Tony and I are actually going to do a live brainstorm about how we’re potentially going to modify the way we do our content-based workshops. Yeah. Now everyone will see that all the ideas come from me. Finally, it’s my chance to shine. So what’s funny about this is usually once every month, I do a workshop on e-commerce.

02:37
where I just spend three days teaching everything. And I go into a lot of detail and that’s just the way I’ve always been. Like I designed the workshop in a way where I would actually want to attend, right? You don’t want to attend a workshop where you’re not learning anything and you come away with more questions than answers. And this model has worked really well for me. Like I go into great depth on e-commerce and it always converts a lot of signups. However,

03:05
I also run another class with Tony where we teach blogging, YouTube, podcasting, basically how to build an audience and then monetize that audience through memberships, digital products, courses, a whole bunch of other ways to do it. That one, following the same philosophy does not convert as well. We’re to talk about how we’re going to change things up or just brainstorm live. The one thing that I do want to stress is that

03:34
It’s tempting to say like, well, those webinars aren’t successful. And I don’t think that’s true because I think anytime anyone signs up for your course or your membership through a webinar, it’s a success because you are helping change somebody’s life. Whether you sell content like we do, or you maybe are in like the health space or whatever it is. I think even to have one person sign up, we have actually someone in our course.

04:00
who does mental health type webinars. And she’s struggled over the past several months, just only getting one sign up, something like that. But I even feel like one sign up is a victory because you’re now gonna impact that one person. Now you have a potential success story. You can build on that. However, when we’re comparing our webinar performances and our workshop performances from previous years and then also comparing them to profitable online job,

04:29
probably my store. I don’t know where I got job from. You don’t have a job. You a job. We feel like it’s not converting as well as it should. I thought this would be a really fun thing to do live, unedited, where we could talk through some of the things that maybe should be updated or changed or things to try because I’m-

04:54
One of the things that I think is cool about running a class about content is we get to do things, to try things and let people know if they worked or not. And so let us make the mistakes or have the success, and so that our students don’t necessarily have to. So I think one thing that just came to mind is when you talk about selling products online, that’s an easy concept to understand. But I think for the vast majority of people out there, they don’t think that

05:23
content is like a sustainable moneymaker because it’s still relatively new. I mean, there’s still lot of influencers out there, but e-commerce is just, the whole concept is tried and true and it’s been around for a long time. Well, and I think that is very, it makes sense because I think there’s people in both of our families that still quite don’t get what we do on the content side. Whereas selling hankies makes sense to people. What do you do? I sell embroidered handkerchiefs. When I sold jewelry, what do do?

05:53
I sell jewelry. That’s really easy to tell somebody. But when you try to tell someone, well, I teach people how to make money online, you’re immediately like, oh no, get away from me. Or if you say like, well, I teach people marketing. Oh, what kind of marketing? Well, online marketing. Well, what’s that? It’s like, uh, you know, it’s just really hard for people to grasp that concept, especially without thinking that you’re shady.

06:18
Well, I’m not even thinking about what we do. just think I’m just talking about just making money through content in general. Yeah. Like when I tell my mom how much I make just on YouTube ads alone. Yeah, she still does not believe it. She does not understand the business. She does not understand how it can possibly make any money at

06:36
That’s what my mom is like, yes. It’s not the gold standard for understanding those types of things. Understanding complex science things, absolutely. I do think in general, it’s hard. The first thing that I’m thinking about is I was over the weekend going through our webinars in my head. What are the things we talk about? What do we do? I think our first mistake is our third slide where we’re like,

07:05
Yes, where we’re like, you’re not gonna make money for a very long time. Which I feel like can be true. I also feel like in today’s world, it doesn’t have to be true. Now, I absolutely do not wanna give people false hope or make them think that you’re gonna make money in three months. But I think let’s just compare both courses, right?

07:33
I have a lot of familiarity with your other course. You obviously do too. When you talk about like buying a physical product, people can see like, oh, I buy the product, I get the product, I list the product, I sell the product, I make money. There’s like this logical timeline. But what I don’t think people think about is I have to find a product two to three months. I have to find a supplier month, two months. I have to get a sample month.

07:59
I have to approve the sample. So by the time they actually have a product and list it either on their own store, on Amazon, whatever, they’re like eight to nine months in typically in the process. It’s not like they take a webinar, have a product and are on Amazon in three weeks. What’s funny about that is I use that exact same slide in my workshop. I’m like, hey, if you’re gonna do this, it’s gonna take a year. That’s I’m flat out, yeah.

08:25
I know and I’m not and I’m not you know that I don’t think that you try to like scam anyone. I’m I use the same verb. You know it’s going to take a while. But it’s very but like when we say it it’s very abstract right. Like well you’re not going to really make money. But when you say it it’s like everyone thinks like well maybe it’ll take you a year. Right. Like I don’t think people because I think in people’s mind when you think about the steps you don’t understand because we have people that are in the course in profitable online store.

08:53
who are like, hey, I wanna make sure that I have stuff for Christmas this year. I’ve seen that on like multiple calls lately. And I’m like, there’s absolutely no way you’re getting anything in time for Christmas. Like you have to have your stuff into Amazon yesterday. October, yeah. Yeah. So I think that even though you’re very upfront about that and you’re very clear, people don’t think, they don’t really understand like, oh, actually, yes, it does take forever. And I remember like,

09:22
And I used to have my products air shipped, right? Because they were so small and lightweight. So I never had anything on a boat. And now that I deal with people that have stuff on a boat, I’m like, holy cow. Like we’re talking like a 12 month cycle between like product idea and product delivery, if not longer sometimes. That wouldn’t go that far, but yeah, it can Well, we’re creating like curriculum. So it’s a little bit different. You’ve got to have the creation process, but.

09:48
Yeah, it’s definitely I think people don’t really envision it as taking it. It seems quicker to me. And so my first thought is we need to rephrase that slide. I don’t think we should take it out because I do think it’s like, hey, we don’t you’re not going to get rich. We’re not going to be standing in front of Lamborghini’s throwing money in the air like we’re not. Have you seen the guy on TikTok who like mocks all the like bro, you know, the bro culture actually?

10:15
Yeah, he’s got he’s totally satire, but he’s hilarious. He’s like, got to hustle. You got to hustle. He’s like doing all this stuff. And I was like, oh, that’s pretty funny. So I think there’s probably a medium, right? Like how do we set expectations but like not discourage people? Because like I was thinking about the last one where I’m like, that slide’s really a downer. Like first thing in the webinar and.

10:38
For the most part, people have a lot of self doubt. So then like being like, and you’re definitely not going to make money for like three years, you loser. Like, I don’t know. So I think we need to find a way to reframe that. That’s step one. Maybe that slide is, I don’t know. I’m just, I just want to make sure no one is accusing me of it being a get rich quick scheme. That’s the purpose, right? That’s why I do it with my other workshop too. I’m just saying, Hey, not to get rich quick scheme. This is going to be how long it takes.

11:06
telling you ahead of time. you know, if I tell you three months and three months goes by and nothing happens, you’re going to just give up. Yeah. So anyway, yeah, I totally see where you’re coming from. Yeah. There’s got to be some happy medium, though, where it doesn’t come across as a get rich quick at the same time. So, And I also think it’s really person dependent. Like if you have a great topic idea or you have.

11:35
a if you are that go-getter personality, you could in theory build up through mostly I would say through video, like depending on your channel, you could grow very, very quickly and have opportunities to make money in much less than a year. That’s not the norm. That’s absolutely not the norm. But like if you want to hustle in like a positive way and you’re like, I’m all in to this, then I think you can see success.

12:03
you know, almost as fast as you want to. But that’s not everybody. Right. Yeah.

12:11
Okay, so that’s one thing. And then the other thing I’ve just noticed, it’s like a very how-to based workshop, which has been my bread and butter for e-commerce. But for something that’s more of a foreign concept, I think, and what’s funny about this, I was just chatting with my mom about this. And she’s like, I need to believe first that it can actually happen because I don’t trust this business model whatsoever is basically what she said. Yeah.

12:40
So that was actually the next thought that I had was, you know, most people, have all this self doubt. So to then to have like this sort of foreign concept, it’s like, well, how do I take something that I don’t quite understand and I don’t think I’m good enough? Like that you combine all that and it snowballs into this. Well, this sounds cool and all, but it’s not for me. Right. I think our first day is actually pretty good in that respect, right? We outline like how you can actually make

13:10
make the money, right? Yeah. With the content. I’m not sure if it’s a little too detailed though. Like I’ve just taught it one way where it’s the type of workshop that I would want to attend. But I think for people who are interested in content potentially, like I’m not like my own target customer. No. And I think our, what we’re teaching would be great if you already had a website up.

13:39
So if our demographic is already creating content but doesn’t know how to monetize it, then that’s where that webinar really fits well because, I mean, we’ve had people like that on our webinars, in our course, and are like, oh, like, I just didn’t realize I could do this or I didn’t know that this is the requirements for this or this is how I set it up so I am eligible to run ads, whatever it is, right? Just getting them that like extra piece of information.

14:07
I think the problem is, that most people start, like, I usually when have people on, they’re like, well, I have a website, but there’s nothing on it. Or I have a YouTube channel, I’ve made zero videos. I have a TikTok, I have two videos up there of my kids, whatever. It’s like, okay, how do we convince people that they are worth being heard? Because that’s the rub, right? It’s like, well, no one would care what I have to say. Or we get like,

14:33
Do think people will be interested in it? And it’s like the most amazing idea we’ve heard, right? We’re like, are you kidding me? Like that’s a gold mine. Please start it right now or we’ll steal it from you. So I think that needs to be like our first step and I’m not sure how we get there, but we have to get people to believe that the information they have in their minds is sellable. That’s all we’re doing. We’re selling information, right? You know what’s funny about all this is, you know, when I got started, I was obviously a little skeptical too, but

15:03
I went into it with the mentality, hey, if I just do this long enough, people will see me all over the place and then the money will just come. I don’t think that philosophy works for the average person. No, it does not.

15:22
What does that mean? Do we pull examples from students or, you know, other real life case studies? But like, I don’t want to, I don’t want to mislead people. Like I know, like just let’s take a look at just Pat Flynn, right? He just launched a YouTube shorts channel that has, it’s only been around for a couple months, but in his like third month or something, he made like $1,200 a month on shorts of all things, which is extremely difficult.

15:51
It’s a great story, but I don’t think there’s no way I don’t think I could replicate it unless I did something completely different. Like he’s doing Pokemon cards for his channel. So I suppose if I did some sort of lifestyle thing, but even still, it’d be tough. He’s obviously helped by who he is, right? If Pat Flynn starts something, it’s going to be successful.

16:13
Or did he not leverage any of his own audience? he didn’t leverage his own audience. Really? People do know who he is, he didn’t use his audience to promote it. He tried to make it as independent of a case study as possible. I think what he did though is very replicable if you have a good idea.

16:39
If I remember correctly, he buys packets of Pokemon cards and when you buy these packets, you don’t know what cards are in there. And so it’s always like a surprise and there might be like a valuable how Pokemon cards are even valuable. don’t understand, someone could start a channel and explain that to me. But to me, it has all the elements of a good story.

17:00
Right. First of all, 60 seconds. So you’re not like even someone like me who could care less about Pokemon, it would probably watch it. Right. Like, oh, this is kind of interesting. Like, what’s it going to be? You know, and then this the fact that lots of people buy Pokemon cards, right. Like the audience is huge. It’s that gamble. It’s the risk factor. Right. Like, who is he going to get something that’s it’s like watching someone scratch off a lottery ticket. So I think all those factors, you know, make.

17:28
that a channel for success, and I think the 60 seconds is like the genius part of it because I don’t wanna watch four minutes of someone opening up a pack of Pokemon cards, but I’ll watch 60 seconds, right, or 59 seconds or whatever it is on YouTube. So I think it’s, but I think anyone who has an idea that sort of fits in that framework could find success pretty quickly.

17:52
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

18:21
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

18:33
I 100 % agree with you, except for maybe like the quickly part, depending on what your definition is. And my definition of quickly is within a year, which is doable. It’s doable. I think about there’s this girl on TikTok that I don’t even know if I follow her, but I see her in my feed all the time. And basically she bought some like ocean side quadruplex or duplex. don’t know. And she’s basically renovating it, but she has literally no renovation skills and she’s literally ripping like clapboard off the side of the house and

19:01
She’s in there like taking stuff out. I mean, it’s not like, her videos are well done. Like it’s not like professionally edited, but she’s, you know, she’s got a mic. She’s talking through stuff. It’s decent quality videos. But the fact that she’s doing this with no knowledge and doing so much of it wrong, like people are stitching her left and right and duetting her with like, hey guys, please never ever do this. When you unscrew a light socket, this is what you need to do. This is what you need to make sure. Like she’s grown.

19:31
I mean, she went from like zero to huge in the matter of like six weeks just ripping apart this house because everyone’s like panicking that she’s going to kill herself with the project. So I think if you can find that angle, it is possible to grow definitely within under a year. If you if you can do the right, if you can find the right niche for yourself. I mean, here’s what we need to convey, really. Whenever you put out content, good things happen.

20:01
Yeah. And sometimes that isn’t even monetary, but it’s just hard to make people believe that. Like any sort of, if you just, anything that you’re doing that’s even remotely interesting, you just document it. Yeah. This is the philosophy that I’ve always taken with my content and good things have always happened. I remember when I first started my blog, I didn’t really think that a lot of people were going to, it was meant for my friends. Yeah. And then just random people started

20:30
reading it and then they asked for the course. I never in a million years wanted to create a class. Never in a million years. Then enough people asked, I was like, fine. If 10 people sign up or whatever, then it’s on. That’s how it started. Incidentally, that’s how we launched our class in a way too. Yes. People were begging you for the content side and then profitable audience came about. How do you strike that balance? Yes.

21:00
I think the key is we have to get, we have to let people know it’s possible. So we probably need more examples. And definitely like, I think we mix the examples of people in our course, as well as people that we know, right, personally who are doing these things. Because I think there’s a balance too. Like people in our course, you know, are all in different phases of what they’re doing. Some of them are at the very, very beginning. Then we’ve got people,

21:29
Like I can’t, I can never remember her name, but she’s got the the YouTube channel with like 60,000 subscribers where she just posts the prayers every day. Right. So it’s like people are just like, it’s so vastly different. So we can, we have a lot of success stories in the course. We need to leverage those. And then we also need to leverage people that we know personally, our own stuff that we’re doing.

21:51
It’s hard because our own stuff is usually skewed by the fact that we have an audience, right? That we have stuff we can tap into. When we try something new, it’s not really, it’s hard to do the path. Unless you’re doing something totally anonymously, it’s hard to not leverage. Also, the other hard part is we worked really hard to build an audience, so sure as heck going to leverage it if we’re trying to do something to make money. You know what I mean? It’s like, not doing this for fun. I think we probably need to do that.

22:23
Really, it’s about people believing in their own talents. I’m definitely better at that than you are with people. I’m just a natural skeptic. That’s the problem, think, with all this. Then people seem to resonate with the skeptic part with my other workshop because I’m just telling you straight out, these are the things that you need to worry about and whatnot.

22:49
but I think it takes less convincing that it can actually make money. Whereas with content- Because it makes sense. Everyone’s walked into a store in their life. Most people have shopped online. I think that’s the next thing that we need to do is figure out how to get people to see their own potential because in the content game, it’s really about what you can offer.

23:14
Like I am definitely not a believer in like to be an influencer for influence sake. Like we don’t teach that. I don’t think that’s something that you or I will ever like, I mean, I think it’s something you can do, but like that’s not what we teach. Like we teach you how to teach other people to make money, right? Like whatever it is, whether it be in mental health or like her friend Christina getting a divorce, like, you know, she’s.

23:38
teaching people how to go through that. We’ve got David Crabill who’s teaching people how to do the cottage food industry. We’ve got Kevin who’s teaching people how to do IT stuff, right? So everyone’s leveraging their talents to teach. And to me, that’s the easier way to make money online. It’s much harder to make money online just for being your own personality. Most people don’t have that kind of personality to make money from their personality. And I think that’s what people think of when we say, oh, you can make money online. Well, I’m not.

24:06
so-and-so. I’m not Charlie D’Amelio. I can’t dance on camera and get 80 million followers or whatever Doesn’t mean you can’t try, but yes. Doesn’t mean you can’t learn the moves. I think we need to do that. The other thing that we talked about this earlier, and I think this is a real sticking point, is because the concepts that we teach are a little abstract. It’s all very much in your head until you do it.

24:35
Everything’s in your head until you film that first video. Everything’s in your head until you record your podcast or you write the blog post or you develop your course outline. We offer a single pay one time or you can pay, I think, in three payments. It’s a lot of money. I think it’s worth every penny. I would have paid this in Everyone who joins says it’s worth it. Yes.

25:02
The thing is if I wouldn’t have had to figure all this out by myself, I would have easily paid that back in the day just to have a cheat sheet. I think the price point is a lot for people who already are like, I’m never going to make a video or I’m not a good writer or I hate the sound of my own voice or whatever it is. I think we used to offer that $99 a month and we set it up

25:32
This is where it got weird. We set it up as like a trial. Like, pay $99 a month, take it for a month. If you don’t like it, cancel. And we have a cancellation policy that’s like, if you cancel, we cancel. We don’t like hound you. We’re not like trying to cancel cable. We’re not gonna follow you to your next house, do all this stuff. But people would sign up for it and then just keep paying.

25:57
Right. And then that’s where it got weird because we pride ourselves and like, hey, we don’t nickel and dime you. It’s not like you take this course and it’s like, but if you want to learn how to create courses, you have to take our course creation module. And that’s another three hundred dollars. And if you want to learn how to record video, you got to take our YouTube model. It’s like, no, one fee. You get everything. And every time we were adding stuff every week, you know, everything’s included. But then with that hundred dollar, ninety nine dollar a month model, you’re essentially paying forever.

26:26
Like and we yeah. So so we took it out. Like we were like, OK, we should probably take this out because like I think twice we’ve had someone go like, I’ve been paying for like 17 months. And you’re like, and I’m like, I mean, we’re still delivering. But it’s then it’s hard because it’s like, well, do you just do you want to pay a thousand dollars? You want to pay nine dollars for the rest of your life? Like, I don’t know. I don’t. I’d rather pay the thousand dollars. But the ninety nine dollar price point is just so much easier to swallow.

26:55
when it comes to like, especially if you’re not like sold on it because you don’t believe that you can do it.

27:02
Yeah. I think a lot of our failures are due to the fact that it’s the type of workshop that I would want to attend. Yeah. No, I’m being serious. Whereas I think in this case of content creation, I’m actually not the target. No. Whereas for, but you know, I did it that way also for my other classes, because that’s the type of people I want to attract. Yes. Right.

27:32
and then just content is just different. When we have our one-on-ones, half the time or even the majority of the time, we’re trying to convince the person that they’re good enough to do it. These people are always far more talented than we are, far more attractive than we are, far better spoken. They have every quality that you need to be successful. We’re over here like two idiots, like, can do it.

27:58
Share your vast amount of PhD knowledge with the world. What’s ironic about this, and I’ve done a lot of one-on-ones in both classes, usually with Profit Online Store, I’m usually trying to talk people out of doing something. Whereas with Profitable Audience, I’m always trying to talk people into doing something. It’s just really weird. The one-on-one disparity is crazy. I think it’s because…

28:25
of confidence issues, whereas people feel very confident they can probably sell something. Yes, and actually, you just gave me a light bulb moment. Okay. People tend to be confident that they can sell something. They’re never confident they can sell themselves. Yes. I can say everyone needs a red pen.

28:47
Right, everyone needs this in their life. You needed to mark up things, you needed to write notes, like selling a red pin’s easy. Selling my own talents, really hard. Why should anyone wanna listen to me? I’m not that, I’m an okay cook, but my kids don’t like everything I make. Why would anyone want a recipe from my website? Why would anyone wanna watch me cook? I probably don’t cut things correctly. You know, like.

29:08
you start thinking about stuff. And like I think about this and I don’t have a huge issue making video, but every time I make video, I’m always like, oh, I probably didn’t do that right. I’m going to get some comment like you didn’t wash your hands after you touch the chicken, whatever. Like you’re like, you’re right. I didn’t. My whole family is going to die. You know, it’s just it’s really hard to convince people that they’re a marketable, you know, commodity basically because you’re selling your knowledge. So how do you do it?

29:36
You can give all the examples that you want, but ultimately, people are going to have this deep complex about this, right? Yes. I think people need an aha moment during the webinar, and I’m not sure how to get them that or give them that. I had no confidence in all this stuff until it actually started working. I just kept at it. That was my philosophy. Seriously, keep doing it. You’re like a-

30:04
You’re like a donkey. You’re just like, keep going. Like you’re like on the little farm and you just keep going back and forth, pulling the I’m not doing the same thing. I’m like trying to improve each time, but still like I didn’t see results for a long time back in the day when I had no one was helping me. I didn’t know anything. And then I remember just one day I had this $50 a day and I was like, whoa, okay. Now we’re talking like over a thousand a month.

30:32
Okay, this is worth doing, but it took me a while to hit that point. I don’t know how to it. Part of me is like, should we make it more interactive with people? Where- Like a Zoom call? No, oh gosh, no. I don’t know. I feel like that would be a disaster. I mean, I honestly, I’d like to try it actually. think it would be, I want to try everything because I want

30:59
I want people in our course to learn from what we do. In fact, the office hours that I’m doing tomorrow is like how to get ChatGPT to write your entire emails for your business. And I’m trying some stuff that I, like I don’t, I use it a little bit, but I’m taking this from a like, I hate to write. So I’m like going through this entire process. Like I would never be able to write an email. And it’s interesting, cause I’m like learning so much as I do it.

31:26
and I’m also learning some like little tricks and hacks. But anyway, like I wanna try stuff, because I wanna be able to tell our course like, hey, y’all should really try Zoom call for your webinar, right? Like, or never ever do this. It was an absolute disaster. We were blocking people left and right, turning cameras off, mutant. Like, I don’t know what it would be, right? So I’m willing to try it just so we have something to tell people, right? And talk about, because everything that we do gives us something to share with everybody else.

31:55
You know what’s funny about this conversation too is before we launched this class, I used to watch webinars of a whole bunch of people teaching similar stuff and I absolutely hated all of them. We would dog on them together. I hated all of them because I end up with nothing. Yeah. Nothing actionable, but you end up maybe feeling good. Maybe that’s like the key.

32:22
to their success. Don’t get wrong, these people are really accomplished and they’re making a ton of sales, but the whole webinar almost is just like a rah-rah Yes, so it’s not the actual teachers. The teachers themselves, once you buy into the membership or the course, the information is in there, but they give you very little information pre-buying in, and they do all these other things, right?

32:50
And so we’ve had this conversation a lot, like, do we need to be more rah-rah? Do we need to be, because you and I are the same in that like when I was blogging, I went to my very first blogging conference and I was dying to know how to use affiliate links. Because I had heard about them, I kind of knew what they were, but I wasn’t quite sure like how it worked and how you got, like I didn’t understand it, right? And I went to a session on affiliate marketing and it was all rah-rah.

33:17
Right. And I left that session like furious because I was like, someone tell me how to get in the Amazon affiliate program. Like that’s all I want to know. Like tell me how to find, you know, impact radius back in the day. Like how do I, you I just wanted like a step by step. But the other thing is like for both of us is that we were we were blogging before we knew what to do. Right. So we started our websites. We were blogging. And like remember you said on on some webinar that we did that you didn’t have an email sign up form on your site for like

33:48
Nope. A significant period of time. think. Yeah, a year, right? Yeah. So you didn’t need to go to an email webinar and be told that people want to listen to what you have to say. You need to figure out what email service provider to buy and how to embed the form on your site and what strategies work best for forms, right? Do you put them in the content? Do you put them in the cyber? Remember, first off, that started all the forms were in the cyber. No one had email forms in their content, right? Yep. That’s what we wanted to know because we had already like…

34:16
gotten over the no one cares what I have to say. We didn’t really care if anyone cared what we had to say. So we’re now taking that same like our same perspective to people who are still in the do people care what I have to say mode.

34:32
So there’s two things that we could do. One, we could just reframe the whole class for people who already have audiences but don’t know how to monetize it. Right. Or we do a better job of making people feel good. I don’t feel good about giving a rah-rah workshop. That’s just my personality. So it would have to be a combination of the two somehow. Yeah, because I don’t feel good about only…

34:58
Give it like I because I was listening to this podcast the other day and I sent it to you and I was like this guy was basically like you can’t teach anything in your webinar and like I’m listening. Yes, and I’m listening to him say this and it’s like hurting my heart, right? Like I’m like no, that’s not who we are. And I do think that we are known for teaching people in webinars. So like if you attend our webinar.

35:25
you will walk away knowing how to do something. So if you don’t want to buy our course, you don’t have the money, you don’t like our personalities, whatever it is, you’re still going to have something that you can take and implement to help your business. And that part, I’m not ready to give up, but like, how do we teach less, more focused, one thing? Like, what is it, right? That we change it a little bit. So it is more focused on the

35:52
getting to like, how do you actually get over the hump to do this? And then this is like the one thing that you need to do. Right. Maybe just focus on the whole getting started bit and figuring out what you’re good at and maybe a framework for that and just getting started. Yeah. As opposed to what we’re doing now, which is pretty advanced, I want to say on the second day. I know if of guys have listened to We’re answering like,

36:21
We also answer, we talk about, well, how do you exclude certain ads from your website? We go more in-depth than just a cursory affiliates or sponsorships. I even think on the first day we are in-depth in things that maybe we don’t need to be. We can try a more rah-rah workshop. I wish people could see your face.

36:51
Just based on our one-on-ones though, I think something needs to change because the fact that like my experiences with the one-on-ones that I do are the complete opposite. Yeah. Makes me realize the type of people that sign up are and what they’re looking for are completely different from a confidence standpoint. Yeah. Like on one hand, people are a little overconfident or they’re just not overconfident. That’s not the right word, but they’re like, I have to talk them out of stuff as opposed to the other way around.

37:20
Whereas with the course that we run together, the fact that we have to just spend so much time pumping someone up and giving them the confidence just says something right there. I think it takes a whole lot more to put yourself out there than it does to just order a product and put it online. If it fails, you can blame everything. You can blame the product, the listing, the competition that you got knocked at Amazon.

37:50
You didn’t, your ads didn’t work, that you didn’t get any traffic. Like there’s a million things. If like, I think about our friend in the course who’s doing the mental health webinars. Like she’s truly like discouraged when people don’t like follow through with her because it, because to her, it’s a reflection of her ability to help people. And that’s not really what it is at all. Right? She, it’s, it’s like this, can make up these same, like you had the wrong audience. You didn’t have the right offer.

38:18
you were too complex in your teaching, right? It could be all these same things, just like selling a product, but that’s not what we do. We immediately internalize it and are like, well, people just don’t like me. And that’s a lot harder than people just don’t like your product. It’s true. There’s also been a lot of people asking about doing faceless stuff, where it’s just like AI generating and pumping out these, what I consider almost video spam, honestly. It’s just a way to make a quick buck. And you’re not really developing

38:48
audience for yourself, you’re developing an audience for this AI content. I don’t know how I feel about that. Like we actually added one lesson in the class on that. And I honestly felt a little dirty about it because I don’t, I think it’s a short-lived thing. Maybe you can probably make a couple bucks off of it and whatnot. Although like, if I look at my TikTok now, it’s probably 40 % AI generated shorts. Is yours like that?

39:18
No, but we’re in very different algorithms. Well, no, if I look over at my wife’s TikTok also, same thing. Really? Okay. I don’t know. I feel like for what we teach, I want to teach what we actually do, which is really to build an audience and a personal brand or a brand for whatever we’re selling and not just some AI-generated stuff, although there seems to be demand for that also.

39:46
Well, I think people see AI as the easy way out. I can do all this, I did. Then once again, you don’t have to blame. It’s not a personality issue. That’s correct. Yes, it removes the rooted baggage. I honestly think it is. I know we’re running short on time, but I want to wrap it up with our $100 a month question. What do we do? What do we do with that? Do we bring it back? Do we cap it after you pay for

40:16
12 months you’re in, like we don’t say that, but we just like convert them. Like now that we don’t say it, but you know what I mean? Like we don’t publicize. Like, cause I just, I don’t want to charge someone $99 a month for 10 years. Like that feels gross. When we already have a one, if we were just doing membership and it’s like, Hey, you joined for $97 a month. That’s what you pay as long as you want to be in it. And everyone was on that plan. I would be fine with it. But the fact that some people are on like a different plan is the problem.

40:45
for me. I’m not concerned about that at all because you take the risk, right? It’s like when I saw a month a month for my wireless plan instead of paying a year upfront and saving 20 % right. You make that choice and we always give the option to upgrade the lifetime after a month anyway. That’s true. Yeah. Right. So I don’t feel bad about that. So I think the lower price point matters. And once they get in, you know, they’ll realize pretty quickly that they’re in the right. Very few people ask.

41:13
Very few people quit after a month. Yes. It’s never because of the content. It’s never because of like what they’re learning. If people decide not to stay, it’s usually because they’ve been in for like seven or eight months and they’re like, hey, I just don’t have the time to go through this right now. That’s almost always what and when you go look at their accounts, you can see that they haven’t really viewed anything. They’re not like engaging. They’re not showing up to office hours. But it’s very rare that we have someone come in for a month and just be like, I watch this stuff. It’s not for me.

41:43
I don’t think we’ve ever had anyone say that. All right. If you guys have listened to Tony and I ramble for this past 40 minutes, we actually want your input. What would you like to see in a workshop on this stuff? Because there’s plenty of interest, right? Because the benefits are clear. Once you have an audience, you can sell something that isn’t physical and doesn’t require any amount of work to deliver, and you can sell the same digital product, membership, or whatever over and over.

42:12
The model is very appealing. The problem is convincing people to even give it a try.

42:23
Hope you enjoyed that episode. For more information and resources, go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 556. And once again, tickets to Seller Summit 2025 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go over to sellersummit.com. And if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course.

42:50
Just type in your email and are set to the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

555: The Secret To Crushing Black Friday Without Slashing Prices

555: The Secret to Crushing Black Friday Without Slashing Prices

Today, Toni and I are going to dive into one of the most exciting and high-stakes times of the year for ecommerce businesses, Black Friday.

With the competition tougher than ever and customers looking for the best deals, you have to have a strategy that not only attracts buyers but maximizes for your profit.

In this episode, we break down proven tips and tactics to help you make the most of this shopping holiday.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to maximize your sales during Black Friday and Cyber Monday
  • How to give out discounts during this period without without losing money
  • Alternative ways to make money without discounts

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Have Job podcast, the show where I cover all the latest strategies and current events related to e-commerce and online business. Today, Tony and I are to talk about a huge event for e-commerce sellers that is right around the corner, Black Friday Cyber Monday. So in this episode, we’re going to discuss how to maximize your sales during this period without losing money. But before we begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now.

00:28
My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

00:54
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. This year has really gone quickly and we are slowly creeping up to Halloween and Black Friday, Cyber Monday. Yeah. Do you do anything promotional for Halloween? Like our industries are not really like Halloween. No. We’re not Spirit Halloween where we make all of our money in the five weeks leading up to it. Now that we actually have a printer, we are going to have a Halloween section now.

01:22
Just because people search for it and people have been buying random design hankies where we just have an image. We just kind of throw it up and it’s not any cost to us, right? To have more products. It’s almost like we’re our own print on demand company now. Yeah, it’s kind of nice. So I feel like the Halloween marketing has already begun only because I’m getting a lot of Halloween ads specific on TikTok. Well, no, I mean, if you go to the store, all the Halloween stuff is

01:51
I try not to go to the store, I do everything online. But online, I’m seeing a lot of the Halloween products. I’m sure it’s in the stores. Are you going to dress like a young person again? Nurse outfit? Yes, that’s what I’m going to do.

02:11
If you have a business where there’s any tie-in to Halloween, mean, like I would say there’s no tie-in for Hankies, but you figured it out, right? Like you figured out the connection. no, this will be the first year. This will be the first year that we’re trying. Well, right, but you’re going to test it. So I’m saying like, if you can find any connection in your business with Halloween, I would definitely add that to your promotional calendar because people are already thinking about it, talking about it. You know, I’m sure if you’re kid, you’re probably already like,

02:41
planning your costume, things like that. It’s already on people’s minds because as you know, like the second Halloween ends, Christmas decorations are up. So like, this is your time right now to be working on a Halloween, you know, call out. And if you guys are on Amazon, they like up the deadline to get your stuff into inventory to October now. Oh yeah. It’s nuts. It’s like earlier than ever. let’s, I mean, chances are most people listening here don’t have like a huge Halloween.

03:12
contingent, although I can think of one person in the class who does, but in general, everyone’s probably going to be doing something for Black Friday Cyber Monday though. I am a little, the way I’m going to do it is going to be different this year, but I’m curious how you guys traditionally do it. So I think the first question that anyone has to ask themselves is how long

03:36
are you going to run your Black Friday Cyber Monday promotion? Because I don’t know if you’ve noticed this. I think we’ve talked about this in the past. The length continues to increase. People are starting their Black. I feel like Best Buy starts their Black Friday sale November 1st. Like next week? Yeah. It’s like Black Friday deals. Walmart’s already dropped their catalog. I think that’s the first question is, when do you as a business run your Black Friday?

04:04
campaign and then are you trying to beat people, beat people to the launch, right? Where you’re like, well, these are our prices too. Or are you like, know in the past, sometimes you’ve literally just done Black Friday. A long time ago. We typically make it like 12, 14 days at this point. The thing is, and there’s different schools of thought on this. I’ve talked with people who tease the Black Friday sale two weeks before it even happens.

04:33
I am actually not a fan of that at all. That’s like Ezra’s whole strategy. The reason why I don’t like it is because leading up to it, you’re like, I’ll just wait a couple of weeks before I buy anything major. Sure, it feels great and you can brag that you got a huge Black Friday sale, but leading up to it, I think the amount of sales is going to be much, much less. I totally agree with you.

05:01
We tried that one year where we teased it like crazy and we definitely saw an impact on the sales before the Black Friday promotion started. However, recently we’ve figured out some ways to still keep sales afloat during those. This year, I don’t know if you noticed this, but Black Friday is literally the 28th of November. It’s the very end of the month. Whereas, because you know how it’s the fourth week, but the way the weeks line up,

05:31
So it’s putting you, so you have like two and a half, three weeks before, and then you’re 10 days out. It’s like a pretty long time. So two things that we have done in the past that have worked very well, and I’ve seen other retailers do this. It’s not, we didn’t invent this, but one is doing a product launch at the beginning of the month. So we’ve launched new products the last two years, the first week of November. And that’s just a way to,

06:00
you know, get excitement about a new product. it just, part of it, I think it happened initially coincidentally, right? Like the product was in and we’re like, we better launch it. Cause we didn’t want to launch it during Black Friday and then have it get lost in the Black Friday promotional stuff. And that’s actually done fairly well. Obviously when we launched, there’s like launch pricing. And so the, you know, the pricing’s a little bit better.

06:20
And we typically make sure the launch pricing is up to par with whatever the Black Friday discount is. So they’re not gonna get a better deal on Black Friday if they wait. And we’re very clear about like that. We’re like, this launch pricing is the best pricing it is ever. You’re never gonna see it lower than this price. Sometimes we want run like a discounted shipping, you know, with the amount, the number, your purchase total. So whereas shipping’s I think normally like eight bucks, it’s five bucks, you know, things like that. So.

06:48
We found that that works really well. Something that we’re trying this year is a challenge the first week of November. Like you’re challenging them to buy? I actually don’t remember off the top of my head what the topic of this challenge is, but basically it’s like five days where we send very specific emails about a topic, encourage people to participate, go live on Facebook, things like that. And then the products that are related to that challenge would be, you know,

07:15
available to buy at a discounted price. So we’re doing that this year because we don’t have a product to launch and we’ll see how that does. I don’t think that will do well as just as well as a straight up product launch, but I do think it will encourage people to get on the site and buy because in my thinking is like the people who buy the first three weeks of November, it’s because you have to have it, right? Your refrigerator went out, you can’t wait three weeks to buy refrigerator till Black Friday.

07:44
or you have a business trip and you have to buy these pair of pants. So you can’t wait till Black Friday to make a purchase. people still are purchasing before Black Friday. It’s just a matter of like having them having a, you have to give them a reason to buy. It’s funny that you mentioned that. It’s because we’ve been saving these aprons that we’ve had made in the USA from a net that we’re gonna launch right before Black Friday and hopefully sell all of them out.

08:14
We’re also heavy loyalty program this year. That’s my strategy. So we’re going to have two bonus points day. We’re going to have half price rewards. We’re going to have just outright bonuses. I’m going to basically work the loyalty program because I’m actually not a big fan of giving out big sales. The biggest sale that we ever run in our store is 15%. And I don’t want to do the math for you guys on the pot again, but let’s just say that even a small discount like 20%,

08:44
makes a huge difference to your bottom line. If you have 50 % margins, that means you have to sell double just to make up for that 20 % discount. Loyalty program on the other hand, it’s basically like a 1 % discount, but it feels like a lot. We did a whole loyalty program podcast, so you just go back a couple of podcasts, you can listen to that. I can’t remember if we’ve done this, but I’ve seen it done is the free with purchase.

09:14
Yes. Offer. That’s a really good. And you know, it’s funny because I see a lot of companies doing this like during Black Friday. And I get like there’s I see both sides of this part. Part of me is like, why are we doing a free with purchase during Black Friday? Because people are already going to shop. Right. Because of the deal. But then at the end of the day, you’re also competing against every other e-commerce store that’s also offering a discount. So maybe that moves the needle for you. Right. So maybe people it encourages them to shop.

09:42
from you versus someone else because of the free with purchase. And you see, think the people that do this, the most, not the most, but like big time are like makeup companies and like fragrance companies. If you see this, like I know like Clinique and some of those brands will run like you get the free kit, the makeup bag and kit. And it’s like always a bag that’s never available any other time. So if you buy, so like that will sway,

10:07
might sway you from purchasing from someone else because you’re like, oh, but I get this bag and it’s limited edition and it’s not available. So that’s another thing you can do. And I would actually say to try it before Black Friday, right? Like November 1st through 15th, run a free with purchase offer where if people, and you can do free purchase, any purchase, or you can make it a threshold, $50, $100, just depends on your price point. But I think that’s a good strategy too to avoid the discounting because even if you’re free with purchase item is

10:36
$3, that’s going to be less than like, I mean, a 10 % discount, that’s only a $30. Like, you you’re breaking even at $30. So if the product costs you $3 to make, it’s a perceived value of $35, $40. That will move the needle for you for sure. So you stole mine. Basically, I do everything that it takes as an excuse to email somebody. Yeah. Right.

11:03
And then we have all this stuff lying around since we have so many skews that just don’t move as fast. And so we’ll give those out as free product. And we still have a bunch of stuff lying around from when we last told our supplier, Hey, what do you got that’s just lying around that you just want to get rid of for almost nothing. Right. And, usually we’ll just have them shove that into our shipment and give that out as free stuff. Actually, we’ve been giving out these free hankies for, I want to say three years now, and we still haven’t run out.

11:35
I don’t think that’s a bad idea at all and I think it’s a great way to liquidate overstock inventory, things like that. There’s not time to do it this year, but think this for 2025. If you can think of a specific product you can create for the month of November, is absolutely, and it truly is limited edition.

11:54
And the way to get the numbers right on this is like look at your sales the past three or four November’s see how many unit, know, see how many orders you have and then because what you don’t want is like, you you want this exclusive item and you order 50,000 of them, but you only are doing 10,000 orders in November, right? So, you know, order if you did 10,000 orders the last November, then order 10,000 and then you then you can run out and have the scarcity, right? Like you can market this in a bunch of different ways, but creating that like limited edition

12:24
Like the thing that comes to my mind right now is like a tote bag that’s like fall themed or even holiday themed, right? Like a Christmas themed tote bag, something like that that people would want like over the Christmas holiday. And that’s like exclusive. You can only do it now. And you can give out something like a tote bag no matter what you sell. Right. Doesn’t have to be. I mean, you guys could do tote bags. Anything like that. them. That’s actually been on my list of things to add to the portfolio.

12:53
And the only thing that you need to think about if you want to create an actual special product for this, which I think is worth doing, because we’ve seen some really great success with it, is that you want to make sure that it’s something that will flat pack in an order. So everyone knows how their orders ship, right? So what you don’t want to do is create an item. Everyone gets a Yeti mug, right? That all of a sudden increases your shipping by like $6 because your package is a different shape. You got to think about it. That’s the biggest strategic

13:22
move you make there is that you want to make sure that whatever it is can go in your standard packaging without increasing your cost significantly. It might increase it a little bit, right? But that’s okay. But you don’t want something where it’s like, well, now we have to use 10 by whatever boxes and we have to order new boxes because it’s, you know, like you, I’ve seen people do this and it’s a nightmare, right? So just be thinking about that before you jump on that bandwagon.

13:49
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in eCommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

14:18
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

14:29
Yeah, fortunately with linens, it’s always pretty light. I’m just curious for the product line of your client, can you turn around something really quick like in two weeks, three weeks? No, absolutely No, can’t because it’s paper, right? Yeah. Okay. The printing cost in the US versus Asia is, I mean, we’re talking landed 80 cents from Asia and $7 in the US. it’s not even, it’s like not. It’s 7X, that’s crazy.

14:58
It’s a huge difference in the quality, in the quality of the paper. You can afford a better quality of paper. You know, there’s like many factors. However, that doesn’t mean that you couldn’t, you know, order something like I was just thinking when I was talking about that for you, like a special tablecloth, right? You could give free tablecloths. Those are flat. They fold. They’re nice. Like we stopped doing tablecloths. It’s actually a huge nightmare. I’ve actually really because people get the wrong size. Well, just think about how many different

15:28
odd-sized tables there are. Yes, but I would say you just do the rectangular table. Round table people are out of luck. Well, there’s round, there’s oval, even rectangles, there’s different shapes. Yes. It has to drape evenly so that the ends come down approximately the same. What about table runner? We do sell table runners already. To me, that would be something I would do like a holiday table runner free with purchase. It’s only available like

15:56
during this time of the year. They can’t get it another time. It’s a special design. I don’t know. Better yet, like a free hanky. To dry their tears after spending the weekend with their relatives. Although your brand doesn’t quite work with this, but I would totally like send an email that’s like, need to dry your tears after a dinner with family? We’ve got what you need. See, that’s something that I would try, but I’m-

16:25
almost positive Jen would not be on board with something. I can see why Jen would. I don’t know if I would try that for your business, but I think it would be really funny. I think it’d be hilarious. But yeah, to the older demographic, maybe not so much. They’re the ones crying the hardest. We raised these people, these idiots. I’m trying to think. The other thing that we like to do, we actually treat Black Friday, Cyber Monday as really a way to get rid of a lot of stuff too. We’ll just bundle.

16:54
things together and we’ll create these bundles that we never offer anytime. It boosts the average order value, but it feels like you’re getting a lot more stuff when in fact we’re just trying to liquidate a lot of things. I think bundling is actually a great strategy. I don’t see people doing it probably as much as they could, but I think if you have products that are easily bundleable, that should be something that I would definitely try. We’re just creating like gift packs of something where you raise the price, but it looks like you’re getting a lot of stuff.

17:24
It’s like those stockings they sell that are already filled with candy and cheap stuffed animals. They’re like, look what you’re getting for $19.99. It works. It works. There’s pre-made Easter baskets that they sell at CVS and Walgreens. The other thing you can do, especially when you were just talking about gift packs with bundles, is redo some of your photography with the holiday theme. Pictures of-

17:51
A lot of this could be done in Photoshop too. I always think if there’s actual photography, it’s a little bit better. Stuff in a stocking, stuff under the tree. If you sell table runners, the table setting is all Christmas. You’ve got the evergreen and the Christmas plates and things like that. I think about our friend Natalie at Totally Dazzled. She sells bling and she sells napkin rings and things like that.

18:18
A lot of her napkin rings are just sparkly, but I would redo my photography. I she’s probably already doing this, this is not advice for her specifically. It’s just like, you know, I would redo my stuff, like on your best sellers, on your things that you know are going to do well. I would reframe some of that in the holiday spirit, because it could be that someone was like, I don’t really need napkin rings, but like, oh, wouldn’t it be nice to have some nice napkin rings when my family comes?

18:42
when you frame it that way, people that maybe were like, I don’t need this product, were like, ooh, but that’s kind of nice. I think you could actually use AI to do this now. Probably. I haven’t tried, actually. But I’ve had uploaded one of our napkin photos to Mid Journey and had them use our napkins to set a beautiful table, for example. And I suppose it’s not a far stretch to say, hey, a beautiful Christmas themed table or something like that. Yeah. I mean, I think that’s.

19:11
The other thing that you could do is, I think we know a of people that sell glassware and barware. I would have pictures of the glassware and barware in holiday-themed drinks. So the martini espressos and the candy cane coming out of the … And probably AI can do most of this for you as well. But just changing some of the photography, especially if you’re on your own site, I think that actually works.

19:41
really well and just gets people thinking about how that product is something that they would now want in their home. I’m just curious, and Andrea, we should have Andrea on at some point, but I’m wondering what the ad strategy is for your clients. I actually dialed down my ads because they get really expensive over the holidays. I’m just curious what you guys do. I actually have no idea. I don’t think we dial down. Now, just for people listening to this, we are going to start dialing down in September.

20:10
Right. October because the season. the election. Oh. So be thinking about this because obviously we don’t we only have these elections every four years. This is not something that isn’t it’s going to happen every single year. But in an election year, the ad costs are just so high that even on really well performing ads, you’re spending double, triple, think sometimes quadruple what you would normally spend. And it sometimes becomes not worth running. So definitely keep an eye on that. And if you’re wondering why all of a sudden your ads are like

20:40
in the toilet are super expensive, that’s probably why. One of my ideas which got shot down like a microsecond was to do political designs on the Hankies. I think they would do really well. They would do very well. Yes, but I wouldn’t be married any longer. No, it’s a choice you need to make. You could do both sides. It’s not like you would just do one side. Yes, know, but the problem is you’re going to anger

21:10
you’re going to anger the other side. It doesn’t matter if you saw for that. In fact, just total side note. My street is very diverse. We’ve got signs for everybody in the yards, except my house is the only house without a sign. Part of me is like, what sign could I put in my yard that just confuses everybody other than a solar panel advertisement? We had a contractor at my house yesterday giving us an estimate for something.

21:39
We were going back and forth. He’s like, I’m just impressed with your silent sign political war on the street. And I was like, right. It’s like and they keep adding signs, right? Like, so every week there’s like a new sign in someone’s yard. Like they’ve gotten a bigger flag or a bigger sign or they’ve added additional signs. So I actually think if you are willing to take that risk, my brother’s done well on some of that stuff where he’s capitalized producing products on both both sides. Right. Like not taking a side, just offering it for.

22:08
both demographics. I think if you have a brand that can withstand that, I would try it for sure. You don’t have a brand that can withstand that and you don’t have a marriage that can withstand don’t know. Yeah, exactly. We actually have a friend from ECF. runs a factory. That’s his bread and butter. He had a Trump something, Bobblehead. I can’t remember. His whole brand is funny. Yeah. Right? Funny things.

22:35
And like, think he’s made millions of dollars off that one Trump thing that he sold. So, yeah, so I think if if you are OK with it personally and you think your brand can withstand, know, you’re going to get some backlash from either side. But I feel like two people are so heated about everything right now that like the sign was hilarious to me because it’s like they’re just like they’re not. And the funny thing that cracks me about all of it is like all the neighbors are friends and hang out.

23:04
Right. But it’s like the yard is like the battleground. then like if they walk their dogs together and stuff, I think people are willing to put a sign in their yard. Right. Like I can’t remember a lot of signs in the yard when I was growing up, you know, and stuff like that. I’m a little anti-sign because of vandalism. I’m not I’m not saying to sell so so political signs, but like people are buying political paraphernalia in a way that I don’t feel like.

23:31
I see more people and part of it is I live in Florida and we have a lot of crazy people here. like I probably every day that I’m out of my house, I see at least one person wearing a t-shirt or has a bumper sticker on their car or something with a political leaning on it. Every usually more than twice it more than once a day. But for sure, once a day, I see it. To be honest with you, I rarely see any of that stuff here in California. Well, because we know how everyone votes there.

24:00
Well, know everyone boats in Florida too, right? No, we don’t. We’re usually 50. It’s usually 50-50. Is that right? It comes down to a couple hanging sheds. That’s true. But yeah, think more than ever, people want to wear the hat or the t-shirt, have a koozie with something on it. So if you’re in that space and that’s something that you feel comfortable doing, I would try it. Why not? What’s the worst thing that can happen? You lose all your friends?

24:29
Maybe I can just do this under a different domain. Politicallinens.com. could be hornetlinens.com. Yellowjacketlinens.com. Killer bee linens.

24:45
It’s Queen Bee linens. Queen Bee. And then Beyonce will come after you for the trademark. Okay, back on Black Friday. Yes. But listen, we gave people great ideas. They can now market all of their merch. One thing that we did last year during Black Friday, which I think we talked about on the podcast, but we’re trying again, is we are doing a wait list.

25:09
which I said earlier, I didn’t like doing it as much because I think it does like, you’ve got to hype up the wait list to get people on it. So then when you’re hyping up the wait list, people are like, well, wait, there’s a wait list. Am I going to make a purchase? What I found that people are still purchasing and I don’t unfortunately have data of like not doing a wait list. So I don’t know like, well, what would it be without the wait? You know what I mean? I don’t have anything to compare it.

25:37
but this year we’re giving an absolute ridiculous discount for the first day of the wait list. Really? Okay. Insane. The business has the margins to support it, so that’s one thing. Obviously, we’ve talked about this on previous episodes, but last year the wait list did so well, and we had a high discount last year. We’re actually increasing it by 5 % this year that we feel like it just is the gangbusters move.

26:06
And people still, it’s weird to me, like we’ll send a waitlist email out and the email will still make like five grand. Sure. Yeah, no, that always happens. So actually walk me through this. How early do you send out the waitlist? So I actually like to be at least three weeks pre-launch day. in the waitlist, literally it’s a one day of that pricing. You don’t get it for the rest of Black Friday, right? So I think this year we started, we’re starting Black Friday like

26:32
the Thursday before Thanksgiving, so like a week before Thanksgiving. OK. Yeah. So because I think it’s either the Wednesday or Thursday because it runs like 11. goes from like that Wednesday or Thursday to the Saturday after Thanksgiving. That’s a crazy long sale. It is. We talked about that in the beginning, like how many days? So so the first day. the waitlist is really simple. Like the very first email is, hey, Black Friday is coming. We all know this, you know, we’re going to do something we’ve never done before.

27:02
Which is true because each year we up it. So we haven’t done it before. We have a one day discount. It’s going to be insane. We don’t tell people. Right. And like I want you to be on the list because I’m going to email you at 6 a.m. on this day. Like I tell them the date that it’s going to happen. Like I give them all the details. And then, you know, this is a little difficult to set up. We do it like a click to tag. We don’t make people opt in again from email because they’re already on the email. So we do like a click to tag set up, which you can do in Klaviyo. It’s not.

27:31
simplest thing but it’s doable and that’s email number one. Email number two is excluding anyone who’s already signed up for the wait list because to me I want to just… They’re on the list, it’s fine. Once again, I give a little more information. I don’t tell them the discount but I let them know this is 24 hours, stuff will sell out, all that’s true. We have a free gift with purchase this day only.

27:58
The free gift with purchase that day only is literally something that we have to get rid of. It’s like, have 10,000 of these, we do not need them in the warehouse. That’s five to six days after that first email. Then I will resend an email to unopens, either from depending on the performance from either the first or second email. There’s just a recent basically same email, but different subject line.

28:22
testing out and then the final email goes out usually the day before the sale or like two days. It’s under 48 hours before the sale and that is a text only email that says, hey Tony, you’re not on the list. And then the email is literally two sentences, hey, tomorrow I’m giving you 35 % off. I literally tell them, tomorrow is 35 % off. You’re not on the list and you’re not gonna get the coupon. All you need to do for me to email you this coupon is click here.

28:52
Done. That email still makes money, which is crazy to me. Although part of it is probably like a residual from the next day. It’s taking credit for sales on the coupon day. Sure. That email does pretty well, as far as getting signups because it feels like a personal email. It’s addressed to them. It’s two sentences and I’m just like, hey, you’re going to miss out on this and we’re not doing it again. All things that are true. Then the next day, 6 a.m., that email goes out.

29:22
with, you know, here’s your- of people buy, I’m sure. Yes, crazy number of people buy. And what we do is like, so Black Friday starts that day and let’s just say our Black Friday discount is 20%, right? That’s the across the board discount. And these people are getting an additional 10%. So they get a coupon for 10 % off the 20, right? So the math doesn’t exactly work out to whatever, you know, the math doesn’t work out to that because of the percentages off, but-

29:51
Then that day we sent an email at 6 a.m. 2 p.m. to unopens like, just a reminder, this is your coupon. You haven’t used it yet. Obviously, it doesn’t go to people who purchased that day. Then the final, this is it. Tomorrow the price is, this coupon is not good. You haven’t used yours. What are you doing? Kind of thing. That is usually one of our highest days sales of the year. Yeah. What’s funny about all this stuff and

30:19
when people talk about Black Friday, Cyber Monday strategies, it is almost impossible to split test something like this, right? Yeah. Like you’ll never know whether one strategy that you did work better. The only thing you can look at is maybe the prior year. Yes. However, I have a little split test strategy for you. Oh yeah. Let’s hear it. So that’s your first day. You blow it out of the water.

30:44
Then the next day, are very excited that weekend. So if you start the weekend before Thanksgiving, people buy all weekend. But then you start to fade, right? And I think it’s for a couple of reasons. Your people that were gonna buy have bought, because they’re worried about inventory running out, things like that. Also, Monday is like, okay, now all the kids are out of school usually, because most kids get a full week of spring break. People are traveling, right? This is your ski vacation, this is your trip to see the family. So Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, before Thanksgiving,

31:13
tend to not be amazing because people are busy like, know, oh great, Aunt so-and-so’s coming, we don’t have the space, buy an air mattress. Like if they’re buying stuff, it’s like stuff on Amazon that can be delivered that day. So I was like, okay, what can we do to boost these days? So the way I split test and how I figured out what moves the needle for these people is that I sent, I have talked about this email before and I only send it like three or four times a year depending on what’s going on, but it’s basically like, hey,

31:43
you know, basically what coupon code are you gonna get? And I’m like, free shipping, 10 coupons available, $10 off your order, five coupons available, $5 off your order, 25 coupons available, buy one, get one free, any item in the store, 30 coupons available. And I’m basically like, try the coupons until they work for you. So first of all, that email gets a ton of engagement, because they’re clicking over, trying all the coupons, because the coupons actually do have a limit on them.

32:11
Oh, I see. You put you set limits and you just send out, these there’s only like, like hate. The first 10 people get free shipping. The you know, we have 25 coupons to give you five dollars off your order. You know, we’ve got 10 coupons to give you a buy one, get one free. And so we send that out and that does really, really well. And I’ve tried it with a couple groups of people. So I’ve tried it, sending it to basically everyone who hasn’t purchased yet during Black Friday.

32:39
that obviously performs the best. However, the best group of like that performs, I mean, in general, it performs best because it’s going to the most people. But if you wanna look at like segments of people that love it the most, it’s the people who have made one purchase in the past, but haven’t purchased in like six months. So it’s a good way to get people kind of off the fence for like they bought a product, they haven’t come back six months. We’re like a nine month, you know, sales cycle, but.

33:08
People tend to buy during the sales. So that performs exceptionally well with that group of people. The other group of people that it performs well with that compared to other emails sent to the same group is never purchased. So we’ve sent lots of different emails of people that have never purchased in the past, but this email gets people to move. like that one. I like that one. Where’s the split test part of it though? Like how can you…

33:35
So what I can do, and this is manual, right? This isn’t the most efficient thing to do. So within the first hour, I go in and see how many coupon codes are left, right? And I can see that like, I thought BOGO would be a huge mover, right? It’s not, people don’t use the BOGO coupon. Like the free shipping obviously works the best. And I try to limit the codes so people know like they’ve got to order that minute.

34:03
the $5 off your order tends to work better than the 10 % coupon. So what’s that showing me is basically like, okay, this discount moves people more than this discount because like if I say there’s 10 codes, there’s probably a little bit more than that. And so then I can see like what codes are still like lingering and what codes are not. And so then I know like if I just wanna send a blanket email, like, hey, so sometimes during a big sale, we’ll send an email that’s like, hey, in addition to your 20 % off,

34:33
you can do one BOGO, right? Like you get a BOGO. So, and what I, or you can do an additional $5 off or you can, you know, triple your points or, whatever it is. But so doing that email allows me to see like what people jump on the most and what is uninteresting to people. And what I found so far is that BOGO actually doesn’t move the needle at all, which to me is crazy because like our products like are way more expensive than $5. than one of the same? I mean, in your case.

35:01
Well, yeah, because curriculum, most people have multiple kids and we sell a lot of curriculum. So it’s like, yeah, the chances of you needing two pieces of curriculum because you have four kids is really high. For our store, the $5 off coupons are mainly our cheapie customers, which we don’t care about. And our bigger customers tend to use the percentage off coupons. So it’s all just kind of skewed because $5 as a percentage of a large order is much less than like a 10%. Right. You have to spend.

35:31
Yeah. So yeah. But I like the idea of having a limited, creates scarcity, scarcity. like that. Yes. And you know, I’m like watching it on the back end. And the other thing that I will do, so hopefully no customers are listening, is like the worst coupon. Like if that sells out, the 5%, because we do even like 5 % off. Like if that gets used up, I just increase it. I’m like, if someone’s trying the codes, I’ll give it another 15 or 20 codes.

35:58
I’m not increasing it to unlimited for sure. It’s always less than the amount of people that are going to buy, but we will up it a little bit. The other thing I’ll do is I’ll resend that email to people who opened, clicked, and didn’t buy and be like, more codes added. It’s very possible that they wanted the 10 % off, clicked over, couldn’t get it, and then gave up. If I send it at 6 a.m. on a Tuesday, I’ll resend it at

36:27
6 p.m. on a Wednesday to people who open clicked and didn’t make a purchase. Yeah. So one thing we do every year that works well to keep up the sales is we do flash sales every day. So we email everyone for all the way actually up until the deadline for shipping. Yeah. This year it’s probably gonna be a little different. So if it’s on the 28th, then yeah, that’ll take you all the way up to just yeah, it still works for us this year to do it that way. And now we have infinite more

36:57
bullets, so to speak, because of the loyalty program and all the other crazy things that I’m going to think up to just anytime you send an email or a text, it’s going to make money. Yeah. Is the point here. And then I usually dial down the ads. That’s why I was curious. And especially with the election year, I’m definitely dialing down Facebook ads. Google ads probably won’t be affected. Yeah. Just guessing as much since their search intent. Yeah. So another idea for a live.

37:25
or not a live for an email that you can send is to email people that you’re gonna go live. most people are like, wait, don’t want, one, I don’t wanna go live, two, like don’t have anything to talk about. All those things are false. You can go live, it’s not that hard. And also two, you do have things to talk about. If your products are super uninteresting, then I would go live from the warehouse. I would talk about the packing, the shipping, how many orders, because that does a couple things. One,

37:53
It gives, if people like don’t know anything about your company and then you’re in the warehouse and they’re seeing like actual physical packages going out, that’s sort of that social proof. Like, hey, we’re not gonna rip you off. Like we’re an actual real company that has a shipping and logistics team. If you don’t, if you have a 3PL and you don’t have your own warehouse, do like a, hey, these are like.

38:13
This is, you talk about those bundles, right? Like here, look at this bundle pack. You’re gonna get this and you’re gonna get this and you’re gonna get this. And here’s this gift basket that we made with the bundles and doesn’t this look great? And wouldn’t you love to put this under your Christmas tree? You could talk about like, I think about, you know, our friend Dana Michelle that they used to do, I don’t know if they still do the cooking ware and stuff like that, but you know, they’ve done a lot of videos where they do drink recipes and stuff like that. Like I would do a drink recipe, make sure you have your glasses in the front, right? Or your stirrer or your whatever it is, your shaker.

38:41
I know Natalie was these. Yeah, they work. Yeah. So they do two things. They do three things. One, an excuse to send an email. Two, anytime you send an email, people spend money. Three, it legitimizes your business. So for people who don’t know you, haven’t heard of you. And the other thing is, what you can do is you can actually, if you go live on Facebook, you can run ads to that live, right? Which they tend to perform fairly, they’re a little bit cheaper.

39:08
Um, so it just, cause it’s getting natural engagement right first, and then you can, uh, you know, use that video in an ad. So I think if you are willing to put yourself on camera, that, uh, that is something that I highly recommend doing. I can just imagine my customers. Oh wait. So the person who runs Bumblebee linens is an eight middle-aged Asian dude. Cause Jen’s not going live. That’s when you get on the disguise.

39:37
A little prosthetic and some wigs, you’re good. No, but I think for Bumblebee, do think, I don’t know, I feel like you need to have a person, at least the back of their head, but I would just show the embroidery machine embroidering something that’s holiday I know. You know I mean? talked about this in the past, but I think ideally you have someone just show off the products. Maybe Jackie would just… If I butter her up enough, maybe she can do this.

40:05
See, ideally, you host it on your own site so they can buy it right away. So maybe it’d be like a YouTube live or something. then again, if you have a Facebook page with a lot of people, and I think we have like maybe 15, 20,000 on there, you might be more likely to attract people. it’s, I don’t think you can embed a, can you embed a Facebook video on? I think you can do both actually. With StreamYard, I think you can do both.

40:32
That’s what I was wondering. broadcast on Facebook and then you also embed it on your site. Yeah, but totally. I love that idea. I mean, this is why TikTok works so well, right? Yeah. Because people see an actual business orders being fulfilled and and a tour of the warehouse, really. And I think the other thing you can set up is you can set up like a many chat flow, right? Where as you’re talking about it, you can get people to comment on whatever it is. comments sold or?

41:00
No, they comment like, if you want to learn more about this specific product, comment, know, hanky or whatever. Oh, yes, I see what you’re saying. Then you send them something that leads them to the listing, gives them a coupon, gives them the whatever extra points, whatever it is, right? You incorporate that as well. I would love to try this. The other issue is we’re usually so

41:28
with orders during this time too. And I’m more useless than Jen is in actual operations. yeah, yeah, but good ideas. But anyways, the moral of this episode is you guys got to start planning your Black Friday, Cyber Monday now, because everything’s getting pushed up earlier and you don’t want to be caught up.

41:55
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now giving large, costly discounts is generally not the way to go on Black Friday, so follow the strategies in this episode to make more profit. For more information and resources, go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 555. And if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. And remember, never buy a BMW.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

554: Turn First-Time Buyers Into Lifelong Customers with These Strategies

554: Turn First-Time Buyers Into Lifelong Customers with These Strategies

In this episode, Toni and I dive into the strategies that successful businesses use to turn first-time buyers into loyal repeat customers.

You’ll learn practical, no-nonsense tips for building stronger customer relationships and increasing repeat sales. Whether you’re just starting or looking to refine your approach, these insights will help you boost your bottom line and create lasting customer loyalty.

What You’ll Learn

  • The best way to get repeat business
  • How to give out discount without actually giving out discounts
  • The right way to run a loyalty program

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the show where I cover all the latest strategies and current events related to e-commerce and online business. Today, Tony and I are going to talk about the best way to get repeat business for your online store and give out discounts without actually giving out discounts. But before I begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death.

00:29
Plus you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now on to the show.

00:52
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today we are gonna talk about loyalty programs. And the reason why it’s top of mind for me is because I completely rewrote the loyalty program for Bumblebee Linens this past week. And I’m really into it right now. And Tony does a lot with loyalty programs. So I think it’d be an interesting episode, especially since Black Friday is kind of around the corner now too. Yeah. First of all, I…

01:19
I feel like you’re downplaying a little bit that you just wrote this in a week. Now, obviously, you are an engineer by trade. You have written many other code for your store and for WordPress and all that stuff. This is something that you have experience in, but I think it’s impressive that you built this in just about a week’s time. I was telling you this before we started recording. ChatGPT coded like 70 % of it.

01:46
Yes, but you had to have the knowledge to get Chat Cheapie Tea to do the right thing. Yeah, the whole time I was thinking to myself, man, almost anyone can create an application like this now with as long as you can read code and maybe there’s a big asterisk next to that. Yeah, there is. I was just telling Tony this just now. The last piece, which I hadn’t implemented until the very end, was sending all the information from my loyalty program to Klaviyo.

02:14
And I was like, great, now I need to read all the Clavio docs and everything to figure out how to send this information. But I just went up to ChatGBT and said, hey, these are all the fields of my database that I need to send over Clavio per customer. Can you write the Clavio code for me? And it did. And it actually worked with very little modifications. Yeah. Which I thought was just amazing. I feel like with ChatGBT, I can literally write almost anything pretty quickly.

02:43
Yes, not to derail the topic because we are talking about loyalty programs today. But a lesson, I think, to be learned in this for anyone, even if you don’t know code, is thinking about how AI, chat GPT, whatever tool you’re using can make you more efficient and productive. Like if you wrote programs for a living, right, like you were a developer and you just worked like freelancing, right, like you were on Upwork. Think about how many more clients you could take, how much more money you could make.

03:13
using this. Same thing like for me, I write emails for people, right? I write copy. How much more can I do when chat GPT is feeding me the ideas? I never use chat GPT word for word, but if I’m like stuck and things like that, like it shaves a lot of time off the amount of work that you have to do. So think about whatever business or industry you’re in, how you can use it to make you more productive or just more efficient, right? So you have more time back. Yeah, but we’re not

03:42
going to talk about coding or AI. That’s probably a topic in another episode. Let’s just talk about loyalty programs. So most of you guys probably don’t know took you so long? What took you so long? I actually had a loyalty program for a long time. I did. It was actually implemented on many chat. Hold on. Was it a loyalty program for frequent brides or heavy criers? Which one? Divorce again? Join our loyalty That was my automated email. Hey, you still married?

04:11
Yeah, it’s not. And you plan on getting married again. Husband number seven coming along. Anyway, you had it on many chat. I did not know that. did because it was a chat bot and it was all automated and everything. And the only reason that I put it on there is because that I didn’t want to write all the code involved in a regular thing. So I just had many chats store all the loyalty points, customer profiles and everything. And it was completely automated. It was great. Yeah. But it you know,

04:41
Over the years, Facebook changes, they nerf their messenger and everything. So it’s actually been broken for the last, I don’t know, year and a half, maybe two years. So I was like, okay, I got to do this again, but this time I’m going do it right. I’m going to code it on my own site. But let’s talk about the benefits. Back when my old loyalty, this new one’s way better by the way, but back in my old one, what I liked was I could give out reward points that

05:11
felt like money to people and they would buy because of these points when in fact it didn’t cost me that much money at all. That’s the beauty of it I think. Aside from the loyalty part. Aside from getting people to come back and make a purchase. Yes. I think that’s the biggest. We talk a lot about how do you run a business where you’re not offering discounts and sales all the time. Yes. In loyalty program, loyalty program and free with purchase to me are the two

05:40
like the two number ones, right? So either finding that item that costs you 50 cents to a dollar to $2 that has a perceived value of 29, $30 or the loyalty programs. Those two things are to me the best way to drive purchases without discounting. And the thing about the rewards points is to me they feel a lot like the gift card game, right? Yes.

06:05
where how many times do people buy gift cards and lose them, forget about them, don’t use them, move, they don’t live by whatever store or restaurant that was. Same thing with rewards points. How often do people redeem them? So even though they’re trying to earn them, the redemption rate is never, you’re never getting 100 % redemption rate on the points.

06:30
That is correct. And I think a good redemption rate is something like 60 or 70 % based on what I was on my research. So yeah, there’s a lot of unused points. I think the other big benefit is it gives you an excuse to email a lot more without really discounting. So just to give some perspective, I think the typical rewards program out of the box gives 1 % of the purchase back in dollars.

07:00
Okay. I think if your margins are higher, it can be upwards of 10%, but most people fall under, I’d say, the 3 % range. Yes. Before we go any further, I just want to talk about the cost of this as a business owner, because this is one of the main reasons why you coded it yourself. What I don’t want to do is get everybody hyped up, and then they’re to go look at the app, and they’re going to be like, crap, this is expensive.

07:29
Just on the net, we’ll just get the negatives out of the way. OK, sure. If you’re on Shopify, BigCommerce, you’re going to have to use a plugin to do this unless you have the ability to code something. So chances are 95 % of you guys are going to need to use a plugin. The most popular one, I think, out there is smile.io. We’re not affiliated with them or in any way.

07:51
Obviously, Steve built his own. Yeah, I’m not. When Steve launches his, we will definitely be offering you guys a nice discount code for the first month. But anyway, the base plan of Smile.O is $49 a month. Now, I will tell you, as someone who uses Smile.io has used it for a long time, it worth every penny of that $49 a month. We make so much more than that, you know, from just the loyalty program, getting people to buy. The next level is

08:21
$200 a month. So that’s expensive, right? If you’re just getting started, $200 a month is a lot of money if you’re not generating a ton of revenue. And then they have the plus plan, which is $1,000 a month. And I would say, cause we all, also know that a lot of people’s personalities is like they go all in right with the plus plan. They’re like, I want every feature because with each level too, you get more features and the features are cool, right? Like let’s, let’s, let’s admit that like the stuff that you can do it, that’s pretty cool.

08:48
So that thousand dollar a month plan, while very, very expensive, has a lot of cool things that you can do with it. Please don’t start with that plan, right? If you’re just getting started, because in order to like maximize the worth of that thousand dollars, you have to be really focused on getting people excited about your program and talking to them and emailing them on a regular basis. So just so you guys know like the price points of what we’re talking about, you know, 50 to $200 a month is probably where you’re gonna be starting.

09:17
to get this implemented in your business. So what’s ironic about all this is I was actually willing to pay $50 a month. Yeah, because $50 a month seems okay to me. That would have stopped me from coding this up myself. Yeah. But then they kind of nickel and dime you with the features. Yes. And all the cool stuff is minimum 200 bucks, I would say. Yeah, 200 bucks is where you start. The really cool stuff is 1,000. I was like, well, that’s where I draw the line. I’m doing this.

09:46
Well, $1,000 a month, you have to be making $200,000 $300,000 a month in your business to me to accept that price point, which there are a lot of people out there making that. We can talk about attribution and the metrics you look at, but I actually spent a lot of time coding up all these graphs and everything just to make sure that this is worth my time, ironically. You spent time coding to make sure it was worth coding.

10:14
I love it. But well, let’s just talk about the benefits first. Yeah. That you see. I think the primary benefit obviously is making more money and making sure that people continue to shop. But just digging deeper into that, I think that the biggest reason for me to do it is for me to be able to make more money off of my Klaviyo. Yes. It just gives a lot more lifetime value from your email subscribers because it just gives you more excuses to email.

10:45
Yeah, I totally agree. we we email our people a lot, like in general, but we also talk to them all the time about their rewards because we want them, obviously, to take all those actions to, you know, shop again at the store. Yeah. So let’s just give the audience an idea of some of the things that you run on your emails to get people to redeem loyalty points or accrue loyalty points.

11:15
Yeah, before we do that, can we real quick, I’ll talk about how people get points. Sure. Yeah, yeah. Because yeah. So and and you when you sign up with any of the programs, but like I’ll just use smile because that’s what we’re using. You know, you set up what you want to award people for what they do. So for us, and this is obviously just this one business. So you have to do what works in financially works for your business. So you get three points for every one dollar you spent. So that’s our that’s our point award.

11:42
If you write a product review, you get 250 points, because we want product reviews. So we had to make that really, really valuable. If you share a product or anything on Facebook, that’s 50 points. When it’s your birthday, so we want you to give us your birthday, obviously, so we have more information about you, which we will use an email, right? So all of this is also tied to email, right? Celebrate a birthday, 500 points. So give us your birthday, we’ll give you 500 points. Just for signing up, we give you 200 points off the bat.

12:11
and then obviously Instagram, like on Facebook. So we award points based on the actions people take. And then once we get them in, so once they sign up, the nice thing about these programs is the points are added automatically. So you don’t have to do anything as the business owner to add points to people’s account. So if they make a purchase, the program does that automatically, they share, program does it automatically. And what’s really great is if you’re on Klaviyo,

12:40
all of this integrates with Clavio. So there’s actually basically a code you drop into your emails that will show people how many points they have. This is a huge motivator. The one thing that I do though, and this is just a little email tip for you guys, is that I separate people from having points and not having points. Because if they don’t have points, it actually shows up kind of funny. It’s like you have null or you know. Yeah.

13:08
And it’s like, that’s not really encouraging for people. So those people actually get a different worded email where there’s a little paragraph about how they can get points. And usually these are people who have never shopped before, right? They’re just on the list, but they’re not customers. Cause once you shop, you have points basically. Or they haven’t signed up for the program. So just when you’re sending emails out and you’ve implemented this, remember that there are people that are on your list that don’t have points and you can create a segment of those people.

13:33
But anyone that does have points, wanna make sure at the top, we usually put it at the very top of the email right under the header of the brand is yippee, congratulations, woohoo, you have X amount of points in your account. So those go in a lot of emails just about, not about the points program at all, right? Because when you think about it as a shopper, right, and you get an email from a brand and they’re having their Black Friday sale or they’re offering a new product or something like that and you’re like, oh wait, I’ve got enough points to get this like,

14:02
for $5 off or something like that. So a really nice feature, I think all of the main tools do this for you, but basically you can integrate this in any email that you send where you show them their point total. Highly recommend doing that.

14:17
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

14:46
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

14:57
So one of my other motivators for writing my own was because we’re going to be doing a lot of short form video for Bumblebee. And I have a lack of user generated content right now. So I specifically made hooks in my program to allow people to upload video for an insane number of points or just upload a photo of them holding the product for a lot of points and just testimonials in general.

15:22
Product reviews, I don’t feel like I need to incentivize them. We get product reviews like every day on their own. Maybe I’ll change my mind on that and incentivize them for that. But in general, just for user-generated content, which is I think very important these days for any branded e-commerce store, you can use your loyalty program for that as well. It’s actually a great idea. We don’t use the loyalty program for user-generated content. We actually run like a giveaway every month.

15:52
but I actually really like the idea of, I might see if we can change that for us because I like the idea of just getting points no matter what. It’s not like a crap shoot if you win or not. For our customers, once you become a customer, you’re going to get in that post-purchase flow, which I’m sure most of you guys have already set up. About two to three weeks into the flow, because they’re getting confirmation orders shipped, orders delivered.

16:19
We send some order specific, like if you ordered certain products, because we sell curriculum, so like how to use the curriculum type stuff. We let people know about the joy, we call it joy points. We let people know about the rewards program. So, you know, I think it’s probably about a two week period. So they, at this point, they’ve already received the product. Hopefully they’re thrilled. And then we’re like, hey, you probably didn’t know this, but you can earn rewards on your purchases. And we basically outline the entire program to them.

16:47
Now, if they’re already a member, if they’re already a previous customer, they’re going to get a slightly different email reminding them that they’ve earned the points, right? So new customers are getting the, you might not know, but you can just share us on Facebook. And look, you’re going to get this point. We don’t have your birthday yet. Give us your information. so that’s the first time people are introduced to the, unless they find it on the website, that’s the first time they’re introduced to it via email. Yeah.

17:16
Then for ours, which hasn’t officially launched yet, we’re to collect anniversaries because we’re in the wedding industry to provide some amount of points because the second anniversary item just happens to be a cotton anniversary. Oh, is it? The two-year anniversary is cotton? Yes, happens to be cotton. It works out. What’s the polyester anniversary? Is that six months? We don’t sell anything polyester.

17:45
Darn it, darn it. That’s the first time and that just gets the nice thing about most of this is that it’s literally in your flows. You’re going to write that email one time and then you’re never going to, honestly, you’re probably never going to touch that. I think I wrote that email three years ago. I’m trying to see if I can see when I wrote it. I don’t think I’ve touched that emails in three years. It probably needs an update actually now that I’m saying this. Just in case you guys are a little skeptical on

18:15
just loyalty programs in general, which I was, admittedly. Until my wife pointed out to me, hey, do you realize that we only stay in Marriott hotels? Do you realize that we only fly certain airlines? And do you realize that you only go to Starbird, which is this chicken place right down the street, because they have a loyalty program? And I was like, yeah, you’re right. Even for stupid stuff like food, I’m much more tempted to go someplace because I gather points and I can get something for it.

18:44
I just looked, I’m literally getting 1 % back at this chicken place. Yes, it’s not a financial game changer for you. It’s not a financial game changer, but psychologically for some reason I’m drawn to it. Even in our courses that we run, we give out points for just making progress and people really want those points. I get emails at least once a week about, for some reason I didn’t get my points updated in the last office hours, can you update them?

19:14
Yeah. And it’s crazy. Yeah. So I just I’m pulling the stats right now so you guys can see. When we send that email out about two weeks post purchase, you know, people are are most likely not going to buy right then from us. Right. So this is not like a huge money making email. However, the open rate’s 50 percent. The click rate’s almost four percent. And it does generate a very small amount of revenue.

19:41
For the people that are new and don’t even know about, that’s for the people that have used the program before. For the people that have not used the program and they’re getting introduced to it, the click rate is almost 10%. So for deliverability and just email health overall, these emails are great for just getting people. And think about it, these are people that are like now two weeks post-purchased, right? They have the product, they’re probably using it, they’ve forgotten about you at this point.

20:09
So like just that little nudge, that little reminder, staying in their inbox and not their promotion box, right? Like all those things matter. So if you don’t have this in your post purchase, I would definitely set it up because it is a very engaging email. And obviously you want to separate it by zero points and plus one, you know, and that way you’re sending a different message to people. So I spent some time writing this report for me, but I’m just curious if Smile has it already.

20:39
Does it tell you what your conversion rate, how it increased over time? Or the revenue per recipient? I know it tells you the total value of the loyalty redemptions. But I’m curious what metrics they use to get you really excited to make sure it’s worth $1,000 or $200 or whatever you’re paying them. I’m pulling it up right now. I don’t ever spend any time in the Smile Dashboard.

21:08
That might take me a minute to navigate it around. That’s okay. But the other thing that’s great is, and the only reason why I brought Black Friday up is because Black Friday is coming around and most people tend to discount insane amounts. in an episode that I recorded a long time ago, I think with you actually, where we talked about the true value of a discount is much more than you think it is. And usually for just something,

21:35
Even that’s like something that’s like a 20 % discount means you have to make double the sales just to even break even in a lot of cases. So instead of running a killer sale, it might make more sense to run a killer points promotion. Yes. Okay. I think I have a little bit of data for you. Okay, cool. And we just ran a killer points promotion so I can talk about that in a second. Okay. So last 30 days, the points earned for the, and this is a seven figure store. So just so you guys have some reference.

22:05
Um, previous 30 days, the points earned 2.7 million points earned. Um, yeah. Redemption rate is 7.3%. Wow. That’s really low. Yes, really low. But if you also think about the fact that they earned a lot of points last month, let me look for a further month. Cause like that was a lot of points. So, you know, could be that if you go further back, you know, people aren’t going to buy right, right again, if they earn those same points.

22:32
So it looks like the average is about 9.5 % redemption rate. So our redemption rate is for every 100 points, you get a dollar. Every 100 points you get a dollar, okay, right. Yeah, so that’s the redemption. So 500 points, $5. And how Smile does is basically like a gift card. So one more email to put in a flow, and this is actually a separate flow.

22:59
that we have running, it’s just the rewards flow. It’s like what we’ve named it is that, and I stole this from Chubby, so I cannot take any credit for this. The swimwear, the short, the men’s brand. When people hit 500 points because that’s $5, right? Like to me, that’s a significant amount of money for our customers, like $5 coupon. They get an email. So automatically triggered. So you set up in Klaviyo a trigger when someone’s points balance equals 500, trigger this flow.

23:28
So the flow is basically like, it’s literally like fireworks and like confetti and streamers. And it’s like, wow, you’ve earned, you’re at 500 points. Like you’ve climbed Mount Everest basically is what we’re the vibe we’re going for. Um, and so that, and then we’re like, what can you buy? know, um, it’s like Chuck E cheese. What, what, what pin from China that doesn’t work? Will you buy?

23:53
But we know that $5 is like a threshold that moves people and that people earn, you know, there’s a significant enough amount of people who have 500 points to where like we’re not sending the email to one person a month.

24:06
But that is, and it’s funny, cause when I got that email from Chubby’s, what did I do? I immediately went to Chubby’s and I bought a bathing suit for one of my kids or something. don’t remember, but like I immediately spent my points, right? It’s like when you’re on the Chick-fil-A app, I know you guys don’t have as many Chick-fil-As as we do, but you’re like, I get a free chicken sandwich. Like we’re going to Chick-fil-A today. I’m also going to spend $57 on food for everybody else, but I got a free sandwich.

24:32
But yeah, so set up that flow too, because that is one, once again, automated. And then we send, think two more, if they don’t make a purchase, we send, I think two more, I’m gonna check right now, two more emails that basically remind people to make a purchase. I think in general, you want people redeeming stuff. And I think you’re supposed to email any time that they’ve made any sort of reward. And I think five bucks just happens to be your lowest one, right? Yeah, yeah. On your thing.

25:02
The other thing that I was that I’m implementing with mine is VIP tiers So I know that just statistics say that if you can get someone to buy something twice Make it purchase twice then they’re probably gonna be a long-term customer or the chances are really I can’t remember the exact percentages so I was actually gonna create a Tier where they just make two purchases and they instantly get 2x the reward points and then to get the height to the next tier It’s it’s a lot more

25:31
Based on the data, I have to still mine the data to set this up. But that prevents people from just creating arbitrary new accounts and getting points right away as well. Yeah. So I just pulled up the flow. So the first one is that celebratory, you know, good for you. Once again, 70 % open rate, 11 % click through rate. So 0.6 % order rate. Right. So we’re not terrible. Right. People are converting on that. Then we give them seven days.

26:01
And we remind them that we do that. We do a promotion where it’s like you, if you share it, you get, you share a coup, if you share it with your friend, they get a $5 coupon and you get a $5 coupon. That one, that one makes more money, like per person, but like doesn’t have as great of an engagement. Still 55 % open rate and almost a 2 % click through rate. So it’s not, it’s not doing poorly by any stretch. And then if people still haven’t taken action, but they have like,

26:30
over those 500 point, so they’re still at that 500 plus balance. The title of the email is, have you checked your balance lately? I think that’s a great title, right? Like not to pat myself on the back, but I think it’s really good. Once again, 60 % open rate, 10 % click through rate, right? So that’s that sequence when people plus the 500 of reminding them. Cause you do want people to redeem their rewards because that means they’re making it. I mean, the reality is not everyone does.

26:58
but you do want to get them in for that second purchase. Because chances are like if they’ve spent 500, if they have 500 points, they’ve probably ordered more than once. So actually just talking through this out loud, we should probably lower it to like, we should probably have some sort of flow when they’ve hit like a hundred points because that means they’ve made probably just one purchase, right? As opposed to 500. Because 500, you’ve probably had two purchases. Unless you like signed up and shared with a friend, then you could hit 500 pretty quickly.

27:27
So on mine, my minimum is 100 points for $1. And I think I’m not going to allow people to redeem that until their second order. I haven’t decided yet. I haven’t decided yet what I’m going to do. But the idea You have to let them redeem it on their second order, though. No, no, Redeem it on their second OK. OK, yeah. Not their first order. Gotcha. Because I’m giving $200 off the bat, and that’s worth $2. Maybe I would let them. I don’t know. I haven’t decided yet. I don’t have any data. That’s the problem. And you have data.

27:56
Do you have an idea of what people redeem? I don’t think I can, probably I don’t know where to find it. So. And right now you’re judging like the. Oh, I do. I do have it. So you do have it. OK. Yeah. Yeah. So the top way customers redeem is five dollar off. Then it’s ten dollars off is the next one. And those are actually fairly close together. So looks like people are a lot of people are waiting to get that ten dollar.

28:24
And then the next one, which is a third of the other two, is we give you a free Bible study, which is what they sell. that’s the next redemption. then we, I guess, we allow people to redeem at $2. So the $2 off is the, that’s the lowest and that’s like one tenth of the rest of it. So the $5 coupon is most popular, $10 second. Interesting. Okay.

28:49
I think the key here for everyone to realize is you can only use one reward at a time. Yes. Yeah. They don’t stack. So it’s to your benefit to get the higher reward. Yeah. If you’re trying to maximize it. OK, so let’s talk real quick about as I don’t want to run out of time. Let’s talk about when we did the triple points. Yes. So I’m curious because I actually tried something new and I thought it flopped. But then upon further research, I’ve actually once again can pat myself on the back.

29:19
I’m just kidding. So we do this probably, oh my goodness, we don’t do it a lot, two to three times a year. We do like a point blowout basically. So last month we did a triple point redemption or not triple point redemption, triple point earn where you basically earned three times the points on your purchase over

29:49
over a 24 hour period. So it only lasted for 24 hours. Now, one thing about Smile is I actually don’t think you can timer it. ours actually lasted longer because we were like not getting up at midnight to change the thing. just so you guys are like, wait a second, what? Just make it, started at 8 p.m. No one’s gonna be mad at you for getting more points. So I will tell you, let me pull up the email. So I wanna give you guys the actual like.

30:16
metrics on this to see how well it performed. What we do know is this always performs fairly well. Like this definitely gets people to get off their butts and make a purchase. of course, now I had it in front of me and then I got off of it to get the flow and now I can’t find it. Talk for me. Okay. I was going to just say earlier when you were talking about performance of the redemptions on the post purchase, I don’t think it’s a fair assumption to assume that those emails are going to generate money. Right?

30:45
right off the bat, because it’s kind of like a long-term play in a way. Like people have to gather points and then they have to be in the shopping mood. So just the fact that the open rate and the click through rate are so high means that there’s interest. Yes, for sure. So we sent out and actually this is interesting. we ran our biggest sale of the year is in the summer. It’s a back to school sale. And this was actually run during the back to school sale.

31:13
So typically we don’t overlap these with sales, but this sale I actually tested every idea I’ve ever had for email during this sale to see what worked and what didn’t. So we were trying basically everything. So this was actually run during a sale, just so you guys have all full disclosure in this. I only sent it to people who already had points. So these were people that I knew were like interested in the point system. I did not do this to like get people on or get people that hadn’t purchased to make a

31:43
So this went straight just to people who already have points. And we basically tripled their points for 24 hours. I will say the email performed, it only went to like, I’m gonna say it only, it didn’t go to a ton of people, maybe under 20,000. But once again, like decent engagement, especially during the sale when we’re, that’s the other thing, during a sale when you’re sending an email every day, this is a way to get an email opened, right? Because people are like, I know same sale, whatever. But then it’s like, wait, I can get,

32:12
even a better sale, right? Because they’re tripling their points. So the email overall performed probably better per person than most of the other emails we sent. So the email itself didn’t make more money than a lot of other emails, but we sent it to significantly less people. So once again, great engagement, great interest in it. But what I did, which I think this was the like winning idea that I was initially very disappointed, is the day after the sale. So

32:42
Anyone who made a purchase during that day that the points were tripled, they got put in a bucket and I sent an email the next day. So 24 hours later, the point promo has ended. They’ve made a purchase. I’m like, hey, you just made a purchase and earned all these points. Why don’t you spend it while things are still on sale?

33:00
Right? Like, why don’t you redeem it? Right? Because these people already had points. So at this point, they definitely have that 500 points. They have a $5 coupon that you could redeem during the sale because the sale was like automatic discounting, like through a plugin. So it wasn’t like a discount code. So you could actually stack, which is rare. We don’t ever stack. So it only went out to about six, 500 people. No, it up to 500 people. Right? So it was all the people that bought the day before.

33:28
So when I see the email numbers come in, the email made $481 and I was like, boo hoo. I mean, because most emails during the sale make thousands and thousands and thousands of dollars. So I was like, well, that was a dumb idea, right? But I was like, well, not really. It only went to 500 people. So it’s not like we wasted an opportunity. But then when I started digging into the numbers, I was like, but wait a second, know, went to 500 people, seven people made a purchase. So it did convert people.

33:57
But the open rate on that email was 71 % and the click through rate was 20%. Wow. So even though it didn’t drive tons of revenue, which it didn’t really need to, right? Like we’re already making money from every other email during the sale. What it did do was lift my email, like, cause I’m sending two emails a day for 10 days, right? So all of a sudden my emails that are getting like up

34:24
1 % click through rate, .9 % click through rate. I’ve got one with a 20 % click through rate. I’ve got 70, so all of a sudden I’m sending all these great signals again that like, our emails are important, people are engaged, blah, blah, blah. So to me, the email was a huge win because its deliverability was so great, the click through rate was so great, and the engagement was there. So 100 % will do this again. Even though I don’t anticipate it making money, it boosts my engagement, which overall helps my account.

34:54
So definitely something it was an experiment. First, I thought it failed revenue wise, but I’m like, you know what? I don’t really need these people to spend their money today anyway. I’d rather them spend it when things aren’t on sale. You know, but so something to try if you guys are doing this, like it would it’s definitely worth doing because it definitely helps your overall email. So one of the emails, since I’m on that list that you write one email that I particularly liked.

35:22
was one where you stacked three things all at once. that was the email. Oh, was that the one? OK. Yes. Triple loyalty points plus a discount on something. Yes. Plus and a free with purchase. Free something. Yes. And that’s yeah, that was very effective. Like, obviously, I’m not. You almost bought a Bible study. It so close. You almost bought the math curriculum. You were so close to getting it. No, and that’s and that’s one of the things that I like to do with

35:52
points people. So people that already have points, you know they’re shoppers, right? And it’s like, I’ll use myself for as an example, like I am a loyal White House black market shopper. Like that is if I’m going to buy clothes instead of renting them, that’s usually where I start looking. So if White House black market sends me an email and they tell me that like all the summer stuff is on clearance, plus I can get free shipping, plus I have rewards,

36:19
the chances of me making a purchase goes up by about 100%, right? Whereas, and so that, I know that’s an effective psychological technique with customers that, because it doesn’t just work for me, it works for everybody. But it’s like, and a lot of times they’re like, oh, I know it’s your back to school sale, but do you know how good of a deal this is for you? And people need to be told what to do. And during a big sale, during like,

36:46
It’s like Black Friday. It’s like all those studies, because I used to work in like grocery and CPG stuff, right? And all the studies that showed if you give people too many choices, they don’t choose anything. Right. But when you spell things out for people like buy your peanut butter, buy your jelly, buy your bread, that is why they are all in the same aisle. Right. Because you don’t want people to have to make a decision. It’s like, you know, this is you just get it all right here. You don’t have to walk around the store. You don’t to think about things. So when you can send emails like that.

37:15
Once again, the free with purchase on this deal is an item that we cannot sell. It’s literally taking up so much space in the warehouse that we’re, you we did a free with purchase offer in July for it. We basically ran out of the price. So yay, one liquidated product that we couldn’t sell. People loved it. And then, you know, we do the back to school. So every year that’s just going to happen. So we’re already doing that. And then just reminding people like, oh, and by the way, triple your points.

37:45
Huge. Let me see if I can pull up the data on that. But yeah, you have to do that for people. While you’re pulling up the tiers, I just want to say that just having VIP tiers is a huge deal. And I’m just thinking about how we kill ourselves to make Marriott status. Yes. Oh, yeah. And you can remind people like, you you need one more to achieve this status or one more purchase or X amount of points or whatnot. this is about to expire. Do you guys do expiring points?

38:14
We don’t expire points. Okay, so they’re around forever, Yeah, that’s good idea. And a lot of companies do the expiring points. The other thing that I use terminology in these emails is I call it a VIP exclusive. Right. And tell me that doesn’t get you when you get the Marriott email and they’re like, you know, Platinum Elite exclusive or whatever it is. This is how crazy we are with loyalty, though. So FinCon is a conference that you and I both

38:43
have gone to for many years and it’s at a Hyatt this year. PT, what’s your problem? Guess what’s located right next to the Hyatt? Oh, it’s a Marriott. Guess who booked a room at the Marriott? I’m not staying at the Hyatt where I get no benefits.

39:03
four nights away from the next level, right? But yeah, like it works. works. It works. Think about in your own life, like how many things that you, how many apps were you willing to download? How many texts were you willing to sign up for to be able to get your free queso, your free chicken sandwich, your, you know, free shipping, whatever it is. These programs really work. And the best thing that you can do if you’re spending the money per month on implementing them is to email people obsessively.

39:32
about their points, how they use them, how they earn them. Like we spell it out so clearly for people. It’s like, click here, do this, stop what you’re doing because people are busy. They’ve got a lot going on. I mean, it’s like when your kids are little and they’re trying to talk to you and you’re like on the phone and you’re also doing like two other things and it’s it’s like, wow, wow, wow. You don’t hear them. So giving this is explicit as possible to people. Like you just have to really put it out there and

40:00
It were they work. You get you get repeat customers, which I think is the biggest thing, right? Getting people to make that second purchase. And then also just making people feel like like think about you and I, like we’re both Marriott people, right? We’ll tell everybody to join Marriott over World of Hyatt, World of Hyatt. Who wants to join that dumb program? Right. Like like we talk about the Marriott program to other people. We’re their best salespeople. Yeah. You know, it’s like I remember I went somewhere with someone. It was to Chick-fil-A. They didn’t have the app. And I was like,

40:30
How are you even eating here? Like it was to me, it was like a crime that they weren’t willing to like get the points. So like you can turn your customers into like your number one advertisers by having a really well done program and letting people know all the benefits that go along with it. Yeah. So the way that I wouldn’t sign up with the program unless you have an email marketing. Yes. It just they both amplify each other. Yeah. They have you have to have them hand in hand. Yes, that’s correct.

40:59
And so many people focus so much on getting new customers that they neglect their existing customers. And it’s the existing customers that going to be making you the money. 36 % of our revenue is from existing customers. Yeah, we’re at about 50. Wow, 50. Your niche makes sense, Yeah, curriculum, obviously, people come back. For mine, it makes less sense because weddings, unless that joke we had in the beginning. It works. It works. But it does work.

41:31
When would you sign up for one, actually? How much money do think you should be making to make it worth your while? Assuming it’s like 50 bucks a month, let’s just Yes, the bottom tier. Yes. Oh, this is always so tough. It’s tough, right? I would say six figures, right? I don’t know. Six figures. Maybe sooner. I’m trying to do the math on my head. I would do it sooner. I would have at least 1,000 orders a month.

41:59
a thousand orders a month. I would do it more on orders than monetary because orders is more like if you have thousand orders, you have about a thousand customers a month or you have 800 customers a month, especially if you’re new. Most of your customers are going to be new. I would also say if you’re paying for customers, if you’re paying for ads, if your primary way of getting customers is ads, then I would probably and you see that picking up.

42:27
You have 400 customers and 500 orders, then 600 orders, right? And you’re seeing that. I would probably really start digging into like when’s a good time to do that. Because you want to be able to like you’re paying for these people. So now keeping them becomes so much more important, right? If you’re spending 10 bucks to get the person, you would love for them to come back or like do the other things that we reward for, right? Sharing it, giving the $5 coupon to a friend. So I think it’s also a little bit dependent on how you’re getting your traffic.

42:56
to your site. I think if paid acquisition is your main channel, then I think you should get it. Just if paid acquisition is your main channel, you’re probably spending thousands of dollars a month anyway. It’s 50 bucks a month. It’s a drop in the bucket. You should definitely do it. Yeah, it’ll improve your ROI. Yeah. But before you do it, just like Steve said, I cannot hammer this enough. Have your emails in place. Have your plan in place. Because what I hate for people to do is spend the money and then like let it languish. It’s kind of like the same thing with affiliate programs, right? Like you don’t want to be you don’t want to get that.

43:25
that accounting at the end of the year, right? And you’re like, spent $600 on a loyalty program that I never told anybody about, right? So make sure that before you sign, that would be that Mike, the other caveat before you sign up, have your email templates ready, have your strategy, you know, just be ready to go with it because right off the bat, you want to be getting your money’s

43:50
Hope you enjoyed this episode. One thing that I always like to emphasize is that repeat customers are the lifeblood of any business. For more information and resources, go over to mywipecluderjob.com slash episode 554. And if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywipecluderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

553: Amazon & TikTok Join Forces! How Google’s Legal Woes Could Change E-Commerce Forever

553: Amazon & TikTok Join Forces!  How Google's Legal Woes Could Change E-Commerce Forever

In this episode, Toni and I discuss how the recent Google monopoly ruling will affect the ecommerce landscape. 

We also discuss the latest announcements between Amazon, TikTok and Pinterest.  Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • How the Google monopoly ruling will play out in the next few years
  • How the potential breakup of Google will affect ecommerce
  • The implications of the TikTok/Amazon partnership

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Drop podcast, the show where I cover all the latest strategies and current events related to e-commerce and online business. And today, Tony and I are going to talk about the implications of the Google Monopoly ruling on e-commerce specifically and the latest with TikTok, Amazon and Pinterest. But before we begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s available on Amazon right now at 38 % off. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death.

00:29
Plus you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

00:51
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. I go on vacation for just two weeks, two weeks and a whole bunch of stuff happens while I’m gone. What we’re going to do today is we’re going to talk about some major announcements from some really large companies that will affect the entire e-commerce landscape and blogging as well. Yeah. I mean, you can’t leave anymore. I know. I was thinking it’d be uneventful. I don’t know which piece of news do you want to start with?

01:19
I have, I have, we pre-talked, but I have more news too. So we can start with the Google one. Cause that’s pretty big. You know, was funny. was, so school is back in session for, I only have one kid actually still in grade school. And so I have to drive her to school this year. Cause all my other drivers have graduated and she does not have her license yet. So I’m back on the car line train, which I immediately started shopping for a different car.

01:49
Why are you your your daughter can’t go to school by herself? We are not zoned for the school. We moved and I’m not making her move schools. So got it. Yeah. So we’re driving, which is funny because the school we’re zoned for is literally the same distance away, just a different direction. So it’s not like, you know, the only difference would be like the bus transportation. So I’ve been listening to podcasts on the way. was like, well, how could I? I’m trying to.

02:17
You know, I moved most of my life and the move is still very chaotic. In fact, my office got completely ripped apart after I just put it back together. You can’t see in this video, but like to my left is literally everything that was in the closet behind me, because that’s where the electric panel is. And they redid all that, which meant everything from the attic, because, you know, fell down on like thousands of dollars worth of electric. So I am like losing my mind on Thursday night and Friday because I had to literally clean.

02:46
every piece of equipment that I had anyway, not a good, not a good, there was about a news story about me committing some sort of felony last week. But anyway, I’m like, how can I be more productive? Like I have to spend more time in the car normally. You know, I don’t like to leave the house like during the day I want to be planted. And so I was like, you know what, I’m going to start doing podcasts. So I figured Monday morning, start out with Shaleen, you know, get some positive energy going, listen to her podcast. Well, what I didn’t realize is that whatever my

03:15
podcast app is set to, it just goes to another podcast I subscribed to. So Shalene’s podcast ends and I start getting this podcast about the Google lawsuit. And somehow I think I’m now listening to the radio and I’m like, this is huge news. They’ve broken into the radio play to talk about this. So it took me about four minutes into the podcast to realize that it was not, it was just the next.

03:44
podcast and I’m trying to get this is actually a really good podcast on it. So I’ll give you guys the name, but you can talk about it a little bit. I had no idea this was even happening. This was the first I’d ever even heard of it. Actually, Kevin is the one who told me about it during the first office hours when I got back. I was like, so nothing eventful happened while I was gone, right? He was like, actually, Google got broken up. Let’s talk about this for just a little bit, because everyone has their own opinion, and it’s actually been covered in various news outlets. But

04:11
What hasn’t been covered really is the implication on e-commerce and blogging specifically. just like a quick overview, Google has ruled a monopoly. Google is going to appeal the decision, which is something that’s probably going to take like two years. So nothing’s probably really going to change dramatically for another couple of years. And Tony and I are both old enough to remember what happened to Microsoft way back in the day.

04:40
And they got ruled a monopoly for their Internet Explorer practices. Basically, back in the day, Microsoft was forcing everyone to use IE if they had Windows and preventing other people and paying off other people to not allow anything, to make their browser the best. And that was the heyday of Internet Explorer, I remember. Yeah, you know, it’s funny is that I loved like, so the podcast I was listening to is called Hardfork. I don’t know if you ever listened to them. I never.

05:09
It’s like a tech and marketing podcast. If you want to listen, the first part of the podcast is about the lawsuit. It would be the week of, what are we in? July. It would be last week. The week of July, or sorry, August, August 9th. Anyway, it’s a good overview if you want to just give yourself a lesson in it. What I thought was funny is like Google’s defenses, but everybody does it.

05:37
Like that was basically there. know that, but yeah. I mean, they’re saying like, this is just common practice, right? Like we’re not doing anything that anybody else isn’t trying to do. Which I was like, I mean, what other defense are you going to have? I guess makes sense that that would be their defense. But that part made me chuckle a little bit. I mean, it’s obviously it’s a monopoly. Google pays Apple, think, 20 billion dollars a year so that Apple’s default search engine is Google.

06:07
And then they have their Android phones and most of the traffic is mobile anyways. Most people use the Chrome browser now. So definitely a monopoly. I’m even, so some people are thinking that Google is going to get broken up. I think that is highly unlikely. But I will say this. I noticed that my Google ads, I’ve been running Google ads for, I don’t know, like 15 years now. And usually

06:35
It’s rock solid. the search, like the search volumes don’t really change that much. And the conversion rate is pretty stable compared to other ad platforms like Facebook. Yeah. What I’ve noticed in just like the past three, three to four years is that there’s certain weeks where the performance is just horrific. And keep in mind, I’ve got 15 years worth of the, worth of a search data for all this stuff. And I’m thinking to myself now Google ads, a lot of it is like a black box.

07:05
Like exact match isn’t really exact match. They can bid on whatever keywords. So this is just speculation on my part, but I think when it comes time to make earnings, they start spending your money and their new performance max is kind of like a black box. So you really have no idea where anything is being spent and you waste a lot of money. They blow out earnings, which they just did. And there’s not a whole lot of transparency in the whole process. Yeah. Anyways, I got off topic. Sorry.

07:33
It’ll be interesting to see what happens because we’re looking at like probably three to four years before anything is resolved. And I will tell you what happened with Microsoft. I don’t know if you remember back that far because it was quite a long time ago, but Microsoft had to immediately, pretty much in like the first year or a year later, they had to give you the choice of browsers. Like it wasn’t just the default and you know,

08:02
They made it really hard to change the default. All of a sudden that had changed. You have the opportunity to choose whatever browser that you want. And that actually had a huge effect, which opened up the competition for Firefox, if you remember. And that’s actually when Chrome took over. That’s what I was just thinking when you were talking about that. if you said, you remember, I’m older than you. But after, I think that there was dial-up internet when I was in my early 20s.

08:33
you know, browsing the Internet was not fun. was like basically you got on to check your email. You did the bare minimum, right? Because it was just so painful. But by the time the Internet was like a positive experience, right? Like you could actually search and, you know, get more information. I was a Mac user. And so I don’t remember ever having it like it didn’t work well with Internet Explorer. So we always had I think it was Firefox initially and then Safari or maybe vice versa. But it’s funny because I remember like

09:03
having friends that would have PCs and they only used Internet Explorer and I had no idea why. I didn’t realize that it was a monopoly. I just was like, oh, well, I guess that’s what works on their computer because Internet Explorer never worked well on Macs early on. Internet Explorer was the worst browser in the history of And the only reason why I say this is I was making websites back in the day. Yeah. And you had to special case each version of my Internet Explorer.

09:32
because each one had one set of bugs. Yeah. Yeah. I do remember that part of it. So given what’s happened and it actually changed Microsoft a lot. Yeah. This ruling, it just took some time, but I would say within one year, you know, things that already started changing and within like the next decade, you know, they couldn’t make any of shady deals. I think there was a lot of scrutiny on any deal that they made. Yeah.

10:00
First thing I think that’s gonna happen really is like that Google Apple deal is gonna be scrutinized and maybe Google won’t be allowed to pay Apple for that anymore. Yeah. And who knows, maybe Apple will come up with their own search engine. Well, they have Safari. mean, well, it’s a browser, right? It’s a browser. Yeah, that’s true. I don’t know. I can’t see Apple doing that, but you never know. Well, here’s the thing. I think two weeks ago or right before I left on vacation,

10:30
Search GPT got announced by OpenAI. Okay, yes. Right? And so there’s a new search engine coming out and OpenAI actually has Cloud. It’s not like Perplexity. We’ve talked about Perplexity before on the podcast. That’s just this tiny little company. But imagine someone like Microsoft and OpenAI, they’ve announced this new search engine. I don’t know if you’ve been using ChatGPT a lot lately. Now when I ask it a question, it’ll actually give citations.

10:57
Yes. I will, you know, I was locked out of my account for like two months. Oh, were you? Okay. Yes. I finally, I had to appeal. Like I’m like, you’re still charging me. I haven’t done anything. Um, so I just got back on it like a week and a half or two weeks ago because I was locked out. Yeah. We’re I’m on the list to try search GPT because it’s not out to the general public. think they’re only allowing like 10,000 people to use it right now. Yeah. But the output of it, and they gave some sample outputs from the search engine. It’s kind of like.

11:27
a Google that gives you the answer and gives citations and links to blogs or wherever it’s getting its data from. Nice. So it’s kind of like Proplexity in a way. And it follows Google’s model also in a way without the 10 links, obviously. Yeah. Without the ads, at least in their demo. Yeah. And I haven’t used it yet, obviously, but it looks very promising for bloggers as well because it means that, you know,

11:57
bloggers still might get traffic. Maybe all the bloggers will stop crying. Well, here’s the thing about this way. If Google doesn’t pay Apple and Apple switches to a different search engine, whether it be their own or search or whatever, a lot of people have iPhones and Google instantly lose a huge percentage of their market share. Yeah. Right. And Google has already been laying off people. Actually, you’re not in the Silicon Valley here, but

12:26
Mass layoffs again. I think the latest victim was Intel. They slashed 15,000 people here. Over here, there’s a lot of people looking for jobs. It might not have hit Florida yet, but here, at least in the tech sector, No, because we’re a tourism-driven economy down here. Nobody’s losing jobs. I can’t remember which podcast I was listening to, but I listened to it and something like if Google were to just lose like

12:55
three percentage points of their search, that would have a profound effect on the overall business and what they would have to do. I bet. Well, you know what’s interesting? Speaking of all this search and you know, we’ve had we’ve done several podcasts about Google search and the being in the toilet as far as like the results and things like that. But then I saw an article this week about how, you know, obviously Reddit is usually the top one of the top results, although I’ve been seeing it less and less in my search results.

13:23
which I can only imagine is because I’ve never clicked on it in protest. I just immediately scroll down to things. One article that cited several other articles talking about the people that are using Reddit to drive traffic to their sites are actually having a ton of success due to the amount of traffic Reddit’s now getting. I don’t know if that’s a strategy because I just

13:51
I feel in my gut this isn’t gonna last with Reddit appearing number one, number two all the time. I don’t think that’s sustainable because the results are so cruddy.

14:03
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

14:33
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

14:44
So there’s a special deal with Google and Reddit where Reddit is not allowing other search engines to crawl their site except for Google now. Oh, I didn’t hear about that one. exclusive deal now. And who knows, maybe there’s something there that might get changed too. That might get struck down in the monopoly. It might. All I’m saying is Google’s already under pressure because ChatGPT, we mentioned in previous episodes that the search is pretty bad. Yeah.

15:11
This could be the final nail in the coffin for just Google search in general. Well, and what’s really interesting with Google search is that all of the statistics and data for our Gen Zers is pointing to them using Pinterest and TikTok as their search engines. They don’t search Google. It’s interesting because I actually had a talk with a family member who was looking into maybe working with Pinterest and

15:39
that Pinterest is completely focusing on Gen Z. That is their target. Whenever she and I talked, I was like, that’s so weird. To me, Pinterest is like a middle-aged woman platform, right? Because it’s me. You’re a user, yes. But then the more we talked, I actually called my, at that time, 18, 19-year-old daughter in and she was like, oh, I only use Pinterest to search. She never uses Google to search for anything, right?

16:09
And I was like, are you serious? I mean, I was floored, right? I had no idea. And then when I’ve talked to my other kids who are all in that Gen Z, the females, not the guys, the guys don’t search anything. my 15 year old almost exclusively uses TikTok to search. If she wants a recipe, she searches TikTok. If she wants to know how to do something, she searches TikTok. and I mean, TikTok has a huge amount of information. It also has a huge amount of terrible information.

16:39
which is what concerns me. Please do not make it. She made a of terrible information too. Well, yes, they’ve gotten so much. But she made a cleaning solution once she saw on TikTok and almost killed everybody in the house. I was like, never again. You cannot mix those two chemicals. But yes, in the article I read basically was talking about how Pinterest and TikTok, they know that’s the case. They obviously have zeroed in on this and it’s really becoming their focus. Yes. I think

17:08
Apple is the biggest thing because really, are you going to change your default search engine for something you already own to something that’s not Google? Google already has a household name. The biggest thing is what Apple decides to do because they control such a large user base. Well, if Apple switches, so many people who use Apple products love the seamlessness of it. Everything connects and everything.

17:35
I you can now, I don’t do this, but you can now copy and paste from your phone to your computer. There’s a way to do that. I don’t know how to do it. You can Google that for now. You’ll have to use a different search engine in two years. Everything’s so seamless. It wouldn’t surprise me as if Apple just put something else up, people would use it due to the fact that they like the low friction. From a blogging perspective, the way I’m thinking about it is great.

18:05
Now I’m have to optimize for something else. A whole bunch of other platforms, right? Yeah. And who knows, maybe this search GPT will be the next thing. It’s definitely going to open it up to other players that aren’t going to get it squeezed out artificially. So I see this as like another Chrome browser, Internet Explorer, Firefox type of thing. Yeah, for sure. Within the next five years, nothing’s going to happen in the next couple of years. And I don’t think they’re going to get broken up.

18:35
No, not totally. Google’s hurting and I hope that doesn’t affect the real estate prices in our area. All right. Got anything else to say about Google or should we move on to the next piece of news? We can move on. Why don’t you announce this one because you told me about this, I had no idea. Yes, this is pretty exciting and unfortunately, there’s not a ton of information out about this yet if you are a Amazon seller.

19:05
Amazon has just basically inked a deal with TikTok and Pinterest to basically allow users while they are on TikTok. So you’re on TikTok, you’re scrolling. Amazon products will now be seen in your for you feed. So you’re scrolling, all of a sudden you see a video with an Amazon product. You can click and buy that product directly on TikTok without ever leaving the TikTok platform.

19:34
Now, as a customer, you do have to enable that setting in TikTok, right? Like you have to allow them to connect the accounts kind of like if you ever shop at Zappos, they have an Amazon integration. A lot of e-commerce stores have the Amazon integration. So you have to allow that as the shopper. But I think this is going to be huge. One, mean, Amazon, you know, Amazon just as big of a monopoly as Google at this. Like they’re just taking over everything, it feels like. But I think

20:03
as, so if you are a creator, right, on TikTok, or you’re an Amazon influencer, this is huge because Amazon on the other side, on the influencer side, and if you’re in office hours, you’ll hear all about this today. Basically, you can opt in to all of your video content being shown on TikTok, Pinterest, ads on CNN, wherever Amazon places ads, you can opt in to your videos that you make for products being shown.

20:32
on those platforms, which is a huge earning potential. For people listening, can you just kind of explain the whole Amazon influencer video thing first? Yes. So if you are an Amazon influencer, it’s different than being an affiliate. They call those associates with Amazon. So if you’re an influencer, you actually post content that lives directly on Amazon. So you have to apply to the program. They have to accept you.

20:58
And then you basically take products that you find and buy on Amazon or that you have in your house that are available for sale on Amazon. You make a video basically reviewing the product, talking about the pros, cons. If someone watches your video and then makes a purchase for that product or a related product. So let’s just say I’m talking about this Stanley Cup that I have. Someone sees the video about how great it is. They buy a smaller version of that Stanley Cup.

21:25
I still get a commission. And it’s actually usually a larger commission than you get if you’re just using your affiliate link. So that’s what the program is. Amazon has done this basically to help conversion rates on pages for products. So all the research shows that once people watch a video about a product that’s a user-generated video, so not like the brand created video, they’re almost like 80 % more likely to buy that product, right? Because it’s that social proof.

21:55
And so it’s a really effective way to talk about like, you know, the pain points of a product or how to assemble it. If it’s a product that you’re not sure how to put together, things like that as the content creator, you do those things. All those things encourage people to buy the product. So now those videos that you create and they live on Amazon listings can live all over the internet. You do have to opt into it. So you do have to give Amazon permission to use your video content and it will only be the video content that you create that is vertical.

22:26
So no horizontal content that you’ve created. So once you opt in, is it automatic? Like Amazon will just start showing these videos on TikTok. Yeah. Let me ask you this then. So you own the videos when you create them for this Amazon influencer program. Why not just find the product since it’s all connected anyways and then just post the videos yourself? You can do that too. There’s nothing stopping you.

22:52
Okay, so we encourage that we we encourage content creators to, you know, leverage that video in a variety of places if it fits with your brand. The nice thing about being an Amazon influencer is even though my brand is like home ec DIY, I could review car parts on Amazon because it’s not linked. They’re not going to go back to the happy housewife and be like, why are you talking about car parts? Right. So anything that you do that is related to your brand, I always encourage people make it an Instagram reel, put it on TikTok.

23:22
make it a YouTube short, however it works. You gotta make sure those properties are linked in your Amazon account. You have to put all your properties where you’ll be using an Amazon affiliate link. That’s really important. But to me, it’s an awesome opportunity. And I’m sure what Amazon is doing is those top performing videos, right? Those user generated videos by influencers that are driving the best conversions, because they see all that. We can’t see that. We see views and we see sales, but we don’t know like how many views another video is getting.

23:49
that’s on the listing because multiple videos can live on a listing. So Amazon knows all that and they’re probably going if you have a really high performing, you know, listing based on your video, that video will probably be shown other places, right? Because Amazon knows that that’s going to drive a conversion, which, of course, makes Amazon more money. So I think this is pretty exciting for content creators because it’s just one more way to boost your revenue. So as a tick tock affiliate right now,

24:18
I can go through and look at a bunch of products being offered by brands. I going to be able to do that for any arbitrary Amazon product now? Well, you will be able to do it for Amazon products, but that’s totally different than the ads being placed because basically Amazon is going to run ads on TikTok with your content. No, no, I understand that. But is Amazon allowing people to just promote anything on Amazon directly and have the payment done through TikTok? It’s my understanding that that will be the case eventually.

24:47
which is another huge thing. It’s actually interesting because I was on TikTok this morning. I was hoping to see if it was even, if I could just randomly kind of stumble upon it, right? To get some idea of what it’s going to look like. And I came across a creator who was obviously an affiliate promoting this dress. And I was like, I’ve seen that dress on Amazon, right? So, but I don’t, it’s not, isn’t, TikTok has not rolled this out. Pinterest has not rolled it out, at least not into my account, right? So I,

25:16
I look at the dress, I click on it, right? It brings me to the listing. listing? The TikTok listing? The TikTok listing, yes. I was trying to see if it would take me to the Amazon listing. So it doesn’t yet. It’s still the TikTok listing. it wouldn’t take you to the Amazon listing, right? Ever. I don’t think so. No, yes. But what I was wondering is if I put it in my cart on TikTok, would it show up in my cart on Amazon?

25:43
Oh, I see. That’s what I was trying to see. Like if it’s if it’s connected, you should buy it. And if it comes in an Amazon box, then you know something, right? Well, I’m going to. I just want I want to find a less expensive product to test with. This is like a $50 dress. And I’m like, I don’t know if I like it that much. But anyway, what I thought was so I started digging a little bit, right? Because then I was like, OK, I wonder how this is going to work. Like, you know, I don’t think it’s not available. So wait probably another month or two before we see anything.

26:12
coming out fully, because they just announced it for the creator side as well. So if you’re an Amazon influencer, they just rolled this out within the last two to three weeks of having to opt in. However, so I look at this dress, it’s $45.95, right, on TikTok. And I’m like, that’s actually, it’s not a bad price, right? But I was also like, I’m also little wary because it doesn’t seem like it’s Amazon. So I’m like, if it doesn’t fit or I don’t like it, how easy is it to return? I’ve never returned anything from TikTok shop, blah, blah, blah.

26:42
So then I’m like, well, I wonder if it’s on Amazon. So I go to Amazon, I find the exact same dress, same brand, same sell, know, like the brand that it’s not like a knockoff, it’s the exact same dress. Sold out every color, every size on Amazon. Also on Amazon, $75. Really? Yes. Which makes sense based on, and I don’t think we’ve done like a full podcast on TikTok Shop, but

27:11
We have some seller summit videos on TikTok shop where if you sell on TikTok shop, you typically have to offer a steep discount, right? Or some sort of like more discount than you would probably have normally as well as a higher affiliate payout, right? So you’re definitely not gonna make as much money on TikTok, but the volume is gonna be insane. But what made me think about this is if you have a product that you think would perform on TikTok for TikTok shop, not only will you do well on TikTok, you’ll sell out everywhere else.

27:41
Right? I mean, this dress was gone and actually I was going to pull, want to pull it up on Jungle Scout. I want to look at the sales volume of this dress because like literally they had extra small, small to like triple X large, every color, every size, completely out of stock, which means people are like seeing it on Tik Tok and then they’re searching for it on Amazon. Right. And like, you’re just going to sell out everywhere. So if you can, if you can get the right products and you know, the right people talking about them from Tik Tok shop,

28:10
It’s going to be huge for your Amazon business as well. From a seller’s perspective, I think differently. I think this is really negative as a seller. Interesting. Why? Mainly because Amazon has this low inventory fee now that’s pretty hefty. If you can’t predict, those sales come in waves, right? Yes. You might be out of inventory and you’re getting charged this low inventory fee.

28:36
And then all of a sudden the wave subsides and all of a sudden you have a higher threshold for the amount of units you need to have in stock. Just the fees will overwhelm you because of the unpredictability of the platform. Unless Amazon does something about it. That’s a fair. And only that, I’m just trying to think of the fees. So you got to pay the Amazon fee and you got to pay the TikTok premium. Right. You still have to pay FBA fees because it’s getting fulfilled by Amazon. Right. And you have to discount on TikTok to get the sales.

29:06
The Amazon fees, they just introduced a couple of new fees actually. They’re going to take effect. I don’t see how this is sustainable for an Amazon seller. That’s just my first gut. It’s not even that sustainable for a regular e-commerce business actually where you own the brand unless your margins are ridiculously high. To me, I see it as more of a getting to the top of something.

29:35
This is not probably a long-term strategy for your products, right? But it’s like, if you’re launching a product, I might consider launching it on TikTok, right? Getting the sales velocity and then putting it on Amazon just to get that ranking, right? To move up. But you’re right. And also to me, it’s like, well, 75 bucks on Amazon, 45 on TikTok. I’m not buying it on Amazon.

30:00
I’m only buying it on Amazon if I really want it and they don’t have my size in the TikTok shop or they didn’t have the color or something like that. I mean, I’m I’m price sensitive enough to where I’m going to take a $30 discount. But how can you? Yeah, I guess maybe for a launch. Well, it’s just just to give you an idea. We’re at ECF and I think Paul talked about TikTok shop and how is making him millions of dollars a month or something like that. A twenty six dollar

30:29
brush that he was selling was going on TikTok for six bucks. Yeah. And that’s how he was able to move everything. Now the difference with his businesses is that brush is like a gateway drug to all of his other products. Yes. Yeah. So it ends up working out. But on Amazon, I just, unless Amazon has some sort of fee reduction for TikTok. Yeah. I don’t see how the numbers will work out. Like

30:54
Going from 75 bucks to, what was it, 40 something dollars? 45, yeah, 30 $30. Almost in half. a huge, huge difference. Yeah. Plus the Amazon fees that you’d have to pay off. Oh, for sure, yeah. But the $45 is on the TikTok side right now. Right now, so we’ll see. But regardless of the seller side, I think this is just more incentive if you have not bit the bullet and started the short form video, right? Started making content.

31:24
Oh yeah, from a content creator’s perspective, this is gold. This is, and you know, it’s funny because we talked about the Google stuff earlier and it’s kind of depressing. We’ve kind of had nothing but bad news for content creators and bloggers for the past year, right? With Google search and all the problems and everything that’s been going on. This is a huge win for content creators and the content creators that are willing to go out and make video. I was just talking to Andrea about this yesterday.

31:54
You know, I don’t like making videos, but I like making money. You know, like if I had my choice, I would not be making videos all the time. Right. Like I don’t make them all the time right now. I’m barely hanging on to life right now. But like in general, like I don’t like setting everything up. I don’t like getting ready. I don’t want to like write the script out. Like none of that is fun for me. I’d rather just talk. Right. Like get me on camera. That’s fine.

32:20
But when you’re doing product reviews and talking about, trying to sell something, you need to be more organized with your thoughts and your content. And I don’t find that fun, but when I was checking my Prime Day with the influencer program, I was like, well, I do like this. I do like selling 30 Wolfgang Puck griddles on Prime Day, right? That part where you’re just like, you know what, it’s worth it. It’s worth it to do these things. And these opportunities just keep opening themselves up.

32:47
for content creators. And I’m going to talk about a bunch today on office hours that Amazon is basically, I don’t know what, I feel like not all of it’s going to last. I think they’re testing a lot of stuff, but like while it’s available, take it, take it and do it. I nothing lasts, right? So we might have like a five year timeframe for this, however long you think it’s going to last until things get saturated, right? Yeah. But I mean, honestly, the fact that Google as a traffic source is being, is going down.

33:17
has really opened up all these other traffic sources for content creation. So whenever something goes down, there’s something new that pops up, you just need to find out what it is. And it sounds like this is a great opportunity to make money on both TikTok. TikTok shop is growing like gangbusters. And with this Amazon connection, I’m sure that there’ll be more partnerships coming as far as ease of use and ease of purchasing.

33:46
So who knows what it’s gonna look like even in one year. And I also think, you we’ve talked a lot about TikTok, but like Pinterest is still strong. It’s still a very effective platform. How’s it gonna work on Pinterest? I think the same thing, where you’ll see video content, because Pinterest has tons of video content on it now, right? And so you’ll see video content, but it will be like totally product based as opposed to, you know, you’ll basically see those ads, the vertical shorts with influencers talking about products.

34:17
So right now, are you submitting your Amazon videos to Pinterest also? I have not submitted them to Pinterest. I’ve done one or two to TikTok. I don’t think my Pinterest is actually connected to my Amazon account, so I need to add that as a… Oh, it’s already available? Yes, it’s already available. You’ve been able to use Amazon links on Pinterest forever. Oh, no, that’s not what I meant. I meant this seamless integration.

34:43
With Seamless Interrogation, I’ve already told Amazon, use my stuff wherever you want to use it. So I don’t get to pick how it shows up, but I’ve uploaded, I have uploaded product. No, I have done it to Pinterest. I did connect it. I did upload stuff to Pinterest with my products on that I’ve done the videos for Amazon. I’ve double dipped. And those, the people have to click on the link though and make the purchase on Amazon. They to go to Amazon. Yeah. So the difference is Amazon will now be putting our content on Pinterest for us.

35:13
And so if someone sees it and watches the video and buys, we’re going to get that influencer commission. And then you mentioned something else, like you’ll be able to check out on Pinterest itself. And that’s coming. Same thing. That’s not available yet. They I think they just signed the deal with Amazon in the last like 10 days, according to the article I just read. I am just very curious the implications on the Amazon side. Is Amazon is just going to wrap this into the advertising portion?

35:41
like PPC and whatnot, where you’re paying pay-per-click. Well, that’s, yeah, I’m wondering too, can you specify that you want your stuff shown on Pinterest or TikTok versus just in like the Amazon search? Yeah, I think that’s the most obvious way for Amazon to monetize this, right? Yeah. Whenever someone watches something on TikTok, you pay a fee. Yeah. Right? And it just becomes another checkbox on the Amazon PPC platform.

36:07
except for the fact that Amazon advertises products all the time all over the web and people don’t pay for that. Well, think you’re like if I shut down my Amazon PPC, I’m pretty sure that my Google ads for my products probably would stop showing up, right? Well, so like if I’m on CNN.com and they have ads in the sidebar, one of them is always an Amazon product.

36:36
usually that I’ve looked at at some point. But I’m sure people are like, if I just stop paying for Amazon ads, I’m pretty sure my reach on those platforms will go down. Absolutely. But right now you can’t say, hey, show me on CNN. That’s correct. Show me on TikTok. I mean, oh my gosh, please show me on TikTok. I would check that box all day long, right? Because we know people buy from TikTok. But yeah, so I think if you’re running PPC, obviously you’re going to be shown a lot.

37:04
for sure other places. It’s also retargeting too, right? Because the majority of the stuff that I see when I’m browsing the web from Amazon is stuff that I have looked at or very similar. Like right now I’m trying to get a sync for my laundry room. I was on Home Depot, was on Amazon. I’m seeing sync ads for both Home Depot and Amazon on every website that I’m on. They’re retargeting me on both ways. Does the seller at the end of day pay that? Sure, they do.

37:33
How it’s paid out, do we know? Probably not. It’s probably wrapped into all the millions of fees that Amazon charges you. Yeah. I’m just very curious what’s going to happen on the seller side. So I guess I’ll keep my eyes peeled for news because I can’t… TikTok traffic for Amazon just isn’t a good thing. Like you’re either going to go out of stock, which hurts your listing, or you’re not going to have enough stock and you pay the extra fees. So unless Amazon changes something in that department,

38:03
Being featured on TikTok could just kill your rankings. It could. could. It can also really hurt you on TikTok to go out of stock. If you have something viral on TikTok and you go out of stock, you just tank. Oh, yes. Yes. There’s the pros and cons to all of it. I want to talk about one more thing before I forget because I think this is we get these questions all the time in the course and I just realized that there’s a really easy solution.

38:30
We get questions from people like, hey, I wanna do a quiz or hey, I wanna do this on my store, my website, right? Where they want people to take a certain action. If you’re using Klaviyo, and this costs money, so this is not like a free cheap hack. If you are on Klaviyo, go to their integrations page. They integrate with 350 tools, right? So.

38:52
So many times when people ask us this, we’re like, well, you could use this or you could use that. If you’re on Klaviyo, before you do anything else, go to the integration page and see if it integrates. Because if it integrates, it’s going to be the easiest solution for you. And they just announced a bunch more integrations that they, know, companies that they’ve worked deals with. I think, you know, some actually pretty big ones.

39:14
And like if you want to run a quiz, if we were talking about a rewards program the other day, right? Like if you want to run a rewards program, all that stuff needs to integrate with your email service provider. And rather than spend a million hours in the Shopify app store or the big, you know, or like looking or Googling this, just go to the integrations page in Klaviyo and look.

39:34
I was on it the other day and I was kicking myself. Why is this not the first place I go when I want to add something new? Actually, I don’t understand though because if it integrates with Klaviyo, chances are it’s a Shopify app also, right? Most of the time. But what I’m saying is people want a quiz, right? They want to add a quiz to their site. And there’s all these programs that do quizzes. But to me, rather than narrow it down that way by searching for want to do a quiz for my store, just go to the Klaviyo app or the integrations page.

40:04
and look first because you don’t want it to not integrate. If it doesn’t integrate, then you can’t use it at all. I think that’s a special case because the quiz data goes directly to your email stuff, likewise, the loyalty program does too because you want the points to integrate over to your central database, right? But I believe they just announced an integration with Canva. Really?

40:28
Yes. You can design the emails with Canva and have it on Mac over. There’s some integration with it. That was one of the big announcements for it. Things like that, I think they do matter. Yes. I think anything that needs to pass data to your email base, which is almost everything actually if you think of it, then yes. Clavio is further strengthening their hold. Yes, for sure. They’re going to be a monopoly now too. I wasn’t going that far.

40:58
I do think that there’s a lot like before you get down a rabbit hole of things, just check their integrations first and see if there’s a tool that you’re interested in using to solve your problem. We’re not sponsored by Klaviyo, so it’s not like a… Yeah, or if you’re like me, you write the application. Yes, yes. Which actually, I’m just going to say like my own two cents here. I’m actually writing a loyalty program right now. And with ChatGPT doing like 70 % of the coding,

41:28
It’s been super quick. Like I’m almost done and it’s only been three days with a very complicated loyalty program that matches the ones that are out there. In loyalty programs are expensive. Yes. And you must they must integrate with your email to make them really profitable. Because Steve and I were actually looking at numbers the other day and trying to see like what features were really important. And I said, you know, one of the things that we do is we really push the loyalty program through email.

41:59
through a variety of different ways. You want to make sure that that all connects to each other, but it is very expensive. To get the really cool features, it’s stupid expensive. I actually wanted to pay and I was like, if it’s only like 20, 50 bucks. No, 200 bucks, isn’t it? Oh, yes, it’s 200 bucks plus it could get higher than that depending on. I’m like, crap, I can pump this out in probably a week.

42:28
Which is worth it. Yeah. Yeah, if you have the ability. Most people don’t have the ability to do that. that’s what I’m saying. With Chad GPT now, you can probably code something up with much less ability, Yeah, but you said 70%. What about the other 30 % for the rest? Well, see, that’s the part. That other 30 The 30 % is where we get caught. Is where you need to think about how you want to organize the data. That’s where I think. You could actually have Chad GPT do that too. I don’t know.

42:57
I just started doing this. This should be a case study that you do where you basically have chat GPT do the whole thing. Not for this program. Well, that would never ever work. You can’t have it do the entire thing unless you’re so detail oriented with your spec and you, cause I’ll ask you GPT to write something and then like, Oh crap, I forgot to tell you to do this. Right. Oh, I forgot to do this. Well, then a regular person can’t do this. Well, no, no, no, no. But the stuff that I forget.

43:24
It’s just common language of what the features I want. It’s not like it’s a coding question I’m asking it to do. You understand what saying? Yeah, I do. What you do need to understand is what it spits out. You kind of have to be able to read that. Yes, eliminates… So that’s the 30 % part. Yeah, eliminates way more than 30 % of the pop… Or 70 % of the pop. I don’t know. I can’t tell you how much of the population it eliminates. As many listeners’ favorite Steve statement, it’s just a little bit of code.

43:55
I stopped saying that now that you make fun of me every time I say Last year at FinCon, I went to the AI talk and that one guy who I can never remember what his blog is wrote a whole app with AI, did not know how to make an app and he did make an app using ChatGBT or one of the other tools. I will say though, just on the loyalty program thing, I had never pulled the numbers. I just knew it did well.

44:20
because that’s not really my department is evaluating those things. But when Steve and I started talking, I was like, yeah, let me pull the numbers for a minute. And then when I saw what the loyalty app was driving, I was like, oh, totally worth it. So even if you can’t code it yourself, getting one of the loyalty programs with even at the basic level is going to be a benefit to your business. it gives you an excuse to email a heck of a lot more often. Yes. That’s the big thing.

44:45
Actually, you know what we should do? Our next podcast on loyalty programs and all the ways you can talk to people about it. Sure. Let me finish the project first. Yes. I would like to have some of own data too, but yeah, we can talk about it. We can talk about it. Because there’s so many different things you can do with loyalty programs to one, email people and then to incentivize people without. It’s one of those like don’t discount, right? You can just do it through the loyalty program. Actually, I just got an email from you about the loyalty program. You had two X points yesterday or something like that. That’s right.

45:16
Yes, was double points day. It’s one of our- No, but you stacked four things that went together and made it sound really appealing. Yes, and none of which cost us really any money. Exactly, that’s the beauty of it. That’s the beauty of it. It’s funny because totally sidetracked, but I’m a Marriott person, you’re a Marriott person. It pains me to not stay in a Marriott. I just won’t do it, I won’t go.

45:44
In fact, FinCon is at a Hyatt and I’m like, I don’t think I’m going to stay there. I’m staying at the Marriott because it’s like I’m to pay for three nights at a hotel where I don’t get any. I get Hyatt points, but I’m not a Hyatt. I never stay at Hyatt’s and I’m like, or I can stay three nights at the Marriott and hit emerald status or whatever the next level is. people feel that way about loyalty programs even with small e-commerce businesses. They stay loyal. They want to get the points. They want to get the rewards credits. However, it’s

46:13
being offered and Amazon is actually another topic for office hours today. Amazon is a starter loyalty program for their creators. That’s topic for another episode. That’s right. Which just goes to show you that it works, right? If Amazon’s doing it, there’s got to be some working component to it.

46:33
Hope you enjoyed this episode. I feel like Google is screwing up left and right, but meanwhile, TikTok is making all the right moves with e-comm. We’ll have to see how all this plays out. But for more information and resources, go over to mywifequaterjob.com slash episode 553. And if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequaterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

552: The Hidden Cost of Selling on Amazon: New Fees And Policy Changes With Yoni Mazor

552: The Hidden Cost of Selling on Amazon: New Fees And Policy Changes With Yoni Mazor

Today I have my friend, Yoni Mazor back on the show.

In this episode we dive into the latest Amazon updates and uncover what might be Amazon’s sneakiest fee increase yet—decide for yourself if the e-commerce giant is pulling a fast one on sellers.

What You’ll Learn

  • Amazon’s new refund and reimbursement policy
  • The hidden costs on selling on Amazon
  • Click here to join Getida and get $400 in free reimbursements

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the show where I cover all the latest strategies and current events related to e-commerce and online business. Today I have my friend Yoni Mazur on the show to talk about all the latest fee changes with Amazon, especially in regards to their new refund and reimbursement policies. I think Amazon’s being a little deceptive here, but I will let you be the judge. But before we begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now.

00:28
My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

00:56
Welcome back to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Yoni Mazur back on the show. And Yoni is the founder of Getita and he’s helped thousands of e-commerce entrepreneurs get their money back from Amazon. He’s spoken at my conference, the Seller Summit on many occasions. And he is one of my go-to guys when it comes to Amazon news because he literally goes to every single event, every single Amazon event, every single e-commerce conference. He’s very well known in the industry. Anyway, in today’s podcast,

01:24
We’re going to discuss all the latest fee changes from Amazon, including significant changes to their FBA refund and reimbursement policies. once again, Amazon is squeezing FBA sellers, but this time they’re making it sound like they’re doing you a favor when in fact they are not. And we’ll get more into it in this episode, but welcome back, Yoni. How are you doing today? You’re good. Thank you so much for having me again.

01:48
You know, it’s been a while since you’ve been back on the show and we actually missed you at the last seller summit for the first time in many, years. So how has everything been going on with you so far? Thank God. can’t complain. You know, unfortunately, with quotation marks, I to be in Hawaii at the same time. I missed the beloved seller sub minute for a lot of dough, but yeah, it was.

02:12
I would have done the same thing, Yoni. I would have done the okay. So we’re good in that place right now. And it just dawned on me and clicked on me that I’m like your field news reporter. You’re like, yeah, you have a central command center, like CNBC News or whatever. And then I’m on the ground level when there’s a storm or whatever, Tornado with the jacket on or the hoodie on and reporting live. Yeah. So it just framed it in an interesting way. It just clicked on me. It is true though. I think you literally go to almost every single event. Am I right?

02:40
I’m a twister chaser. I’m on Twitter. There’s a twister movie, right? There’s something like that. think. Yeah. So let’s just jump straight into it. A little while ago, Amazon announced that they will now proactively reimburse you for FBA items that get lost in their fulfillment centers and, and they’ll issue this reimbursement as soon as it’s reported as, you know, by the fulfillment center, which can be fully tracked in seller central. And when I first heard this news,

03:09
I immediately thought of you because this is essentially what Getida does. But then, know, kind of when I read the fine print, I heard that this is just one more way that Amazon is squeezing FBA sellers this year. So if you can explain what’s going on, including the fine print, that would be great. Yeah, thank you. Thank you for the opportunity to clarify this a little bit. So I’ll try to unpack this as simply and straightforward as possible. So July 24th, just to be more exact,

03:38
Amazon came out with this update announcement right on time for the Olympics ceremony. Just, you know, use the aura of the Olympics to put out a message out there. So that was an interesting timing. But the notification said something like you said for lost warehouse, which is one claim type or one issue out of 30 that we look into. So once I get recap, one out of 30. So one out of 30, they’re kind of saying we’re going to automatically reimburse you for that. But the reality is they forget to say that they already do so. Okay, let’s start with that.

04:07
So the reality today is that they already do so and you have 18 months to look back and see whatever they missed out. And if they missed out, they need to reimburse you for that, their automatic system. So the announcement started by kind of stating the obvious as if it was a new thing. We’re saying we’re going to automatically reimburse you for that. But then later on saying, OK, even though we’re going to automatically reimburse you for that, you still have to audit us and check us on this. But instead of having 18 months, you’re only going to have two months. And the deadline that will begin this new time frame will be October 23rd.

04:37
That’s pretty much the message. The message is this one claim type, parenthesis what I’m telling you out of 30, not all the 30, you know, we’re going to automatically reimburse you and instead of having 18 months of look back, you’re going to have only two months of look back. I guess that’s the cost of them automatically reimbursing. But the short and sweet of it for the sellers is to know that if you’re watching this or listening to this right now, you’re on a deadline, October 23rd. So you should act fast.

05:04
and go back 18 months and clean up everything that you can because October 30, if you don’t do so, you can only gonna have two months available to clean up on that. Right? So, yeah, go ahead. What I’m confused about is, did Amazon really announce anything beneficial to the seller in this case? In the first paragraph, it kind of seems so. When they’re saying we’re going to automatically reimburse you for that, they just failed to mention that they already do so. Right. So, they didn’t really announce anything beneficial is what you’re saying. No, but the way that they package it, it seems beneficial.

05:34
They’re going to automatically reimburse you for that but never left the same. So if you look closely at the second paragraph, say almost all of these were reimbursed to you automatically but you still have to audit us. And even though you have to audit us, instead of having 18 months like you usually have right now, you have only two months. I think the interpretation of it is that it’s more challenging. I’ll put it this way. Just put it very nicely. It’s going to be another challenge for the sellers because right now if they have 18 months to look back and procrastinate and

06:03
and take it easy, they don’t, they have like two months. So they’re going to probably have to go out and look for help with that. They also made it imply that they’re devoting more resources into this. At least that’s how I read into it. Is that accurate or did nothing really change except now that you have nine X less time to file something? Yeah, that’s a 90 % drop on the time from allowed. So right now it’s an unknown. Once the deadlines start to click in and see, you know, and coming to a, guess, a realization.

06:32
We’ll be able to see if they improve. guess the only thing I can say is that they’re automatically reimbursed for this type of issue. What the words that they’re saying, it implies that hopefully they’ll reimburse more or improve the auto reimbursement. But we don’t see it on the ground level yet. We might see it later. But even if, so if we see that they’re fully covered, okay, that’s fair. They’re fully really doing it. You have two months to check and when you check two months, they’re not really missing anything. That would be a good outcome for the seller, right? But if the reality is they didn’t really change or they changed it really, you know, with a few inches instead of a few miles.

07:02
then you only have two months to kind of deal with it, it’s not going to be so beneficial for the seller. But if I, you know, there’s another way to look at it. They could have said, you know what guys, we’re going to start automatically re-impercing you for this, right? And then you’re going to have, let’s say a month or two, 60, 30 to 60 days to look back 18 months to see how we’re doing. And after 30, 60 days, then we’re going to narrow down the window from eight months to two months. But they’re kind of doing the opposite. First, October 23rd.

07:29
You have instead of 18 months, two months. And then a week later, we’re to start automatically reimbursing you. That’s kind of upside down. If you really analyze it to the ground level, say, hey, first you’re cutting my time to review it, and then you’re going to do your work. First do your work. Give me the time frame allowed, like now 18 months to see your work. And then you can cut it down. But it’s not the case. I don’t know if they really thought about that Amazon fully on the way they structured it, where they’re closing the window, and then they’re showing you what they’re doing.

07:56
But if they’re not doing well, you’re kind of… But I’ll put it this way, if you’re using a provider like Getida, you don’t have to do anything. We’re going get you covered because if you’re using us now, your 18 months are cleaned up. So once the new gates close and it’s only two months, you’re already cleaned up. You’re good. No, no, you don’t have to worry about it. The problem is the sellers who never really use Getida and they’ll come after October 23rd. We’re not going be able… And this claim type, once again, one out of 30. We’re not going be able to go back 18 months and recover all that was left. know, it’s only going to be two months. And I’m going to give a scenario in numbers just to illustrate.

08:26
So it’s not theoretical. Okay, so on an annual basis we see that the discrepancy rate on all 30 claim types can range between 1 to 3%. So if you’re a seven figure seller, the ultimate keyword seven figure seller, hopefully you’ll be an eight figure seller in a few years with inflation, but you’re doing a million dollars in FBA. That means that on an annual basis you might be owed 10 to 30 thousand dollars, 1 to 3%.

08:52
Let’s say this claim type, which is material, is not the largest, but it is material, it can be 1 % out of the 3%. Let’s say it’s like a third, just for simplification. That means that it’s worth for you $10,000 right now. This claim type is worth $10,000 for you, which is 1 % from revenue if you’re a seven figure seller during a million a year. Right now we have 18 months, that’s why it’s $10,000. Come October 23rd, 90 % drop in time frame, so that $10,000, $9,000, we’re not going to be eligible.

09:21
when the deadline hits. Only $1,000 will be available. That’s what it means in numbers in paper napkin calculations. This change for you if you’re not actively getting those reimbursements in the past 18 months or using another provider. That’s pretty much what this means in numbers. So that’s why I think there’s a sense of urgency. So we appreciate you putting this in front of the sellers and in front of the listeners, knowing that if they act now, they’re going to be able to recover that $9,000 before it’s too late in this scenario.

09:50
And this is assuming you’re not doing any of this right now yourself, right? Yeah, so if you’re doing it right now, for example, you’re owed $10,000, that’s actually a good point. Maybe you’re getting out of the $10,000, $3,000. So you still owe $7,000. So when the deadline comes in, you’ll be able to get that $1,000, $6,000 you won’t because you’re not as advanced as like Geteera. We don’t go as deep. You don’t fully understand the complexities when you actually order for it. this is what we encourage you to do. Do the maximum you can do to get everything that you can.

10:18
Then we can come in whatever you missed out, we can recover that and only for successful, only then we get rewarded. So that’s a win-win kind of thing. That’s what we do. I highly encourage you guys to do the maximum that we can cover you guys up. Let me ask you a question. You mentioned there’s 30 reimbursement types. What would you say? And obviously not all 30 have equal weight. So what are like the top, I don’t know, three or four that you need to worry about? the, the usually the typically statistically the more major one is what

10:46
most sellers are aware of it because it’s a bit more intuitive, it’s what they call lost inbound, meaning you ship your units FBA, let’s say you ship a thousand units, and instead of receiving a thousand units, they only receive 900 units. So a hundred units are missing. Right? That is not being improved by Amazon or that’s This is no change. Right now, no change. Right now in the United States, you have nine months to reconcile and get reimbursement. That stays. In Europe, you have six months. And by the way, I want to give some perspective. Brigatier de France is not…

11:15
a big shock or anything, why? Because we see this trend over time. When Amazon first launched FBA, all the claim types and issues had 18 months. And people ask me, why? Why so much time they give? It’s pretty generous. You’re going have to go back and reconcile. It’s pretty generous. You got to think about it. So probably early on what happened was that it was all new. Amazon’s team was new, the whole FBA system was new, and the sellers are all new to it. So they said, okay, arbitrarily, let’s give 18 months so we can deal with this kind of stuff later. Just ship us all the stuff. Let’s create offers in the marketplace.

11:44
And we’ll deal with all the shenanigans later. Kind of thing. Attitude. So over the years, Amazon system got better, their employees got better more more, and also the sellers got better and more professional. And that’s why the signals came in the past few years. So 2019, inbound used to be 18 months. Amazon said in 2019, no, no more 18 months. In the United States, you have nine months to reconcile it and get reimbursements for it. And then in Europe, you have six months. And then 2020, around 2020, they changed the same thing.

12:13
not same thing, they changed the time allowance for another claim type called when a dimension overcharges. So when you sell on Amazon FBA, you get charge fees for fulfillment based on the weight and dimension of the product. So the larger and heavier Amazon system thinks your product is, they’re going to charge you incorrectly. So if they’re supposed to charge you $6 every time they pick and pack and fulfill a unit, they might charge you $15, $9 extra because they think your product, which is maybe a phone cover, is the size of a refrigerator. Right?

12:42
So this kind of claim type or discrepancies have 18 months and around 2020, they narrowed it down to say only 90 days now, only three months. in other words, over the years, we see the trend of Amazon expecting the sellers to professionalize. They still willing to give you everything that they owe you, but they want you to be more professional about it and do it in a more timely manner, right? So they can kind of really focus on other things instead of waiting all the time in the world for you. And that is challenging the sellers. That’s why it sell, you know, at the end of the day, it kind of creates the industry for us.

13:11
The sellers are challenged with these shorter, shorter time frames. have plenty of other things to do because it becomes more sophisticated and complex to sell on Amazon. It doesn’t get more easy. Right? Think about advertising, think about global logistics, think about sourcing. It’s all constantly changing. So now with reconciling and auditing, you have less and less time to do it. That’s challenging. So they go out and look for a partner, a solution provider to be on top of it 24-7, day and night. That’s when we can come in.

13:37
like a Rolex, know, like clockwork, we’re always on it because this is the only focus emission that we have. So in a way, by Amazon challenging the sellers, it kind of creates the opportunity for us to come in and bridge that gap and that need to be on it on timely matter. So back to your question, that just gives perspective all around. To your question, the inbound discrepancies are pretty high up there and they’re very common since most sellers are aware of them. I would say second in command is lost wires, which are about to be adjusted.

14:06
We don’t know how better not yet. There’s not enough data. But we do know that will be less time to handle it for the sellers. And then the wedding dimension and fees, like I told you, is kind of the third one. So I kind of told the story of each one. This is big three. Yeah, these are the big three, I would say. I’ll give another one just for bonus. But these are the big three. And I showed you each one has a different dynamic and a different logic and a different time frame. So we see this from our perspective. So we’re more than fully aware of the trends. For the sellers, we’re seeing this notification that

14:35
think because they don’t know how deep this goes. This is the only claim in town and they’re going to improve it. That’s the end of solution providers. in fact, it probably creates more need for solution providers when you really drill into what’s going on.

14:50
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

15:19
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

15:30
This is just, I mean, as someone that does this all the time, this is already a trend that you’ve been seeing. Like this announcement is really nothing new to you. It’s new to someone like me as a seller, especially the way Amazon phrased it so that it’s beneficial to me. But for you, this is something you’ve seen over the years anyways, right? That’s right. Okay. as far as this policy has changed, it only changes their loss and damaged inventory.

15:57
None of the other of the big three that you mentioned are affected by this. That’s right. Okay. Sorry. Give the bonus. Yeah. The bonus one could be like, you know, customer return issues. It could be kind of two types of issues. One of them is that, you know, a consumer got refunded and never sent back the inventory. So they got refunded and you never got restocked. Right. So it’s a customer return issue. Basically you lost the product and you lost the sale. That’s another type of typical issue, but also it could be that they sent back the wrong item. It’s called the wrong FNSQ return.

16:26
You you sold them your beautiful, family-first entrepreneur book and they send back a baseball. So it’s a completely wrong item so that can be another one. So that’s two more for us as a bonus if you like. But it goes on and on and no ASIN is made equal to another so it’s a pretty wild variances but all in it’s up to 3%. From revenue can be within the 30 types of issues. Let me ask you this. The last time they reduced the time frame on what was the inbound shipments?

16:55
Did they promise to do better? No, actually a few things happened. They gave less time and they created more workload. said, because back in the old days, you can go 18 months and just go to sell essential, find the shipment, see that it’s missing units, you click a button, they investigate it if it’s missing, they just pay your reimbursement. That was a good old days. That was like the garden of Eden days. Today…

17:19
You have less time, have nine months, and when you look at the shipment, you can’t just open a claim. They tell you, okay, we need you to send us documentation. First, us, send us invoices or packets of show us that you actually own this product. And then also give us a POD, proof of delivery. So less time, more bureaucracy, and more workload. The sellers were plastered, so we created Getida as a platform, as a solution, we created a platform. We can centralize all that work.

17:44
And then we can create actually some of these documents for you or fetch them for you. Like proof of delivery, we have our API connections with carrier. So we go do the full work for you. So it becomes a set in and forget it. Something that’s very labor intense and a lot of documents shoring up. We take all that load and head off and just make it a set and forget and turnkey solution. I don’t know why, but just hearing this just really upsets me. Not your part, just the Amazon part. Because they are purposely making it harder in hopes that people aren’t going to file.

18:14
And they save money in this way and they have less headache to deal with, right? And then what really makes me angry is they pitch this as a benefit to the seller when in fact they’ve reduced the amount of time for filing tremendously, which ironically makes your company even more valuable in what it does. After you come to a realization that, you know, at the end of the day, even if they do really amazing stuff to do this workload and have less time to do it, because even if they do 99%, you still want that 1%.

18:43
So you’re still going to audit them, but you have less time to handle it. And that 1 % will still be gone. Right? So you’re right. In a way, may have been a better way to frame it. But nevertheless, you got to keep in mind the reality is that Amazon is huge. It’s like a government. Amazon really is larger than most governments, I would say. The revenues are over half a trillion. That’s most economies. They have 2 million people. That can be more than many countries. And it’s just another back, you

19:11
I think you said earlier, this is not the main thing of business, an Amazon business. The main thing is sourcing, launching, advertising, driving, chatting. That’s really the core of the business. This is like the fringes. What happened after you have to reconcile it? So I don’t think there’s much craftsmanship or I don’t think it’s sinister or anything. Somebody sitting down there and kind of, they’re just trying to make it easier for them to scale, right? So they said, okay, we’ll try to improve it a little bit, give you less time as a result and expect you to elevate your game. If you can’t, there’s an app store, the solution providers, get you those in it.

19:40
Do what you can do. That’s kind of how the ecosystem works on this. But if you really look closely on many other things, on the logistics and advertising, right? They add all these features, sponsored ads, sponsored brands, so da-da-da-da-da. Okay, generates more income for them, more revenue for them. But in return, generates more also traffic for you, more eyeballs, more branding. So I don’t know how to fully interpret it, but we’re just a just a more cynical person than you are, Yoni. Here’s the thing. Amazon already knows all this data. What’s getting damaged and lost.

20:10
They should already just do it automatically. You shouldn’t have to double check their work. It’s like the US tax system. Like they already know how much you owe them, but then you got a file and then they do the comparisons. It’s a similar thing here. It’s actually a session that actually it’s a wonderful analogy because IRS, if you’re just an employee and you have a W-2 and you just get sell, that’s pretty easy. They should know that should be easy. But the more you get hopefully older and you become more diversified, you have

20:40
Also passive income, maybe you some real estate, maybe you have some stocks and dividends or savings account or retirement account. So it becomes a bit more complex. then you need a not going for the common case, but yes. Yeah, then you need an accountant to kind of make sense of all of it and to see also what kind of deductions you have so you can pay less taxes and all these gains that you have. So, you you need a really good accountant. Why? Because they’re able to identify from all the spectrum, all these eligibility that the IRS says, oh, you have kids.

21:09
That’s an allowance. That’s a deduction. Or you work from home, that’s a deduction. You have daycare. You have to know all these eligibility to get the maximum tax deduction so you pay the least taxes because you’re eligible for that and you’re good to go. So, like I said, Amazon is like a government. So in this case of the reimbursements like in IRS, and you have all these eligibility in time frame so you need the best partner to come in and make sense of it all. And that’s why we come in. So sometimes, you know, the IRS can change, hey, instead of getting $500 per kid, you get $400.

21:38
So they take away from this, they might all of sudden give you an allowance for your property taxes. So it’s a constantly changing mix of things within this environment and ecosystem where they’re saying, we’re going to improve the auto reimbursement. We hope that it is so, but we’ll give you less time to handle it. That’s the government and I saw this in this case. There’s no metrics either. Anyway, let’s switch. I love it because you think like an engineer that you are, which is good. I cannot argue with that. So that’s on you.

22:07
So I’ve been chatting with a bunch of my colleagues and this is in general, been a much harder year for Amazon sellers. A lot of brand new fees were introduced in the middle of the year. Sellers are facing pressure. PPC costs have gone up. You have a high level view of the entire landscape. What are you seeing in general? Oh man, I’m going to open this up. So I’ll be ready. Ready? Sure. Okay. So on the one hand, they’re narrowing it down, making it more challenging on shelling out the money with reimbursements.

22:34
On the other hand, and on the flip side, saying, okay, we’re going to charge more fees. So now you have the inbound placement fees, meaning you’re shipping all these inventory units in bulk. And then it’d be before you sold anything, just to receive it, they’re charging you a fee. Unless you split it, which means labor, you’re going to have more cost to split. You want to send in your containers, but no, if four and a half containers there, three and a half containers there, 15 containers there, and you have to come view your supplier to deal with that, which is labor and time. That’s a new, if you do that, you’re going to avoid the fees later. Okay. So it’s a bit more complex.

23:04
There’s also the low inventory fee. So if you have a hot selling item and you have less than four weeks of supply for this hot asin, right, this hotcake that’s selling, they’re going to charge you a fee for that because they’re losing sales because you don’t have enough supply. That’s all new. It’s all very challenging. It creates all these new guardrails and all these thresholds that sellers are acclimating and this will be the survival of the fittest, right? So you see how on the FBA side of world, it’s going to be more costly to play and then

23:33
it’s going to be more complex on getting recoveries when you’re eligible. This is just one angle of, of, of, of FBA, right? Which we kind of covered quickly. Yep. Let’s look at Mac or Amazon. This is where it’s going to become interesting. Cause you said the bird’s view. First of all, Andy Jassy is in charge. He’s a CEO, right? Coming after Jeff Bezos. He comes from the AWS Amazon web services, which is the cloud division, which is the cream, the milk, the cash cow.

24:01
Margins there are phenomenal out of this world and behind the scenes over these years, that was the cash cut that enabled Amazon to lose money in all these activities including retail, including FBA, building this massive monstrous infrastructure. So he comes from the division of margin. Margin, margin, really good healthy margin. So right now AWS is really doing well because the AI revolution, it needs a lot of computing power so that’s good for them and the demand is up.

24:28
Advertising has crossed $41 billion on Amazon. It’s massive. It’s becoming the triopoly from the duopoly of Meta and Alphabet, which is Google. Now Amazon is a major, major contender and it’s ramping up because now they bought NBA rights, NFL rights, and if you’re Amazon Prime to watch stuff, even if you’re paying for Prime, you’re still going to have ads on the movies you’re watching, the live sports, whatever. So it’s going to create more opportunities for brands.

24:57
or at least major brands to advertise in those eyeballs. So ad revenue booming, good margins. They looked into the FBA side, okay, what do we do? What do we do to create more margins? Okay, I’ll introduce this whole layer of fees and on the reimbursement side, create more, call it challenging, know, less recovery. Right, so package all these instances together. You’ll see, if you look carefully, I saw this on the Wall Street Journal, that Amazon is…

25:26
profit margin projection for the next three years. And you see the projections are to double it from 6 % right now. Amazon with hundreds of billions of dollars, 6 % profit margin. The next three years, they plan to double it 12. That’s the projections. So it’s gonna be like 6 % to like 9 % to 10 % to 12 % the next three years. So that’s a macro, but being in the micro, call it on the FBA side or maybe, know, valuing a little bit on the cloud side or the advertising, you see how it comes to life. All this margin.

25:56
you know, uh, increase, uh, a strategy that comes from Andy Jassy. This is my analysis. It’s just my commentary of what Amazon is, what Andy Jassy is, what’s his background with Amazon, how he thinks about business and margins and how he’s implying it now across all the business units that he’s in charge of being the CEO. Yeah. I mean, I can see why Amazon needs to do that because they’ve been slowing down over the years, but in terms of the seller, at some point you can only squeeze so much, right? So is their idea only to

26:25
But only for the professional guys to survive, the guys who know what they’re doing? It’s inevitable. It’s very common in most industries. If you look at Walmart carefully in the early days, we were kind of playing with everybody, making it the most fertile ground, the most comfortable ground for them to come in because they needed goods. They needed to get more selection, right? And expand with stores all around the country. So 60s, 70s, 80s, Walmart was very accommodating. then slowly but surely, they expected demand…

26:53
lower prices and lower prices and better margins for them, better margins for them. Granted, they wanted to roll over the savings to the consumers as well. But then they created with all these, you know, guaranteed margins, all these conditions and then it became very common with retail like Macy’s, thing, or Coles, the department. they’re saying, which is crazy, meaning only the largest and best brands can survive because they’re telling you, you got to guarantee a few things. First thing, pay me a few million dollars just to get good shelf space. So before you sell anything, pay a few million to get, that’s like Amazon ads.

27:21
Traffic, eyeballs. Just for the eyeballs, pay me upfront. And then whatever you give me to the store, whatever sold, I’ll pay for it. Whatever didn’t sell, I want you to pay me for the margin. I’m expecting it’s called guaranteed margins. Right. So it’s sold game. And not only that, when you ship the products in to Macy’s, to Walmart, all these guys, they have chargebacks. Meaning if you didn’t pack it correctly or you missed a few things, they charge you and charge you, that’s a profit center. So that’s common in brick and mortar.

27:49
retail where the big brands, Nike’s and this and that, have so much margin and so much brand awareness, all that stuff. So they’re able to make their money at the end of the day. But if you’re small, trying to get your brand together, it’s extremely hard. The barrier to entry is extremely hard if you’re just from the street. So the American dream in that way kind of faded away for many unless they go to Shark Tank or they’re to really somehow survive. But statistically, it’s very, very challenging. Amazon has a wonderful story right now, not on only the American level, but also on the global level. You have people…

28:17
based in Europe or Asia or Africa that kind of figured out how to source, how to launch with a little bit of money and roll it and roll it then create brands and create six figure revenue, seven figure, eight figure, makes, some of the millionaires on a global level because they’re able to tap into the US consumer market and European, the Western consumer market with Amazon’s platform because they figure it out. But they’re going to have to constantly improve themselves and they can survive. And once they do and they figure out the game, whoever is new and they don’t have enough resources, enough money, enough budget.

28:46
It’s not impossible, it’s just going to be harder statistically. That’s just how evolution goes with retail, seems, if I can look into history on that. What are your thoughts on Amazon’s announcement of their new Tmoo Chinese marketplace? You’re saying in China or in the US? Well, Amazon announced that they’re launching a new Tmoo-like marketplace on Amazon where Chinese sellers can ship direct from China, right? And they don’t have to pay import taxes or anything like that and there’s a separate marketplace for that.

29:16
Yeah, so there’s two phases. There’s that marketplace, but also I think even before that they said for the apparel category, they kind of caved because they had 17 % or 20 % selling fees and they reduced it to if you lower, if you sell it under I think $15 or under $10, they reduced it to like 5%, which is, whoa, unheard of. So that’s a signal to the US-based sellers that we want you to play in this category so we can compete with the Shane and Timu’s of the world at the fast fashion or…

29:45
of the world. So that’s one face of that within the US base sellers. exactly like you’re saying, on the Chinese base sellers, guess the factories or distributors, all these guys over there, to have that layer inside. So they’re trying to corner or at least compete with Chen and Tim on these two fronts. What I think about it, it’s inevitable. I mean, they have to at least give it a fight. I don’t know if they’re going to be successful or not. There could be politics involved or it can be just… But in terms of the seller here in the US, what are your thoughts on that?

30:14
I think they opened up that ability for the American seller to sell in those price ranges, under $15. That’s pretty much under $20. That’s pretty much what the whole segment is. So yeah, they already signaled, we’ll charge you only 5 % instead of 70 because if they’re charging you 17 % and Temu charging 5 % or less, you’re to sell on Temu or you’re crushed. You have no way to compete. So they created that vessel, that track. Not a profit with a pH, meaning a prophecy. Yeah. I don’t know.

30:41
I can only vouch for this as a consumer. I don’t shop on any of those platforms. I’m not too attracted to it. I don’t either. don’t shop on T.V. I’m not too attracted to it, but I’m not, guess, the ICP, the ideal client profile. It’s probably the fast fashion is maybe getting more to women and ladies and teenager girls. So they want to constantly have the gadgets and this and that. They’ll be the old, it’s like, you know what it is? It’s like the boy bands, right? The boy bands, you know, you have…

31:07
plenty that made it really big and they have the ones that kind of tanked. you know, right now it seems like the boy band of Temu and Shane are pretty popular. Amazon is going to create its own boy band version of it in two ways with US-based sellers and also the Chinese sellers. If it’s going to be absorbed by the ICP, the ideal client profile to be determined, I guess I hope so because I want to wish best for the US-based sellers, also for the Chinese sellers. And I like the Amazon brand.

31:35
avid shopper user. Of course. Yeah. What do you think actually is if we open that up for a minute? Well, I here’s what I fear and nothing’s really up yet, but Amazon’s probably going to advertise these cheap products alongside of these other private label sellers that are essentially sourcing for a lot of the same manufacturers and doing a markup, right? And people who private label, they have to pay import taxes and duties and they have to ship it in bulk. Meanwhile, these new Chinese sellers are just shipping piecemeal direct.

32:05
Right? So they have better pricing and they don’t have to pay any import taxes as long as it’s under 800 bucks. So I really don’t see how private label sellers again, who sell very similar low end products can compete against that. So I think there’s going to be a huge shakeup in that area. Yeah. So the only kind of two ways to compete is differentiation. Yeah.

32:27
And branding, maybe a third one is if you have a mode, if you have a patent on the design or something that really is defendable, that’s only what is survive. If not, you better wake up now and pivot and create those modes around you or these edges around you. So it’s hard to penetrate. Yeah. Let’s switch gears once again and just talk. mean, believe it or not, the holiday season is like right around the corner again. And I know you mentioned a couple of deadlines earlier regarding the refunds. So let’s just talk about action items. What should you be doing right now?

32:57
in preparation for this new deadline, as well as the holidays in terms of, assuming you’re an FBA seller. Got it. So, yeah, October, 2030, you have the deadline where they’re to narrow it from 18 months to two months, especially for that claim type that we discussed. So to be clear on that deadline, all of the filings and reimbursements have to take place before October 21st, 23rd to take advantage of the 18 month. That’s That’s correct. That’s correct. So there’s two ways you can take action on that. One, I’m tell you how to do it.

33:27
Okay. Verbally. And then second, you can just use Gatira if you like. I’ll give you guys an offer you can consider. Yep. So on a quick note, you go to Sell Essential, you go to reports, fulfillment, you download the inventory ledger report. Inside the inventory ledger report, you have an Excel file, right? You have two columns. One is for F and skew. The other one is Trid, transaction ID to use, you you filter just for those. You visit Sell Essential again, you look in the search box and you type FBA lost.

33:57
warehouse reimbursement tool. Okay, we’ll pop up the tool, you’re come in. So you’ll have on the tool like two search boxes. One for the FNSQ, one for the trade, the transaction ID. It’s a copy paste game guys, that’s all it is. You copy paste those data points in there, the system will do the calculations and if it’s not eligible, it tell you, but if it is eligible, it’ll open a case for you. Amazon will investigate and of course if you are eligible, they’re gonna reimburse you. This is how you clean up the past 18 months.

34:27
Of course, this is like foreign to you. You never heard of this before. We don’t want to know where to begin. There are solutions providers out there that help with this. We happen to be one of them. So if you like a quick note on the Getita side, it’s free to join Getita. It’s free to stay. There’s no subscription. We only charge a fee based on discovery. And even with all of that, we’re going to give you guys a $400 offer by watching or listening to this. So you can just visit getita.com forward slash let’s make it you, C-H-O-U. Let’s do Steve because people have problems spelling my name.

34:56
Oh yeah, okay, so I’m gonna have to configure that. I hope we don’t have another Steve. How about you or Steve or my wife quit? One of the My wife quit her job or just… Just my wife quit. Don’t worry, I’ll put the link beneath the… Yeah, yeah, okay, so let’s do gettida.com, my wife quit. Hopefully you guys know how to that. have talked about this before we got on, Yoni. No worries. So yeah, so what we’re gonna do is actually for you guys, we’re gonna give you a $400 offer where the first $400 we’re gonna give you in FBA refunds will be free. We’re not gonna charge you anything.

35:26
Just so can try us out, know, go into the platform, acclimate. So it’s a guarantee, you’re have $400 extra in your pocket for taking a few months to set it up. And after $400, if you want to leave, you can leave. If you want to stay, can stay. Whatever you want to do, that’s fine. So these are two ways you can take immediate action and come to this fully prepared, where you clean up the past 18 months, you leave nothing behind, and going forward, you’re good to go. And by the way, the beautiful thing about recovering all this that you owe with reimbursements allows you to get two things. First thing is…

35:53
your cost of goods. All the products they lost, you get the cost of goods. But you’re also making margin, you’re making profit because when Amazon pays their reimbursement, they pay you retail value, not cost value. So you’re to be flush with all this cash, with all this margin, and hopefully you’re going to be smart about it. Reinvest it into your Amazon business. Especially like you said, Steve, Q4 is coming. So you have a larger ad budget, so can jump more traffic, or maybe you want to source and launch more products or stack up on more inventory, more stock. So, you know, so with these actionable, hopefully you’ll be better positioned and you’ll be on the right side of the flywheel instead of the wrong side.

36:23
because sellers not paying attention to this, losing out on money, not optimizing cash flow, well, it’d be very hard for them to survive because of reason and many other reasons like we just discussed in this episode. So hopefully this is helpful. And then, yeah, was that enough or you want some more? Oh, I was just going to say that, so I use Katita. The way, the process that you described on Seller Central to do all this stuff isn’t as straightforward as you described. I mean, finding some of these things and

36:51
The offer that Yoni is giving you is essentially free money. If you’ve been selling on Amazon for a while and you haven’t done this yet, you’re leaving money on the table and Yoni will give you essentially $400 for free to try it. And this is definitely not something that you want to be spending brain power on as you’re selling online. Yeah. Once again, this is one type out of 30. If we had to cover all the 30 claim types, we’ll probably need 50 episodes, Steve, which we’ll never probably do.

37:21
So it’s also something for you guys to consider and I guess in the last notion about it is that we do encourage you to do the maximum you can do on your own, right? Do it. I actually gave you the the farm right now so if you’re able to follow it, try to do it and then we can come up after and cover up whatever you guys missed out on. In other words, it doesn’t have to be us or you, it can always be together. There’s some common questions that I get asked about your server so I just wanted to address them right now. So Amazon often loses your inventory but then they find it later. You guys don’t charge

37:50
until all that is cleared up. Like if Amazon finds your inventory later, you don’t obviously have to pay those That’s right. It’s called reversals, right? So when Amazon reverses, that we credit, you know, the user for that. So if we gain, sorry, if the seller gains, we gain and if they lose that gain, we lose that gain as well. Right. Right. So it’s safe and I do get questions asked about Katita from time to time, but it literally is, you shouldn’t be spending any brain power on that stuff. It’s called ROT, return on time. You have a limited amount of time, you and your team.

38:20
You want to really apply to the potent things that you can do to really move the needle and push your business forward. In a short note, I’ll give you a quick case study that I happened to learn by being with all these events and environments and masterminds. So I was in Mexico in a mastermind and then I meet the seller. Turns out he’s a client, also became a friend later. And he just laid out all of me and it kind of surprised me in a positive way. He says like, he tells me, listen, first of all, I’m German.

38:49
I’m an engineer and I’m really into the details, the mechanics of everything, everything. And as matter of fact, I’m so into the optimization of everything that I do that I moved myself from Germany to Panama. Why? No taxes. Right? He wants to make every dollar he can. That’s it. So he’s very cash. So business is good. I think he’s doing seven figures really. He’s like made for this game because he’s all into the numbers, the data, the optimization. Really impressive.

39:15
And he’s like, listen, what I did was on the reimbursement side of the auditing side, I had a whole team in charge of it. And from time to time was also getting involved and making sure, you know, making sure they’re up to date on the policies and the changes and everything like that. And I did it, you know, after a while I did a calculation of my cost and he said for every dollar that I recovered cost me 54 cents. So my cost of recovery is 54%. And then when I learned that Getudo is around and we, baseline is 25%, he said I was delighted because all of sudden immediately my cost

39:44
of recovery, got slashed by more than half. And not only that, I got more, because right now I did everything that I could. Because at some point it comes to point where you’re trying so hard and you’re not really getting everything, or Amazon is giving you some turnarounds and some challenges, you have to keep grinding it. So get diminishing returns. But for us, we don’t have. We’re much more optimized than that. yeah, his cost of recovery slashed more than half, and he was able to get even more. So that’s a much more powerful thing. So now he freed up his team’s time.

40:14
to do other things, more advertising, more sourcing, more launching, to more revenue, more profit. So was like a triple play win. Less cost, more recovered, and more gain on the general business. ROT, return on time. Yoni, thanks a lot for coming back on the show and letting us know that Amazon’s announcement is not really beneficial to sellers. It’s just a way for them to increase their profits to 12 % in the next three years or whatever their projections are.

40:41
It’s all good. It’s all love. You heard it. You saw it. You know what to do about it. You’ll be in a well-positioned, no harm done. It’s all good. You make profit. They make profit. Everybody’s a good hand. But all the best for everybody.

40:54
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now Amazon continues to squeeze its sellers even more and at some point the dam is going to break. More information about this episode go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash episode 552. If you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store away from Amazon, head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

551: How To Go On Vacation Without Your Business Falling Apart (w/ Few Employees)

551: How To Go On Vacation Without Your Business (w/ Few Employees) Falling Apart

It’s been a while since my co-host Toni and I hit record, but for good reason—I’ve been soaking up some much-needed vacation vibes, and Toni’s been navigating the twists and turns life throws at you.

In today’s episode, we’re diving into something every entrepreneur needs to master: how to actually take a vacation when you’re running your own business, plus handling those curveballs that seem to come out of nowhere. We’ll also chat about the hidden perks of being your own boss when life gets a little unpredictable.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to take a vacation without your business falling apart
  • The advantages of running your own business
  • How to manage without many employees

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast, the show where I cover all the latest strategies and current events related to e-commerce and online businesses. today, my partner Tony and I are going to talk about how to take a vacation without your business falling apart. And this mainly applies to small businesses with few to no employees. But before I begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom.

00:27
by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

00:54
Welcome to the My Wife, Put Her Job podcast. It’s actually been a while since Tony and I have recorded an episode because I’ve been on vacation and Tony has been dealing with a lot of stuff, which we’ll talk about today. I think the topic of today’s episode is basically how to go on vacation or deal with unexpected occurrences while you’re running a business or the advantages of having a business in this case. Yes. You just got back from the Olympics.

01:24
I did and if you guys think my voice sounds a little funny, it’s because I came back sick. I got sick on the last day. Too much fun, I guess. Just side note, he wasn’t competing, guys. He was just a spectator. I know you’re going to get that question. Yes, there’s no math events at the end of things apparently this year. There’s no math competition. When did you get back? Couple days ago? Couple days ago. I’m still a little jet-lagged, but-

01:53
If you guys don’t know me, I actually don’t particularly love going on vacation. When I tell this to Toni, she’s always rolling her eyes and whatnot. Because I’m happy with my daily routine here. I don’t need to escape, whereas my wife usually needs to escape. The problem with going on vacations is it really disrupts my rhythm, my routine. I end up getting a lot less sleep on vacation.

02:23
I have fun. Don’t get me wrong, guys. I have a lot of fun, but I was probably waking up at 6.30 every single morning on vacation because every single day was packed with stuff. That’s why I got sick, I think, honestly. Because you had to get up at the time that most people get up every day. Whereas I don’t usually get sick here. Yes, you didn’t have your daily naps. I have trauma, vacation trauma also. This year, we went on a cruise.

02:53
Every single year, as long as I can remember that we’ve gone on a cruise type of vacation, something horrific has happened while I was on a boat with very little internet That’s right. Bumblebee got hacked a couple years ago. I don’t know if you… I recorded this episode 10 years ago, but I used to love going on cruise vacations because of the lack of internet access. It’s the only place where you can truly disconnect

03:23
unless you pay an arm and a leg for internet access. The first year that happened, we got hacked. I was frantically trying to restore a backup from molasses of internet access. I know you then? Yes, you’ve had this happen multiple times on vacation where you’ve had something go wrong with the website. You’ve been unable to really adequately

03:52
address it from the molassically slow boat internet. Right. The last time we went on vacation also, the internet went out in the office because one of our credit cards got compromised and we had to cancel it and now it’s not going to access. Yes, we didn’t pay the bill. We couldn’t really restore it that easily from the boat.

04:18
I don’t even remember how we got by on that one. Maybe everyone used their hotspots or something. I don’t even remember. I do. It does feel like every time you’re on a cruise, you have a disastrous technical issue. Yes. Yes. Actually, I think one time you went on vacation and didn’t your employees get sick? You had one vacation where two or three, most of your staff got sick as well and you guys were gone. Yes. You’ve had a lot of-

04:44
I feel like that’s probably why you have the trauma because you haven’t been able to have a vacation where everything just runs smoothly while you’re gone. Well, this one didn’t run smoothly either. Our customer service person got bronchitis and lost her voice. Oh, no. She couldn’t take any calls and whatnot. We weren’t pretty lean as is. Not having someone answer phones. That wasn’t as stressful because this year the boat actually had pretty good internet access.

05:12
I will say because I was on a cruise earlier this year, the Wi-Fi on cruises has improved drastically from let’s just say 10 years ago. Therein lies the inherent disadvantage of that, of the cruise now. You can’t really disconnect. Yes, you have to make the choice. Yes. To like I’m not going to buy the package or whatever. Well, we bought the package. Yes. Just in case. I didn’t do any work on this vacation at all.

05:41
outside of just making sure the wheels didn’t fall off. Let’s switch gears to you before we finish up with my story. You’ve been going through I have not been on a vacation. It’s not vacation, but it’s hell, right? It’s a disruption. Let’s just say that. I sold my house at the end of June and bought another house, but the house I purchased is in line with most of the houses that I’ve purchased over the last several years, which needs a complete gut.

06:11
job. This house actually for the first basically three weeks, four weeks, I lived in an Airbnb or a hotel while the house was getting the major stuff done, like flooring ripped out, refloored, walls ripped out, ceiling, everything. We took the house down to the studs and now we’re it back together. part of the story here, which you had to move out of your existing place and fix that up. Yes. Well, I mean, we-

06:43
The existing place, we did the staging fix-up, right? We fixed all the cosmetic stuff. Well, you fixed up an entire bathroom. Yes, we renovated a bathroom. That doesn’t seem like a big deal when you’re renovating an entire house. Okay, so in the short span of time, I to say it was like three months, maybe even less. No, it was about five weeks. Yes, you had to decide to sell that house, fix it up, find a new house, decide to get a gut job again for

07:11
Some crazy reason and then fix that enough so that you could actually move in your entire family pretty much except for two kids, right? Yes. It’s weird because I’ve moved a lot being an ex-military spouse. The moving part is pretty old hat. The renovation part, this is the third house that I’ve done this with in the last 10 years. Definitely there’s a familiarity to it.

07:38
But what I will say is that over the past 10 years doing this and working from home all three times, I have learned a lot about how to maintain your business dealings while you have absolute chaos going on behind you. And that is what we’re talking about today. I’m sure we had different methods. I feel like your situation is always worse than mine. Because you always roll your eyes at whenever I complain about anything.

08:07
When you’re complaining about being at the Olympics. I am brushing my teeth in the laundry room because that’s the only working sink in the house. Before we get into the guts, my idea of vacation is we do a lot of stuff. I’m not a lie on the beach type of guy, but I do like to sleep in and start my day whenever I feel like it. The problem is when you’re on a family vacation and you want to

08:37
so-called get your money’s worth. Yes. Because we had a different event signed up every day. When we were on the cruise, we had to get up early to get off the boat to hit our excursions. You end up getting a lot less sleep than you normally do. Yes. To me, there are two types of vacations because I have done, I do both. I am definitely, I can lay on the beach and do nothing and read 16 books. I have my usually yearly track where I read 16 books in a week and that’s all I do.

09:07
But then there’s the other type of vacation, which you just got back from, which is the, you know, going to new places or new experiences where you don’t wanna sleep in because you do wanna get up. Like when I did my trip two years, well, was it two years ago now? Yeah, when we went to Europe, like we were up every day at 4 a.m. because we wanted to hit all the spots and then we would come like take a nap and then go back out. So it definitely was, you were tired, right? Because you’re just.

09:35
You’re like, listen, when am I gonna be in Prague again? I need to see all the things because I probably won’t come back here ever or in 10 years or whatever. you definitely feel this pressure to get your money’s worth, right? Get up, get going. And then if you don’t do that, you’re like, I’m in Italy and I’m in bed? No. Exactly. I need to be at all the things right now. yeah, but see, I think, and this is definitely,

10:05
I don’t, this is going to come across wrong. I think you need both vacations. I think you need the vacation where you do the adventure, go do stuff, you know what? It doesn’t have to be in another country, right? Just maybe you visit another part of your state, like where you’ve never gone before and you’re going to new things and maybe museums or outdoor activities. And then I do think everyone needs the, I’m just, whether you just go to the hotel down the street and like, I’m going to sit by the pool for two days and do absolutely nothing and not check my computer. I think people need to do both.

10:35
Because I don’t think you get rested from the first one at all. And I’m not complaining about this at all, but like my whole eating routine got messed up because I had pizza. Oh, I had the best pizza in Italy. So I had it like when you text me that I was like, I’m going to block your number. And then I had gelato every day and I’m thinking to myself, oh, man, like when I get back and I’m not working out. So like when I get back, I’m going to have to like go on a strict diet, work out like crazy, whatnot.

11:04
I don’t know. I’m just a guy of routine, I think. I think that’s what the inherent issue is. Yes, you love your routine. And the other thing about those types of trips are is that you go, you do all these things, you have all these adventures, you come home, you’re actually fairly tired, and then you still have all this extra work to do. So you come home not feeling great. You’re like either getting sick or just exhausted and need like three or four days to catch up on sleep. But you also have

11:30
a week’s worth of work to catch up on as well. So then it’s like even more stressful. So the question is, and I get this comments all the time because people think that running your own business, you just sipping my ties on the beach and you don’t really have to worry about things. I was actually chatting with a close friend of mine about this because I went to a reunion party of it was actually my buddy’s 50th. It ended up being a reunion and people are like, oh, wow, you run your own business, you’re your own boss and that sort of thing.

12:00
What I told them was, it’s true, we do have the freedom. Right now with layoffs, I don’t know if you heard, Intel just laid off 15,000 people. Oh, wow. Now. All my friends were affected here. It’s true, you’re in control, but unlike a day job, my brain actually does not really switch off that easily from day to day. I’m always thinking about stuff. Whereas when I was working a day job, as soon as I was out of work, I didn’t think about anything related to work. I’ve never had a day job.

12:29
It’s hard for me to, I I worked jobs in college, right? But when I left the restaurant or whatever, when I left, I used to work at Claire’s, the earring store. You better believe I didn’t think one bit about earrings when I was not at work. It was just like I was living my best life not working until I had to go back to my shift. I see that with my kids now, right? They’re friends with all their coworkers. They hang out with people they work with, but when they’re not at work, they’re not worried.

12:56
that the restaurant’s busy or that it’s too slow or that they’re out of something. They don’t care because it doesn’t affect them in any way. Yeah. So in your case, you decide that you’re going to sell this house and then decide to buy a new one. What are some things that you do to manage all of this? I’m actually curious myself. Yeah. I’m going to put a side note in here. If you’re thinking about selling your house, do it right now. The market is peaking.

13:21
And that’s one of the reasons why I made this kind of what seems like a pretty rash decision to sell my house is that I really think that the market’s gonna turn in the next maybe six to nine months. But they’re gonna drop interest rates in September. They are gonna drop interest rates, but you can always refinance your house. Like you can’t always get top dollar for your house, right? And there’s the argument that if interest rates lower, people will pay more and all that stuff.

13:48
The inventory issue is what’s happening right now is there’s still not a lot of inventory. And so if you have a house that is move-in ready, and this is basically nationwide outside of hotspots like where you live, Austin, Texas is not experiencing this, but overall, if you have a house that people can literally walk in and go, I can put my furniture in here tomorrow, you’ll sell your house in less than a week in most parts of the country in certain price points.

14:18
The houses that aren’t selling are fixer uppers, things that need a lot of work, really, like not in bad shape, but very dated. people have kept it up, but they still have the same carpet from like 1992. And so I had been watching the market for about six to nine months, kind of like knowing that I was gonna put my house on the market in the next year or so. And I just felt like if I don’t do it now, I’ll probably lose out on six figures.

14:46
in profit from my house. that’s kind of what made me do it so quickly, because I felt like probably in the fall we’ll take a turn as far as the price that you’re gonna get for your house. So if you’re thinking, actually one of our friends just found this, basically just realized that this was happening where he lived and he’s listing his house in the next week. moving out of the state. I’m like, that’s crazy.

15:14
But yeah, so that’s a little side note. If you’re on the fence, this is a really good time to still sell as a homeowner. So yeah, so the thing that I have learned over doing this is that you have to embrace the fact, like I’m a pretty routine oriented person as well. Not quite as structured as you are. Because there’s always random stuff that happens to you. There’s no routine. I’m much more flexible than you. OK, yes. OK.

15:40
But I like to work from like eight to five. I don’t wanna work at 7 p.m. I don’t wanna work on the weekends. you know, I’ve gotten much, the older I get, the much less that I wanna do anything outside of like normal working hours. And what I realized was that sometimes you have to give up that routine to make the compromise, right? So.

16:03
One of the things in this new house is that we have electricity, but a lot of the electricity is shut off due to all the renovations that we’re doing. And we have literally wires hanging from the ceiling, right? So most of the house has no lighting, except for the lamps I bought on Amazon on Prime Day that are run with extension cords so people can see in the bathroom. Like the bathroom has no lighting, right? And so the house is very dark.

16:29
And it’s not a house with a lot of natural light. So the lighting is actually really important. So what I was start when we first got this house, what I was doing was trying to keep my nine to five work schedule and then going to the house at like four thirty in the afternoon and trying to work on the house in the dark. And I’m like painting in the dark and trying to realize. And I’m like, this is dumb. Like, I can’t see anything. I’m having to bring these like.

16:53
construction spotlights in, they’re 100 degrees, so the house is hot, it was just a miserable experience. And so one day I woke up and I was like, I’m just gonna go to the house today and work. And then I’ll work tonight when I get home, when I get back to the hotel. So I went and worked for six hours in the daylight, when it was really bright, the house had a lot of natural light coming in. And then I left and came back and worked from three to seven on work stuff.

17:21
not my ideal thing, not something that I like. I don’t love working till 7 p.m. You know that I’m not an evening person, but I also knew that I got way more work done on the house from, you know, nine to three in the the daylight than I did trying to do it from four to, you know, eight o’clock at night. So I just flipped my schedule. And I think as long as you’re doing that and you can remind yourself this is not forever, like I’m not going to be doing this for the next two years. This is literally two weeks of my life that I need to like

17:51
you know, get on the struggle bus. And then as I’ve talked about this before, I always reward myself, right? I always have to have this like, okay, I’m gonna work from three to seven and then we’re getting margaritas. Like I had to put something at the end of that to like get me through it. Cause it’s like, it’s hard work like doing construction labor. Like I was like, I’m too old for this now. Like I used to be able to do it no problem. Now I’m like every part of my body hurts. So it’s like, okay, so what can I do that…

18:17
we’ll make, okay, we’ll all go meet up with one of my kids or we’ll go do something fun. Like I always put something at the end of the day where it’s like, oh, we’ll watch a movie. So that, you know, when I was like, I don’t wanna do this anymore, I was like, nope, you you promised yourself, so you’re gonna get through it. And I found that flipping my schedule, what’s weird is nobody noticed that I wasn’t working during the day, like my clients. I was, I had my phone, I was always available, but they had no clue that I wasn’t working from nine to three, that I was working from three to seven or three to eight.

18:46
And so was like, you know, that’s the pro of having your own business, right? Is you can do that sort of thing. You can just work from three to eight for a period of time. And it really doesn’t upset anything. And in some ways you’re more productive because you’re like, hey, I’ve got to be really focused from this time because I’m not really getting a full day in, but I’m going to be laser focused during the hours that I do have.

19:11
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in eCommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

19:40
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

19:51
So the way I deal with it is different, mainly because I don’t have these sudden things that happen usually. But I always have like a huge buffer. And I guess the advantage is I don’t really do any client work. So I don’t have to be on call per se. So in preparation for this vacation, I knew that I needed about three weeks worth of content. I just, four weeks out, I just created one extra piece of content.

20:21
every week. Yeah. And but I always have a stash of stuff. So in theory, like if anything bad happened, I’d probably be OK. But the way my mind operates is like my buffer, like I want to keep that topped off, too. And I get stressed out when the buffer gets. that’s your problem is you don’t understand the buffer is being used as it should. You get stressed that the buffer is like.

20:47
depleting, even though the buffer is supposed to be at some point depleted, that’s why it’s the buffer. Exactly. And right now I’m at a depleted buffer and I do not like it. Yes, I know. So here’s the other thing, because I do a little bit of that as well. And I will say I thought I would struggle working from the Airbnb in the hotel because it’s like, you know, there was a bunch of us. was my literal I think we did a podcast. My desk was in the middle of the living room. You know, it was a little bit chaotic.

21:16
But what I found was when I was at the hotel or at the Airbnb is I got a ton of work done because there was literally nothing else for me to do. Like there was nothing to do with the Airbnb other than make a meal, you know, like other than making food. You weren’t going to do that. Yeah. No, I definitely was not making food. was like, what can go in the microwave? No, but and it made me think about like, I think if someone’s really struggling with productivity or maybe needs to like really get ahead.

21:46
find a hotel room that’s on like discount points or you know something like that and just go whole away for like two days. It was, I was shocked at how much work I was able to get done when there was literally nothing else that I could be doing. Because it’s like when you’re at your house, there’s always something, right?

22:05
something’s broken, someone’s at the door, this and that. Like there was just literally nothing to do. I mean, I felt a little bad for my kids. I mean, they all work and have stuff going on, but like there was like, this is like a very boring summer for them. It’s like, hey, you can either rip out carpet or, you know, play on your game thing, whatever. So I found that like during the times that I was working in that, like such an isolated environment, I got a ton of work done. And as soon as I moved over to the house where

22:33
You know, as soon as I walk outside my office doors, there’s literally a thousand projects. So much harder to stay focused because all I’m thinking about is, well, if I take like a 10 minute break, I can like patch this whole and like, you know, get this ready and maybe I’ll call the electrician or I’ll check on the septic. It’s like when I was at the hotel in the Airbnb, there was really nothing else to do. And I found myself just like.

22:58
I got so much work done that I actually had a ton of a buffer when we came over to the house. I was able to do more at the house because I had built up such a buffer. I started doing, and this is more of like a long-term plan, is delegating more of your stuff to the people who work for you. This is always hard for me. You have to go into it with a long-term perspective. Yes. You have a really hard time delegating.

23:26
No, I don’t actually. I just go into it thinking that it’s going to take a year or more. I just feel like you don’t trust people. Well, I don’t trust people with code. Well, yes, we know that. Yes. I don’t even trust myself with code. I actually made a big change right before the vacation. Okay, that’s General’s like, that wise? I’m like, no, no, it’s all good. I ended up reverting it actually right before we left.

23:54
Mainly because I know how complex it is and I’m not gonna let someone who’s not skilled, actually even someone who’s skilled probably, because you have to read all the crap that I wrote, right? And I’m not exactly the most organized coder either. So anyway, so what I did was I started just delegated little things and I usually leave about probably six months to do this.

24:20
in preparation for when I have to go on a vacation. Because we go on one major vacation a year. You don’t think so? I think you go on two. don’t count volleyball going on vacation. So the biggest thing this time was that we’ve been doing printing for Bumblebee. And these printers have been fragile. In fact, one of the printers is down, went down right before. So we ended up just training up one of our employees right before. what I did is I just filmed the

24:49
crap ton of video, every last little thing and then had them watch it and then we went through it a couple of weeks before. Now that’s one thing that I don’t have to worry about ever again, hopefully. You just have to go fix the printer. You to go fix the Every time it breaks down. Every time it breaks down. You know what was really upsetting about this? I talked to a friend, he was like, hey, he runs a business and he was like,

25:18
Oh, yes, I go on vacations all the time. I don’t even have to think about it. I have my employees just do everything. I’m like, well, this guy runs a 200-person company. I’m at the other end of the spectrum. I actually don’t want to manage 200 people. Although, you remember I messaged you while I on vacation. Yes, you did. Maybe this 200-person company is the right way to go. Yes. I was like, no, it’s not. Not for you. It’s a trade-off though. Yes.

25:47
I think you have to decide upfront what type of business you want to run. If you want to run something that’s going to scale to something really large and you’re trying to grow and sell it at big multiple, then you’re going to need a lot of employees. You’re not going to have a break for six years. Or longer. This guy’s owned this company for 10 years.

26:12
But he’s probably now to the point where he can take a vacation. I guarantee he wasn’t taking a lot of vacations in year two. It’s funny because it’s funny how short of a memory you have because I remember in the beginning when he was getting this off the ground, he was in danger of going bankrupt, running out of money, having to get funding and stuff. Yeah. And that had to have been very stressful. He didn’t mention any of those things. But yes, you’re correct. Now he’s at a point where it’s all good. Yeah. And he just had to rub that in as I was talking about.

26:43
But getting over that hump is hard. Yes. Running a 200-person company is not for everybody and a lot of people screw it up and don’t have success. They don’t get the right people. We know a lot of people who run companies and we’ve had friends who have people take money from them and basically swindle them or aren’t doing what they say they’re doing or they lose all this money on different things.

27:08
There’s two sides to that. Sometimes it works, sometimes it doesn’t. There’s risk to all the different businesses. I think the biggest thing for you though, as your friend and someone who’s watched you take a lot of vacations, is that you have to learn to be okay with something just not happening, not getting done.

27:31
I know that’s like, your face is like that doesn’t compute. No, trust me, stuff gets dropped on the floor all the time. Yes, it does. Maybe a video just doesn’t go out. Yes, no, I can’t do that. I know you can’t. That I can’t Yes, I know. That’s the thing that I feel like as entrepreneurs, it’s very hard to just let something drop that’s that big.

28:00
Obviously, we all drop stuff all the time. It’s not like we’re all just checking every box every day. I think sometimes it’s better for your mental health and your sanity to take that break and let big stuff drop for a week or two, you will recover. No one has missed one YouTube video and been like, then my career was over. It just doesn’t work that way. One blog post not going out, one TikTok not being published.

28:30
It’s hard to think about, but I think that there might come a point where it’s okay to just take a break. I think about driving back to the Olympics. Let’s talk about Simone Biles, right? Was in the Olympics in what, 2016? Are comparing me to Simone Biles? Let’s not get crazy, no. But she did really well in 2016, and then she goes to Tokyo. She drops out of the Olympics, right? She just mentally.

29:00
for health reasons, her mental health was not, she was having physical problems. was vertigo. Yes. She got to the point where I feel like dropping out of the Olympics is like, that’s a little more important than missing a YouTube video. That’s huge. She had an excuse. She couldn’t balance. It’s different. It’s not different. I lost my voice. Right now, I’m sick. Yes, you’re sick. I got back and I’m

29:29
I have this huge queue of things I need to record. I couldn’t record anything. Yeah. You have an excuse. It’s easier that way. It’s but you’re looking at this wrong. OK, go on. I’ll let you finish. Please, please give Steve your feedback at the end of this, guys. What I’m saying is she was not all she wasn’t able to compete for a variety of reasons. And she will say it was primarily mental health and her mental health affected her physical health.

29:58
And she’ll say, she’s had many interviews about this. And so to say like, hey, I am literally at the most important moment of my life, right? I’ve worked my entire life to get to this point and I’m gonna step away from it and I’m not gonna do this in the middle of it, right? She was in the middle of competing, right? And she was like, I’m out. Like, I think sometimes as an entrepreneur, you have to know when to say, I’m out. I need to step back, refocus.

30:26
get healthy, get mental clarity, whatever it is. Because so many times as entrepreneurs, we’re like push through, push through, just do the next thing, get it done, hustle. We have all this like, which is one of the reasons why people become successful, right, is they are able to push through. But at some point, sometimes pushing through isn’t what’s best and sometimes saying, you know what, it’s okay to miss something, it’s okay to take a little break, recenter yourself and then start over again. Look at her, she came back, she’s amazing.

30:56
what the most highly decorated gymnast of the US of all time. Like, I just think that we can you can learn something from it’s OK to step back and miss something. I think that’s a bad analogy for me because my life is kind of like a vacation. Right. I don’t usually push myself to the max. That’s true. You don’t. Right. I don’t. Everything I should do that I’m doing should be maintainable forever. Yes. At a pace. And it’s a slippery slope. This is what I want to say. So I went on my vacation.

31:26
and I have this very rigid eating, I’m low-carb and everything. I was like, ah, I’ll just have a whole pizza pie. We’re in Italy, whatever. Oh, I’ll just have a little gelato. And pretty soon I’m eating that stuff every day. Once you break out of your routine, it’s hard to get back on. It’s like an addiction. For you, because you’re so regimented. I can go to Italy. I’ll just eat okay when I get home.

31:56
I’ll just work out like a madman when I get home. But then you putting it off, putting it off, putting it off. It’s a slippery slope is all I’m saying. Well, for most people whose life isn’t a vacation, whose regular life is not a vacation, I think it’s okay to take the break and let something slide and get out of your routine in a little bit. Now, if you have the personality type where if you

32:25
get out of the routine, it’s like an alcoholic, right? If you are alcoholic for real, you cannot have alcohol, right? Because one drink of alcohol and you’ll be back to drinking all the time. You don’t have the ability to moderate that in your life, right? And it doesn’t have to be alcohol, can be anything. It could be food, right? It could be sweets, it could be sugar. And there are some people that are like, I don’t eat sugar because when I get a little bit of sugar, then,

32:55
I just want to have sugar every day. I’ve got to have something. I’m drinking six Dr. Peppers, whatever. Whereas like for me, like sugar’s not a weak spot for me. don’t like, I’m a carb person all day long, but sugar, like I’ll eat a brownie and I will not eat another brownie for six months and I won’t think about eating a brownie for six months, right? Like that’s not a problem for me. But you send me to Italy, I only pizza all the time forever and I’ll want to come home and find the best Italian pizza place in town and I want to eat there every day, right? So it’s like, you have to know what your weakness is in your routine.

33:24
So if your weakness is if I don’t get up and exercise every day, if I don’t do it first thing in the morning, I’m not going to do it. Then even when you’re on vacation, hey, get up and do something right. Like maintain some level of that routine, because you know that if you get out of it, you won’t be able to restart it. But also at the same time, moderate, have fun, find the things that you need to withdraw from, relax from and make sure you hit that, too. Yeah, I mean, it’s yeah, I guess everyone’s different.

33:53
For me, everything that I do, I don’t feel like it’s forced. I can maintain whatever I’m doing for a long time without massive strain. That’s why I don’t really ever feel burnt out. When was the last time you- The only time I’ve ever felt burnt out, think, is with Seller get me started. Yes, Seller Summit. The book? The book, yes. The book was an anomaly that was worth it in retrospect, but I probably won’t do it again. Yes. Thank God.

34:22
I can’t live through another book from you, that’s for sure. That was the hardest I think I’ve ever worked since college. No joke. Something that has zero monetary gain, nothing. Hey, but it’s on your bookshelf. It’s on the bookshelf, that’s all that matters. I’ve got my 200 copies. That’s what put me over the top. That’s right.

34:51
I’m giving them out as my neighborhood welcoming present. I don’t know what the key takeaway of this episode was really. It was more of like a venting episode, I guess. I think the key takeaway is that people do need to take breaks. Whether you work a nine-to-five or you’re an entrepreneur, I think breaks are really important because I do think, the other thing is I feel like in America especially, but our entire identity is wrapped up in what we do.

35:21
I’ve noticed this like because I’ve met a bunch of new people because I moved to new neighborhood, right? So I’m meeting new neighbors and like they always like the first things they ask you are like, so what do do for a living? Right. Like what do you like? That’s that’s like it’s not like, well, what do you do for fun or like how many dogs do you have? Or, you know, that kind of thing. It’s like, what do you do? And then I’m like, oh, good grief, I just work on the Internet. I never ask anyone that question. But have you but you have to admit that that is a very common is a very common question. It’s correct. I’d rather not get into it. But yeah.

35:50
I don’t ask anybody because I don’t want to say what I do. Exactly. I teach people how to make money on the internet. Oh, sure you do. I’m not a total shyster. I feel like especially if you live in America, so much of your life is tied into that. Who are you? What do you do? As opposed to all these other components of most people’s personality, one of the things that I love about our course and seller summit,

36:19
is that we meet people and we get to know people on such a deeper level and we find out that they’re way more than just their store or their website or their YouTube account, right? We learn about them and what they like to do and their personalities and we know that Christina’s got a million pets and she’s always got a bird on her shoulder and we learn all these things about people, which is really way more who they are than just the fact that she’s an attorney, right?

36:46
That’s very little about her personality to me. Like she’s so much more than that. And so I feel like it’s important to step away from work and develop those other parts of you as a person, whether it’s doing little mini vacations in your area or taking big trips and exploring totally different cultures and places, doesn’t really matter. But I think it’s important to step away from work so that you are like a more developed human. And then as entrepreneurs to not

37:14
step away and have nothing but like guilt and stress about the business that you believe is completely falling apart when you step away from it. Whereas I need a vacation from my vacation. I’ve been sleeping really well since I’ve gotten back. I’m impressed that you actually go meet your neighbors too. They’ve all come and met me. Really? Wow. Yeah. It’s a very little friendly area over here.

37:44
Yeah, just, think, I agree though. Like the vacation you took was a trip. It wasn’t really a vacation. Vacation to me is where you sit by the pool and people bring you fruity drinks and you yell at your kids to put sunscreen on. Like that’s a vacation. And then a trip is exploring and adventures and you usually come back way more tired than you left. Yeah. But either way, I hope this episode has given everyone a perspective of

38:14
of what goes on behind the scenes. mean, it’s not, I don’t know, it’s not always rosy and there’s definitely pros and cons.

38:25
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now I’m finally recovered from my illness and happily sleeping in my own bed. For more information and resources, go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 551. And if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

550: Why Content Creators Are Quitting: Is It Still Worth It?

550: Why Content Creators Are Quitting: Is It Still Worth It?

In this episode, my partner Toni and I discuss whether starting a content creation business, whether it be a blog, Youtube channel, or podcast is worth it today given all the changes with Google and artificial intelligence.

What You’ll Learn

  • The real reason content creators are quitting
  • Is it worth it to make content creation your full time job
  • The best way to create content today

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the show where I cover all the latest strategies and current events related to e-commerce and online businesses. Now today, my partner Tony and I are going to talk about whether starting a content creation business, whether it be a blog, YouTube channel or podcast, is worth it today given all the changes with Google and artificial intelligence. But before we begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now.

00:28
My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

00:57
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today, Tony and I are going to talk about whether creating content for a living is still worth it. And this was triggered by a Wall Street Journal article that was entitled, Social Media Influencers Aren’t Getting Rich, They’re Actually Barely Getting By. And it’s so funny because our friend Lars posted about this in one of the forums and

01:21
Just so happens to coincide with this influencer that I follow on TikTok. And now that I’ve been, it’s funny, cause I was like off TikTok for a long time. I just wasn’t really engaging in the platform. And then now that I’m working on this house, like I go to bed and I’m like still wide awake. So I’ve been like scrolling TikTok a whole lot more in the past like six weeks. And so there’s this influencer, he’s in banking, right? Has a TikTok account. He’s kind of going through like, just as like a personal, right? Like talking about his dating life.

01:50
seems like a nice guy, 30s. Well, he just quit his job to do TikTok full time. And when he announced it, and he’s like a banking bank, like New York City banker, like, so he’s making a lot of money, right? And whenever he announced it, I was like fearful for him. I don’t even know this person, right? I just follow his account. Seems like a decent dude. And he’s like, I’m quitting my job. I put in my two weeks notice. I’m gonna do this full time. And I’m like, no, don’t do it.

02:19
But then I started thinking, and of course I just wanted to like help him, Which I’m not going to, but you know, I just had this like panic of like, is this the time to quit your day job and go content full time? The thing is, if he’s a banker, he’s probably working a hundred hours a week right now. Yes. And he’s probably making seven figures, I’m guessing. Yeah. So he probably has a huge nest egg. mean- That’s what he said. He’s got money saved up. And he talked about the opportunity cost of

02:49
not doing TikTok full time. So basically he’s been doing it part time for the past, I don’t know, eight or nine months. And he basically felt like it was that turning point. And you kind of came to this point too, right? Where your day job was costing you money because you couldn’t invest in the side hustles anymore. So you flipped. My story was a little different. My story was I dropped down to one day a week and then there a new were like, you’re not working.

03:17
And they’re like, what do you do here? And I said, actually, I’m to be honest with you, nothing much, but I am your insurance policy in case anything breaks. And that was the reason why I would actually, if they let me work one day a week indefinitely, I would have taken them up on it. Yeah. For sure. Yeah. But when you went, when you went down from the five days a week to, think you started at like three days, you went from like five to two or five to three and then one. But when you went from that first five to three,

03:46
you were realizing that the time you were spending in the office, you could have been making more money investing in my wife put her job in Bumblebee. So then that was his point, basically, that he’s losing the opportunity by working 70, 80 hours a week, who knows. But it was that feeling of panic. And then I was like, why am I panicking? We do this full time. Well, we don’t do TikTok full time, which is maybe why we were panicking. I think I looked at my total TikTok earnings for the past, since I started.

04:15
$82. close. It’s like $120. TikTok just canceled that original creator fund. I can’t remember when they took it away. I got my $120 payout and then there’s this new program now. Well, it’s not really new anymore, but it’s been around for a year. You get paid only for videos that are over one minute long. Do you not get paid for anything under a minute? That’s correct. You do not get paid for anything under a minute, but-

04:43
They’re introducing, and this hasn’t rolled out to everyone yet, but you can make up to 30 minute videos on TikTok. Interesting. So what I’m gonna do is I’m gonna put my entire YouTube portfolio in there, and I’m gonna start creating videos that are greater than one minute. Problem is, is though, the videos that are greater than one minute cannot be posted on YouTube Shorts. Correct. Because YouTube Shorts has that limit, but Instagram has a 90 second limit. So I’m gonna make my videos around 90 seconds.

05:12
The other hard part for you is that the dance routines are going to have to become longer. It’s true. It’s true. I got to get in better shape. Yeah. You’ve got to learn some new moves. Yeah. So yes. And that was probably my fear for this kid is that, you know, he’s like, he’s really a TikTok only creator. And so that’s where I got panicky. And it reminded me of how I felt when Liz and I were at Pet Summit in March, surrounded by these pet influencers who have built amazing social media.

05:41
clap, like millions of followers on, but usually only on one channel, like their Instagram only, TikTok only, that kind of thing. And when I talk, when Liz and I talked to them and we talked to it, as many people as we could while we were there, they lived and died by the brand deals. And so, you know, and here’s the thing, brand deals can be super lucrative, right? I mean, I’ve had five figure brand deals before, and when you’re in the zone, they’re coming at you fast and furious. And it’s basically like,

06:11
When you’re really at the sort of like riding that wave, you feel like you’re king of the world because you’re turning down. You know, you’re never doing outbound, right? Everything’s inbound for you. But then if something happens or if the brand, you know, finds their new favorite influencer, that can dry up very, very quickly. And so does your income stream, right? If you’re only doing brand deals, the other problem with the brand deals, and I’m not against them. I think if you get the brand deals and they match with what you’re doing, take all of them, make that money. But

06:41
you know, you can only do so many deals because it’s all your time, right? So you get paid for your time, which as we try to talk to people about, like there’s nothing wrong with that, but you want to get to a point where you’re also getting paid when you’re not working. I don’t like brand deals because there’s too much talking. Yeah. I’ve done a couple of them. I’m not sure how I feel. I mean, the money is great. It’s a one time payout. And if you find the right partner who gives you

07:10
full creative freedom, it’s actually not that bad. But on the flip side, I sometimes find myself wedging the brand into my content. And sometimes it doesn’t feel natural to me. No, and I agree with you. And I think that’s where you want to be really picky. But what I think the scary part is you can’t build a business based on brand deals. You can’t build a business based on… mean, you can do any of these things.

07:40
Yes. But I’m thinking to myself, like, let’s talk about all of our friends who have been completely decimated by all the Google updates. And we’ve done a million podcasts on this. And they basically their strategy was ranking Google, get your affiliate money. Right. So they built their entire business on that. Right. Now they’re in the same position as the people who got, you know, hit with an algorithm change on Instagram and now no one sees their content. They don’t get the brand deals. So it’s kind of like.

08:08
The stuff that we’ve been talking about for five or six years now of diversifying, like it’s not just about the brand deals, not just about the affiliate, it’s not just about the ad revenue. Because other people like the other people built their whole business on Google search ad rev, right? If you’re in the ad thrive group, people are literally walking away from their blogs that they’ve been, I mean, walking away, not even like trying to sell it. Part of me is like, who should we go in and like buy up? Just for the I wouldn’t do that right now.

08:35
No, not for the SEO play just to have the content like to me it’s like turn these into YouTube scripts like As long as they align with what you’re already talking about and you know I’m seeing people in all niches do this right just like I just am quitting You know, I’m getting my another job. Whatever I think anytime you’re relying on just that one one stream one platform We’re seeing it more and more your the people are just they’re just walking away

09:03
But on the flip side, these people that we’re talking about who are in my mastermind group, their revenue model has been rock steady for probably 15 years. I mean, everything changes in business. But yes, everyone is scrambling right now. you’re worried for this TikTok person. Does he have a strategy? Is he going to do brand deals? I I don’t really see a definitive path.

09:32
for TikTok as opposed to something like YouTube? I agree. I think TikTok is the riskiest of them all. his name is Garrett. we’ll just, he’s Garrett from Goldies if you wanna look him up. But so he posted it. So now I’m fully invested, right? Cause now that he’s quit his job, I’m like all in, right? And so he talked about on one of his TikToks other day, he’s like, should I go into email marketing? Like, should I start like an email list?

10:02
So immediate. you know, I don’t comment on TikToks. I don’t message people. I messaged him. You direct message him? Yes, I direct message him. And I was like, how do I direct message him in a way that doesn’t sound like I’m either a spammy like marketer or I’m interested in him to like date him? Like I was like, how do I write this message that’s really like, I feel like I’m your mom and I want to help you. Like that’s, that’s what I was trying to like. But I was just like, hey, I definitely think that’s a good idea for you.

10:31
Please don’t use MailChimp. I was like, it was like a two paragraph thing, but it was just like, hey, I think this is where you need to go, blah, blah, blah. Please don’t use MailChimp, da, da, da. Here’s my recommendations. Hope you’re doing well. Like, trying to keep it as very less spam. But every time I had to rewrite it like five times, because every time I wrote it, I was like, I helped so many people, blah, blah, blah. I was like, that sounds like I’m trying to sell to him, which I’m not. But I was like.

10:57
But I felt like I was talking to someone like a seller summit, right? Where they come to me and they’re like, I’m still on MailChimp. And I’m like, oh, good grief. Like I have, I hate moving people off MailChimp, you know, and you, talk about it as your own experience, but I’m not trying to sell myself to anybody. Anyway, so he’s, he’s talking about going into email and I’m like, yes, definitely. I know it’s really hard for you to get email addresses off of, especially like TikTok. Yeah. You know, I think you’ve had a lot more success grabbing them from YouTube.

11:26
Oh yeah, for sure. And due to the long form video content, right? Like short form video content, grabbing emails is really, really tough. And the reason why that’s the case is in my YouTube videos, so my average watch time is about five minutes at this point. And so at the five minute mark, I just say, Hey, if you’ve been enjoying this so far, you know, there’s a lot more in my free six day mini course, blah, blah. Sign up in the link below and in the link below in the description, you can put links.

11:52
And in the first comment, which is what shows up on mobile, you can put a link there too. Yeah. Now on TikTok, you don’t even have time to say any of that stuff. Right. And if you do, then, you know, someone’s probably going to just swipe away. The only thing you have on TikTok is your link in bio that someone actually has to click on your bio and physically see and click on it. Right. And so far, like TikTok email subs, at least for my TikTok account in the noise, like I don’t even notice it.

12:20
Most of my subs now, it used to be the blog. Now it’s almost all YouTube. Yeah. Yeah. So I think for people out there who have done well on TikTok, and there’s a lot of people who have like kudos to people who it’s hard to turn that into money outside of brand deals. So if you’re looking for other ways to turn it into money, and this is just goes into the content creation because when we got started, everyone got started with a blog.

12:47
There was no other thing to get started with. Now people are getting started creating content on different platforms. Like some people are solely Instagram. Some people only have YouTube channels. So wherever you got started, you obviously want to make sure that you have a way to grab that person and email is usually the easiest, not the easiest way to get it, but that’s the best way to get somebody. So if you’re a TikTok creator and you’ve been doing this and you’re like struggling, right? Because no one wants to buy your merch and you can’t get email signups.

13:16
I would say leverage your TikTok creation skills, right? You’re probably decent at editing. You’re probably more comfortable on camera, right? Because you’re probably way better than you were in get started. And then just like move that over to YouTube, right? So take those skills that you learned on TikTok and leverage them on YouTube where you can, I mean, now you can create longer videos on TikTok too, but…

13:41
You create those longer videos on YouTube. You work on a really powerful lead magnet or mini course series, whatever, and just take advantage of everything you’ve learned and just move it to another platform. You can still do the TikTok, right? You can still take that same content and put it a variety of places, but start focusing on going somewhere where it’s easier to get people on your list. So just even from monetization, the TikTok Creativity Fund, which I joined,

14:10
pays at about 50 cents to a buck RPM. But you compare that to my YouTube where I can get like up to a $50 RPM. Like in the height when everything’s really busy, sometimes I can get even like a $60 RPM. Yeah, which is, I don’t know infinitely more. Granted, it’s a lot more work to do long form, right? Yes. Right now we’re kind of doing this challenge in the class where we’re encouraging people to do one long form video a week.

14:37
And by long form, we mean over four minutes long. Yeah. And I think it’s a, it’s a pretty big shift, right? To go from short form to long form, but it’s, it’s well worth it. Yeah. So I, so I would say, yeah, you want to do the, I still think you can do well on TikTok. And I think you still start creating that content because you can get the brand deals, right? It’s easier to get them through TikTok. Uh, you can also do things like

15:05
I’m in the Amazon influencer group, right? And people, you create videos that live on Amazon listings and those people are, it’s prime day right now that we’re recording this. People are making, I mean, people are like, woohoo, I’m going to Cancun, right? Like they’re crushing it. And of course, when Q4 comes around, they’re gonna crush it again. And depending on what types of products that you focus on reviewing, like right now would be the great time to start reviewing back to school products, things like that. So there’s still a lot of benefits to TikTok and

15:33
benefits to growing your audience there, but I think if that’s your sole platform right now, I would consider starting to expand into some other platforms.

16:03
that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

16:26
I mean, there are a whole bunch of other case studies with TikTok shop, right? Once you have, I’m gonna experiment with this. Like I don’t usually talk about products on my TikTok channel, but I was just kind of scrolling through the portfolio and you can actually just request samples of a whole bunch of stuff. it tells you exactly how much you make whenever you make a sale. So I can see myself maybe doing some content related content about like microphones or something like that and just using one of those products.

16:55
There have been case studies that I’ve seen where people are just making like $80,000 for one video, like one video that goes viral because of promoting an item. So I think TikTok is viable. It’s, it’s not what I consider just steady income, right? It’s, it’s, it’s thirsty. Whereas I feel like YouTube for me right now is almost like a day job. Meaning like it’s, it’s consistent. And this is what I’ve always liked about Google.

17:22
Like Google traffic, once you have it, it tends to be very consistent and sticky. Whereas with social media, it’s all about how good your next video is. But you were just right before we started recording, we were talking about how you had two YouTube videos hit in the last. And then you talked about sort of riding the wave of YouTube. Yeah. So these last two videos, so one I published last week, it has a hundred and almost 180 K views on it.

17:51
And that video alone, think so far has made me over a thousand dollars just on ads. And this one I just literally posted yesterday already has 15,000 views and it may surpass the other one in a week. I was complaining to Tony before this is like, I feel great now, but now like I’m under pressure like to keep this up, to be my new normal. I actually prefer slow and steady growth always.

18:18
Yes, which is kind of unusual. I think for most people like people want to see hockey stick anything That’s too high for me makes me feel uncomfortable Mm-hmm. So I just prefer like a slow progression up so I can like maintain my emotions So yeah, I think that’s an important point though for people is that With most of the especially initially in content creation. It is going to be a roller coaster. You’re going to have

18:44
Whether it is you do rank and search or you have a Pinterest pin, you know, get some traction or you have a video go viral, whatever it is, right? Everyone in our course has had this happen to them, right? When they’re creating content, they have the one post that starts to get all the traffic or they have the one video. Maybe they’re getting a hundred views of video, right? I think Charles just had this happen, right? And then he got like thousands and thousands of views and you get all excited and you’re like, I’ve made it time to buy the Rolls Royce.

19:13
Right. And then the next video is like, oh, there’s my 87 views again. Like you have to be OK with the ups and downs and realize that the ups just help grow your channel, your account overall. Right. So when you have the ups, be happy for the you get excited. Right. But don’t don’t have your expectation be that now you had, you know, 100 average average of 100 views per video. Now you had 10000. Ten thousand is the new normal. You’re going back to 100. And even big time creators have

19:43
flops, right, where Mr. Beast gets 30 million views on a video and then he might have a video that gets 100,000, 200,000 views, right? Like he’s probably crying. So I think that’s something that as a content creator, we’ve always had this, right? Since the beginning, you have ups, you have downs, you have to just ride them and be okay with understanding that this is just a business that fluctuates. Although I will say on YouTube, I still have probably like 25 videos or so that are rock solid, generating views every day.

20:12
And that’s like the foundation of my channel. Which is the blog too, right? Yeah, exactly like blogging. You have the, I mean, I think I still, it shifts every once in a while, but like it’s like this top 20 posts get all the, it’s so hard not to delete every other post, but they still get traffic, but it’s like, like, you know, the top 20 posts hold everything. But it’s not like that on TikTok and Instagram, right?

20:39
Correct. Because they come and go, which is why it’s been so hard for me to shift my mind around those platforms. Yeah. Because the work I’m doing is just temporary work, right? Yeah. might last, for TikTok it might last six months actually. I had one thing go viral and it had traffic for six months. But for Instagram, I don’t think I’ve ever had that happen to me. Instagram in the house life seems to be like three days. Yes, and I’ve noticed this as a consumer.

21:08
of TikTok and Instagram is that I will see very old TikToks, right? Where it’s like I’m watching one and then I’m like very interested in what happens. So I like click to see like the next video and it’s like 70 videos down in their feed. But on Instagram, I never see something more than two or three days old. Yeah. So to me in my mind, the way I think I’m like, okay, the work I’m doing is only gonna last three days. Whereas on YouTube, the mentality is different. I’m like, okay, this thing is gonna last and stay in there.

21:38
forever, pretty much. So as someone who’s spent a lot of time on YouTube this past week searching for how to’s, you know, some of these videos that I’m watching are four and five years old, right? Because as long as it’s relevant, I’m looking for all like home renovation stuff, right? So like how you build something is how you always build something. You know, there’s not a lot of changes. especially if you’re creating content that doesn’t change over time.

22:05
Um, where the principles stay the same. mean, those videos can live forever and ever. You know, what’s funny is I actually was just looking at my TikTok stats this morning and something like, I think almost 40 % of my TikTok views. And I took a huge time off of, TikTok is coming from TikTok search. Yes. My kids use TikTok to search for everything. Yeah. So I’m wondering maybe that’s why some of the content on TikTok seems to have a lot more staying power too.

22:36
that it’s so what? Yes. So what’s interesting is that we’ve been using YouTube a lot on how to fix and build certain things because there’s some great if you are in like if you want to learn how to DIY your house, there are some amazing content creators on YouTube who are like licensed contractors like and so we were talking about researching how to how to replace a cast iron vent pipe because you know that’s what we’re doing these days. And my 15 year old was like, well, just search on TikTok.

23:04
And Brian was like, absolutely not. I’m not searching on TikTok. Because in his mind, there’s not professionals on TikTok, right? It’s like people like me showing you how to do a cast iron vent pipe, even though I learned from somebody. Like I want to listen to a licensed plumber on YouTube to tell me how to do this thing, right? So I don’t poison my whole family. But I think the perception like from our age is like TikTok is still a bunch of kids creating content.

23:31
But for my kids, TikTok is where they get recipes, where they get how tos, like they’re using TikTok as a search engine now. Um, in fact, one of my kids said I only search on TikTok for things like that’s so I’m, it’ll be interesting to see where that goes because it’s definitely, and I read some, I read an article a couple of weeks ago that talked about the increase in the searches on TikTok as well. I think the reason why I hate YouTube a lot of times for searching for stuff is

23:59
Everyone has like their intro and blah, blah, blah. Like it’s hard to get into like the guts. Whereas on Tik Tok, I’ve done searches on Tik Tok. The videos are short, but at least they get right to the point. Like there’s no fluff. So that I can see that that’s why Tik Tok search is becoming more popular. Yeah. So it’ll be interesting because there are, there are some, like my brother gets a lot of information from Tik Tok, like especially like not medical advice, but just like he follows a lot of doctors. He follows a lot of

24:28
And their advice is legitimate, right? Like these are licensed medical professionals. So it’s interesting. I wonder if they will become more prevalent on the platform, right? Because I do think it’s much easier to watch a 60 second video than a five minute video where you’re listening to the history of cast iron for the first 35 seconds that you don’t care about. Yeah. But I think monetization wise, it seems like TikTok is doing a pretty good job. Like there’s a whole bunch of options in the app. have to meet certain requirements. So

24:58
I’m trying to rank them actually in my mind right now. Because I know, I know in e commerce, Instagram seems to be the moneymaker for most people there. I think because they’re not on TikTok shop though. I think TikTok shop is is more for a certain type of product where it seems like Instagram applies to everything. Yeah, I would agree with that.

25:23
But I think if I were to start and to answer the original question of this entire episode was is being a creator worth it? And maybe this is because I’m biased because my YouTube channel is doing doing really well for me right now. But I think YouTube is the way to go. Yeah. And in terms of the blog, I mean, Google is because of AI. Google is just in this crazy state of flux right now. I think our buddy Lars, who I think all he does all day is look for crazy articles.

25:52
Yes, he does. I agree. One of the other things he posted that was pretty interesting to me was Google now by default does not index a website. I think Google just has so much material now. And a lot of it’s AI generated that they’re very selective on what actually goes in. Whereas before they were trying to index the entire web. Yeah. Now this article

26:17
doesn’t really have like a whole lot of data on it, the one that he sent at least, it was just someone’s anecdotal observations, right? Based on a portfolio of websites that he owns. But yeah, I think just in terms of the blog, and a student asked me this question the other day, you my blog is down as almost everyone’s blog is down. think Google, there’s a stat, Google only sends like 36 % of the searches now to independent websites.

26:45
as opposed to Reddit, LinkedIn, Quora and all those other ones. So the student asked me, should I try to fix my blog and invest money in SEO consultants and more content? Or should I just let it just like, like you said, people were walking away from it on the ad thrive. And for me, at least what I told her was like my blog still gets traffic.

27:14
It’s just less than it was before. I wouldn’t abandon the blog altogether, but instead focus on other channels that you might have. My strategy has completely shifted actually since we’ve launched our class. Back in the day, I used to always originate with the blog post because that was what was getting me traffic and then turn that into a YouTube video in shorts. It’s the complete opposite now. I write my YouTube scripts first and then I turn those into blog posts now.

27:43
And ironically, I didn’t think those blog posts would do well at all because they don’t follow the traditional SEO principles that have worked for over a decade. But at least one, and I’ve only done this with like a handful of videos so far, like maybe like 10, one article that is completely not really, it’s not really SEO optimized, it’s actually getting some traffic. Yeah. So my way has always been good. Well, maybe there’s some truth to…

28:13
Maybe there’s some truth to what that article was saying. Google is just kind of selective. It knows which content creators it likes and maybe it doesn’t matter as much anymore, all those techniques. Too small of a sample size to determine, but. Yeah. So I see all these people crying about their businesses, legitimately. But then there’s people that I don’t see crying about their businesses.

28:42
Right. People who are just plugging away and all those people have one very interesting thing in common and it is that they sell a course. Or they sell something, right? They sell something, right. They sell a membership, a course, a product, and they sell it basically to their email list. Right. They, and through collabs with other creators. Right. So they’ve built a large network of creators and

29:10
a large email list or even a small but passionate email list. I’m reading, so I took Marie Forleo’s B school a million years ago, but once you take it and you pay, it’s expensive, like two grand, you like lifetime, right? You can always go through it again because it’s like a six-week boot camp sort of thing, but you always have access to the forums or Facebook group and the content and stuff like that.

29:38
The past couple of years, I’m like, huh, it’ll be interesting to see if people have the same success. Because when I took it, I feel like it was lot easier to be successful in some ways, right? Because it was less saturated. But I’m still seeing people launch, start from zero, in six and seven figures within the first 18 months, right? Because for a couple of reasons. One, they leverage their expertise, right? So they had a true

30:08
talent or knowledge, right, that they could share. And then they also really, they just doubled down on all of the things that I think really matter. So the networking, the email marketing, creating an amazing product, right, whether it’s a digital product or a physical product, and they’re having great success. And it’s funny because I have a real life friend who, someone I went to high school with, who is a

30:35
PhD pelvic therapist, right? I don’t even know what that is. But so, and she, you know, she’s worked as a pelvic therapist for years, you know, in like a private practice. And several years ago, we had coffee. Well, she had coffee, I had water. But, you know, she’s like, I really want to do like online trainings, you know, and train other therapists on, because it was kind of a, not a newer thing, but like, there’s a lot of new things that you can, people can do, I guess females that like will, non-surgically.

31:05
Right. And she has either pioneered some of these techniques or worked with other people to pioneer these techniques. So it was like five years ago, we had this, you know, coffee date and we talked all about it. And I was like, here’s what you need to do. Right. And I basically gave her my idea of how you leverage this, you know, as a secondary business, right. Cause she’s a super successful therapist. Right. So she, she got, she’s like, I don’t really understand the technology, but I think I can figure it out. like, you absolutely can figure it out. got a PhD. You’re fine.

31:35
So she started doing it just by doing webinars, right? Where she would invite, you know, other therapists onto the webinar. She is now only working like three days a month at the office. She travels the world. She is like the most sought after speaker. She holds probably webinars two to three times a week. She’s making so much more on the digital side of her business, but still helping people, still, you know, maintaining that same

32:05
reason why she got into the business, why she started doing this to begin with, is able to leverage the digital side of it to travel the world, have so much more freedom. And it’s like, it’s not too late for you. You’re not too late to get in the game. I see people like her all the time having success because they leveraged what they had and did it the right way. I mean, I’m agreeing with you. just, I’m.

32:32
I’m kind of playing devil’s advocate here. I mean, Not everybody’s a pelvic therapist, I know. You don’t need to be a pelvic therapist, but I’m just thinking of my own life. It’s given me a lot of freedom. Yeah. And it’s tough because it’s a skill that takes time to create. Was your friend just kind of naturally good at creating content or video content? She’s a natural teacher. Natural teacher, okay. Yeah.

33:00
Which, but I think that a lot of people that want to get into this, like I think about a lot of people in the course, they’re natural teachers. I think about Kristen, right? Pet living. She’s a natural teacher when it comes to working with animals, working with your pets. Like when she started making video content, it was amazing. Yeah. Right. Like, and so I think a lot of people who want to get into this business do have a bent for educating people, teaching people, or at least

33:28
doing a good job of sharing what they know. Here’s how I think about content creation just today. I actually feel like everyone should be doing it even if they don’t intend to make money with it. Because it’s something that makes you stand out. Like if you have a bunch of videos, people can really get to know you better and you create a name for yourself no matter what you talk about. And this is why I’m encouraging all my kids to do it. And I know there’s parents out there that don’t want their kids to.

33:57
be in the public eye and whatnot. But for example, my daughter’s creating a course right now and just the act of filming these videos, I mean, they haven’t been published yet and the course is gonna go live probably by the end of this year, but she’s gained so many skills just from doing this period. And then once these videos go out, it’s kind of like an online resume for what she’s all about. And I think just having anything out there with video,

34:27
will help you later on in life, no matter what you do, even if you decide to work a day job. Well, and that’s the thing too, like my friend, even if she would have just leveraged some of this to get speaking gigs around the world, right? Like, especially if you’re in a profession like doctor, attorney, know, finance, right? If you are now like the expert, like that’s gonna open so many doors for you, even if you want a day job, right? Even if you’re perfectly comfortable in your day job.

34:56
Like that opens, mean, the doors that have been open. I she’s speaking in Dubai, right? Like having her trips paid for. Like I think that people sort of underestimate how you can build your own credentials, right? I think people think like, oh, there’s just, you know, you have to just go and write a book and not that writing a book is a bad thing. Obviously you did it, but, um, you know, I think you can build your own, you’re just what you were saying. You build your own resume and it’s like, okay, so this is a good example. If you want to get on the today show.

35:26
and talk about anything. They’ll have you. They’re always looking for content. The easiest way to get on the Today Show, aside from having a book or something like that, is to have an entire vault of video content where they can see you on camera. If they’ve never seen you on camera, you’re not getting on a TV show. But if you want to build your resume and build your expertise, if you have a vault of YouTube videos that you can send to even your local news station, think about our friends Connie Albers and Leslie Samuel.

35:55
They’re in Orlando. I see them on the news all the time. Josh Elitch, right? Same thing. They’re doing the news all the time. Why? Because they had video content, the news station, they sent it to the news station. News station’s like, you’re amazing on camera. Let’s get you on. I mean, I think all three of them almost have like recurring local news segment role. know, once again, building their expertise, leveraging, you know, their personal assets, right? Their personality to help build their businesses.

36:24
I mean, here’s an interesting story. One of my buddies was hiring for a position at his company and it came down to three candidates. And so they actually went through and did like some due diligence on these people. One of the candidates had a whole portfolio website online, along with the YouTube channel where he described his products in depth and guess who they hired, right? The guy with the portfolio. Whereas the other people were just pretty much pieces of paper outside of the actual interview process.

36:54
Yeah. And I think in today’s world, although I don’t know, sometimes I encounter the younger generation now that I’m I’m so like, boomer. And I’m like, it doesn’t take much to get ahead these days. These people are doing the bare minimum, but I do think that it gives you a leg up in just about anything. Just like, I mean, I’ve hired some contractors, right? I’m literally wanting to see that they have video or some sort of content. Like, yes, the reviews are important, you know, reading that stuff about them.

37:24
I want to see pictures and videos of their work, right? I want to see that extra content. And most people aren’t doing that, right? The most people aren’t creating that content. And like, I’m thinking to myself, if I had a like a contracting company, I’d be videoing everything. I would have everything. It’s like our friend in our course, John, right? That has the landscaping business, right? Like he’s making all sorts of videos about landscaping. I would do the content’s endless. Like put a phone up on a tripod, just film yourself.

37:53
I keep telling you, film yourself embroidering hankies. We’re doing that now. Yeah. Yeah. That maybe that’s a topic for another another episode. What what our social media strategy is for Bumblebee. But yeah, totally. I agree with you 100%. So yeah, it’s creating content worth it. Honestly, today, if I were to start all over again, I’d be doing it no matter what about everything that I yeah, that I do. And there’s some things that you’re to have to get past.

38:20
like editing video, but you shouldn’t be a perfectionist in the very beginning. Things evolve. was, I was watching one of my earlier videos. You know, what’s really funny about this is whenever like kids come over to my house, they see my YouTube play button and then they get all excited. Apparently that’s like a thing now among kids. is, it is. And I didn’t realize. And so, uh, they were like, Oh no, how’d you do that? How’d you do that? And then I recently went back and watched some of my earliest videos.

38:50
and they were horrific. Yeah. So I started out being horrific and then just over time it gets better, but I still leave the old stuff on there and it actually still gets views. And so just go into this thinking that it’s going to take time and you’re refining your skills for speaking and presenting yourself, which are all valuable skills for anything in life.

39:16
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Even though a lot is changing, no business model is ever truly dead as long as you keep up with the changes. Hell, people have been calling email marketing dead for the last 10 years. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 550. And if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywebcoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

549: Big Tech Is Squeezing Your Business Dry (And What To Do About It)

549: Big Tech Is Squeezing You Dry (And What To Do About It)

Amazon sucks right now, Ebay sucks right now, Etsy sucks, Facebook sucks, Instagram sucks, Google sucks.

Every big tech company continues to deteriorate in front of our eyes every single day. All of these services that we use to start a business, advertise and sell online are worse than you think, and here’s what you need to do about it.

What You’ll Learn

  • The Pattern Of Big Tech
  • The Number 1 Lesson I’ve Learned Over The Years
  • How To Deal With Change

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the show where I cover all the latest strategies and current events related to e-commerce and online businesses. And today, I’m going to talk about the crapification of all big tech companies, how it’s affecting your business and what you can do about it. Enjoy the episode. But before we begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s on Amazon right now at 38 % off. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom.

00:26
by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

00:53
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Now this episode’s gonna be a little bit different than some of the other ones on the show because I’m gonna go on a little rant, but I promise you that there will be a good lesson at the very end. Now is it just me or is every big tech company going to crap? Amazon sucks right now, eBay sucks, Etsy sucks, Facebook sucks, Shopify sucks. Every company continues to get worse and charge higher fees as they nickel and dime you to death. And they all follow the same exact pattern.

01:24
When any these companies first start out, their only chance of succeeding is to go above and beyond for their users by solving a key problem. And as a result, their service is amazing in the beginning. But then as it becomes more more successful, their service slowly gets worse and more expensive. Let’s pick on Amazon, since I’ve been selling on Amazon for over a decade now. When Amazon first started the Amazon FBA program over a decade ago, I remember thinking to myself, this is a great thing.

01:51
Most e-commerce sellers don’t want to deal with inventory and customer service, and Amazon was willing to store and ship your inventory at a very reasonable price. In fact, back then it was a no-brainer to use FBA. You simply have your goods sent to an Amazon fulfillment center, you focus on marketing and optimizing your product listings, and Amazon does the rest. Now back in 2010, the Amazon FBA fees were a very small percentage of your revenue, and you could ship in as many or as few products as you wanted to.

02:20
without any additional fees. Amazon had tons of warehouse space and they were literally begging people to try out the Amazon FBA program. Soon after, it’s not surprising how many people flocked to selling on Amazon FBA. You got free prime shipping for your customers, Amazon offered crazy low UPS shipping rates to their warehouse, and everyone was making money hand over fist. In fact, within just a couple of years of Amazon FBA becoming popular, everyone and their mother started offering Amazon FBA courses

02:49
because selling at Amazon was like having a private ATM machine. All you had to do was go on Alibaba, import some products, send it to Amazon, and make instant cash without having to deal with any inventory. Amazon became the everything store and the de facto place to shop, and sellers were making lots of money. It was a win-win all around. But then things changed. As soon as Amazon had a foothold on the buyers completely locked into shopping on their platform, they switched their focus to acquiring more sellers.

03:19
And because of Amazon’s generous return policy and low prices, they knew shoppers weren’t going anywhere. And if Amazon could manage to control both the sellers and the buyers, they would own the entire e-commerce market. The buyers would stay because of the vast selection, low prices, and a generous return policy, and the sellers would stay because that’s where the customers were shopping. And that’s when they decided to start recruiting Chinese sellers heavily in 2016.

03:45
Amazon invested tons of resources into programs like the Dragon Boat program, which allowed Chinese sellers a fast track directly into Amazon’s fulfillment centers in the United States. All of a sudden, a factory in China could, with Amazon’s help, sell directly on amazon.com in the US and bypass the Minimal Man directly. And within about three years, Chinese sellers flooded the platform with dirt cheap products that very few US sellers could match in price. They started knocking off existing sellers

04:13
blatantly copying their IP, gaming the reviews, the rankings, everything. And Amazon just sat there and basically did nothing for many years. Now from Amazon’s point of view, as long as buyers were happy, it didn’t matter if legitimate hardworking sellers went out of business because there would instantly be another seller to take their place. Amazon made money no matter what. But it didn’t stop there. After they knew they had the buyers and the sellers, after they knew they were by far the most convenient way to shop online,

04:42
and after they knew they had the best prices from suppliers in China, they added a third stage to their master plan. And this is the point where Amazon and every other big tech company in their position takes all the profit for themselves because A, they can, but also B, by the time a company reaches this stage, more than likely they’re a public company, which means that the decisions aren’t being made by one passionate founder any longer, but by many different shareholders instead.

05:10
And because shareholders aren’t as invested in the long-term health of the business, they just want the business to earn quick money so that their shares of stock are more valuable. Their objectives often boil down to how much can we squeeze the sellers to pay for fees up until the absolute limit of what they’re willing to, but not just past it? And then how do we get the buyer to continue buying while slowly deteriorating the quality of service? And this, my friends, is when the company goes to crap.

05:36
By the way, if you’re enjoying this episode so far, make sure you sign up for my free six day e-commerce mini course on how to start your own online store and stop depending on Amazon, which can be found either in the show notes or going to mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now let’s look at the Amazon search results just as an example. Back in the good old days, you could get lots of free traffic on Amazon by ranking in Amazon search. But today, you’ll notice that the entire front page is flooded with ads.

06:03
and you actually have to scroll down to see the first organic search result. Today, if you perform just about any product search on Amazon, you’ll notice that the search results are about 50 % ads. Amazon charges sellers a fee to make their listing visible, and then they charge hefty fees when a sale is completed. For example, today, Amazon charges a 15 % referral fee, about a 10 to 15 % fee for Amazon FBA, and another 20 to 30 % for advertising, if you are lucky.

06:32
This year alone, Amazon started charging a brand new receiving fee in addition to other FBA fees. So basically, you now have to pay a fee between 21 cents to $6 per unit for Amazon to accept standard and large bulky products into their warehouse. And this fee is supposed to reflect the cost of distributing inventory to multiple fulfillment centers, but whatever. Amazon also introduced a low inventory surcharge. This fee applies if you consistently carry low levels of inventory of your products

07:01
relative to your unit sales. Now it’s one thing to get charged if you have too much inventory in Amazon’s warehouse, but now you get charged if you have too little inventory at Amazon as well. And here’s how the fee works. Let’s say you typically sell 1,000 units per month and you let your inventory levels slip to 500 units in stock. Well, this means that you’ll get charged a fee for those 500 units because Amazon wants you to have 1,000 units in stock. Now Amazon has tried to justify this fee because they need to place your inventory closer to customers across their network

07:30
but Amazon sellers are legitimately furious. Now let’s talk about how buying from Amazon has gone to crap next. I don’t know about you, but I rarely get my products within the Amazon Prime shipping window anymore, especially during the holiday season. This past Christmas, I don’t think I received more than 25 % of my packages within Amazon’s promised delivery window. Here’s another thing that I’ve noticed recently as well. Amazon sometimes has a minimum order quantity to get free Prime delivery, even though I’m a Prime member.

08:00
and they often pre-select the slower delivery option as default. Think about it, you’re paying a monthly subscription for unlimited Prime delivery, but then by default, you get the slower delivery method because you forgot to check the fast delivery radio button. I’ve actually accidentally gotten slower delivery by accident this way, and they also raised the price of Amazon Prime to $139 a year. Now to add insult to injury,

08:26
Most of the products on Amazon are now just cheap repackaged products from Alibaba, and you can’t really trust what you are buying. For example, one YouTuber who fixes electronics for a living purchased a bunch of different sets of five amp fuses from Amazon and found that none of them actually blew out at five amps. The product quality on Amazon has been deteriorating for years and Amazon doesn’t seem to care. 50 % of the top sellers on Amazon are from China and they violate trademark and copyright laws with impunity

08:55
and constantly game the system. This is what the crapification of a company looks like. Sellers are getting squeezed on fees and barely making any profit. Meanwhile, buyers are getting lower quality products from China with longer shipping times. Amazon makes money no matter what. Now here’s an interesting statistic. If you look at Amazon’s income report for 2023, Amazon’s Q4 earnings for third party seller revenue was $43.4 billion, which was up 20 % year over year.

09:24
But while Amazon’s Q4 earnings for third party seller revenue was up 20%, their online store revenue was only up 9%. This means that most of their profit was due to increased fees passed on to the sellers. Despite the increased fees, customer service for sellers is horrific. Back in the day when I first started selling on Amazon, you could actually get ahold of a human on the phone, but today it’s impossible. If you do manage to get a response from customer service, it’s always a canned response.

09:54
Anyway, I don’t want to just pick on Amazon. Facebook was equally as guilty of crapification. I can’t tell you how many times I’ve been burned by Facebook in the past two decades. Back when Facebook pages were delivering tons of traffic to websites, I invested an enormous amount of time to build up my fan page. But then overnight, Facebook nerfed the reach of all fan pages and forced people to pay for traffic. Shortly after that, Facebook groups became all the rage and once again,

10:22
I spent a lot of effort building up a private Facebook group of 20k users before Facebook pulled the plug on Facebook group reach in order to fill more advertising inventory. Now you’d think I would have learned after getting burned twice, but I fell for it yet again when Facebook released Facebook Messenger Marketing. The ability to send direct messages to users for free was extremely effective and I spent a lot of effort building up my Messenger subscriber list before Facebook decided to shut it down and charge people for messaging.

10:50
Here’s the number one lesson I’ve learned over the years. Every service starts out great and then goes to crap as soon as it gets big. It’s just a fact of life. And the million dollar question is, what can you do about it? Well, the secret to long-term success for your business is to ride the wave as it comes and then jump on newer waves as they appear. Running a business is never a stagnant affair and services and companies come and go. When Facebook started charging for Facebook Messenger, I moved on to SMS.

11:19
When Facebook nerfed their organic reach, I doubled down on email. And today, the focus of all my businesses is on owned marketing platforms. Now what is owned marketing? Basically, it’s a marketing channel or asset that you control entirely. For example, when you have a customer’s email address, you can email them as much as you want and no company can really stop you. The same goes with SMS. Now Amazon continues to squeeze all their sellers every year by increasing fees and introducing new ones. So guess what?

11:48
You should focus more of your efforts on your own website that you physically own. Right now, TikTok Shop and TikTok Organic Marketing is still the wild wild west. So you should try to catch the wave now before the platform turns to crap. As long as you expect the company to go to crap, that will keep you on your toes to find the next wave to jump on. Nothing lasts forever and you have to continue to evolve in order to stay in business. Hope you enjoyed this episode.

12:16
There are a lot of things changing this year and it’s been a little exhilarating for me. more information and resources, go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 549. And if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

548: Amazon Declares War On Temu And Screws All Amazon FBA Sellers

548: Amazon Declares War On Temu And Screws All Amazon FBA Sellers

In this solo episode, I give my take on exactly what is going on with Amazon’s new anti-Temu initiative, the implications on the 3rd party Amazon seller community and what you must do right now to prepare yourself as an e-commerce seller.

What You’ll Learn

  • What Exactly Is Happening With Temu & Amazon
  • How To Build A Brand
  • The Right Way To Fight Chinese Sellers

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast, the show where I cover all the latest strategies and current events related to e-commerce and online businesses. And today, I’m gonna talk about something that Amazon just announced that’s gonna have a rippling effect across the entire e-commerce industry and also cover what you must do right now to prepare. But before we begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom.

00:28
by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

00:55
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Now Amazon just announced they’re going to compete directly against Tmoo with a brand new low cost option of unbranded goods shipped direct from China and Amazon FBA sellers are going to be screwed. Basically, Amazon is going to offer the exact same service that Tmoo does, selling cheap, generic Chinese products that take about seven to 11 days to be delivered to the U.S. directly from China. So in this episode, I’m going to give you my take on exactly what is going on.

01:24
the implications on the third party Amazon seller community and what you must do right now to prepare yourself as an e-commerce seller. But I’m just going to say this upfront right now, it is not looking good. But first off, what exactly is happening and what are the details of what’s going on? Well, for the past two decades, Amazon has focused on the speed of delivery. By selling cheap stuff that arrives quickly, Amazon has built the most expansive and optimized fulfillment network the United States has ever seen.

01:53
capable of delivering almost any product imaginable to consumers within two days. There are roughly 180 million Americans who are Amazon Prime subscribers, which is at an all-time high as of this year. But recession is looming, and right now, Americans care more about saving money than the speed of delivery, and that’s where sites like Tmoo and Shien have been destroying Amazon’s market share. Now, in a prior video I posted on my YouTube channel, I reported that Amazon’s revenue from apparel is down 30 % year over year.

02:23
and tens of millions of Americans have started shopping on Shien and Tmoo instead. If you’re not familiar with these two platforms, Tmoo and Shien are Chinese-owned e-commerce platforms that ship products directly from China with no middlemen. The shipping takes longer, but the prices are lower. For example, there’s this floor mat that, for example, there’s this floor mat on Tmoo that’s $1.06, but an identical floor mat on Amazon is being sold for $40.

02:51
Now is getting a product in two days versus 11 days worth paying 40x for the product? Well, Americans are speaking with their wallets and saying no. They are willing to wait a week to get their stuff if they can save money. Now, Tmoo’s core strengths are household items and electronics, whereas Shien specializes in women’s clothing and accessories. And together, these two Chinese companies are decimating Amazon’s sales. But last week, Amazon declared war on these two Chinese platforms

03:20
by opening a new online store for low-cost products shipped directly from China. And according to their announcement, the rollout is going to occur in stages. To start, Amazon’s going to first focus on unbranded clothing and household items priced less than $20 and weighing less than a pound. And as we speak, Amazon is rounding up and encouraging Chinese factories to sign up for this program where Amazon will ship the orders from China directly and arrive in 9 to 11 days.

03:49
And compared to one to two day prime shipping, nine to 11 days feels like forever. But like I said already, Americans are speaking with their wallets and care less about the delivery speed. And according to Satista, Timo was the most downloaded e-commerce app in 2023, surpassing Amazon with over 120 million downloads. Meanwhile, according to GWS Magnify, Timo had 82.4 million active shoppers on its app in September of 2023.

04:17
up from only 4.6 million the prior year. And by comparison, eBay drew only 40 million online shoppers that month, which is about half of Tmoo, while Tmoo ran neck and neck with Walmart, which had 85.5 million online users. And while Amazon was still number one, with 142 million monthly users in September, Tmoo already has more than half of Amazon’s traffic after just two years. But here’s where the story gets worse. Once Amazon starts selling cheap,

04:46
unbranded stuff direct from Chinese sellers, it’s going to be hard for third-party sellers in the United States to compete. As of right now, Chinese sellers do not have to pay import duties or taxes on the products they sell direct from China due to the de minimis rule. This rule states that products can be imported into the US without paying taxes or tariffs as long as the package is worth less than $800. Second, selling direct allows Chinese factories to bypass the middleman altogether

05:13
and shipped directly to consumers in the United States. When Tmoo first launched in 2022, only a handful of the same Chinese suppliers on Tmoo were selling on Amazon. However, as of this past December, there was roughly a 10 % overlap between Tmoo sellers and Amazon sellers. And thanks to this new Amazon program, it’s gonna be 50 % or more. Heck, Chinese sellers already make up over 50 % of the top sellers on Amazon, and who knows, it could reach 75 % or more.

05:42
once all of them start shipping direct from China and not have to pay taxes. Right now, if you search for the same product on both Amazon and Tmoo, you’ll find that many of them are exactly the same, except Tmoo is many times cheaper. Now I already talked about the foam floor mat earlier, which was 40X cheaper. And recently I did a search for neck fans and I found a neck fan, two identical neck fans, that was $23 on Amazon, but only $6.95 on Tmoo.

06:10
The products being sold on both platforms are the same. Why are Amazon’s prices higher? Well, it’s because all FBA sellers on Amazon have to pay referral fees, import fees, duties, tariffs, and Amazon’s hefty FBA fees. And just this year alone, Amazon introduced a slew of new fees and increased the rates of FBA. For example, Amazon now forces all sellers to pay an inbound placement fee. Basically, you must pay a fee between 21 cents to $6 per unit

06:38
for Amazon to accept standard and large bulky products into their warehouse. Now this fee is supposed to reflect the cost of distributing inventory to multiple fulfillment centers, but whatever. In addition, they announced a low inventory fee. In the past, you only had to worry about having too much inventory in stock, but now you have to pay hefty fees if you have too little inventory as well. Now how do you avoid these fees? Well, you can pay for Amazon’s warehousing and logistics.

07:05
This service allows you to waive your placement fees by holding your products in Amazon’s third party warehouse where they are drop shipped on demand directly to a fulfillment center. So basically, Amazon is forcing everyone to use their end to end logistics services now and the fees all add up to a lot of money. Now compared to a Chinese seller paying a couple bucks to have a product shipped direct from China with no taxes or fees, a third party Amazon seller importing from China and then selling on Amazon

07:34
has no chance of matching pricing. And then finally, there’s the Amazon factor. Timo and Shien are hurting Amazon right now, so Amazon will be incentivized to show off these brand new cheap products to fight back. Can you imagine paying money to advertise your Amazon listing only for Amazon to display cheap unbranded Chinese products under your own product for one third the cost? This has already happened in the past with Amazon’s own branded products. Now the price difference is gonna be much more dramatic. Sure.

08:03
Amazon has said that the new El Chippo mall will appear in its own section on the Amazon website. But do you really think that Amazon’s going to hide this section from regular Amazon buyer traffic? No way. Remember, Amazon makes money no matter what, whether the sale is coming from you or a Chinese seller shipping direct from China. Do you really think that these cheap Chinese products are not going to show up in regular Amazon search? Not a chance. So here’s what’s going to happen. A customer will do a search for your product.

08:31
and find ridiculously cheap alternatives right next to your higher price listing. It is next to impossible to start a brand on Amazon, so your brand will be pretty much meaningless in the eyes of the consumer. And I hate to say it, but US-based Amazon FBA sellers are in trouble. On one hand, Amazon is charging three-piece sellers placement fees, referral fees, inventory fees, pick and pack fees, and here comes a Chinese seller who doesn’t have to pay for any of that stuff, and they have the pricing advantage.

08:59
I really don’t see how this can possibly end well. The real question is, how can you fight back? Well, for many Amazon sellers, they’re going to have to rethink their entire product portfolio. If you’re selling generic stuff on Amazon right now, you’re in big trouble. Someone from China will undercut you in price and you will not be able to compete. Instead, you need to think about products that cannot be easily sold from a seller in China. For example, I have a student in my class that sells skincare products.

09:27
Well, would you ever buy skincare products from a no-name company in China at one-tenth the cost? Skincare consumers will be less price conscious because who knows what chemicals are in the Chinese formulation. Now from my store over at Bulmabilindus.com, we’ve doubled down on personalization. Sure, Chinese sellers can copy every single product that I sell, but what they can’t do is easily personalize a custom product for the consumer in a timely manner. We provide custom embroidery, custom printing, custom pretty much everything.

09:57
And admittedly, it is a pain in the butt. But what’s a pain in the butt for you is a moat for your business. Another thing to consider is that Amazon is only doing this for low end products for now. And I’ve said this time and time again on many of my podcast episodes. If you sell online, you want to target the high end customer. You want your products to be premium so you can make more money per sale, which makes everything else easier. You make more money, customer service is easier, and advertising is more profitable.

10:26
I purchased handkerchiefs from many competing sellers on Tmoo and their quality is atrocious. So am I worried that someone will buy these cheap hankies for a wedding? Highly unlikely and they don’t provide monogramming either. Finally, in order to succeed, you’re going to have to learn how to build a brand. Now technically, the definition of brand is just a name that identifies your goods or services. But slapping your brand on a product is meaningless. You have to create content to build an audience around your brand and unfortunately,

10:54
That’s not something you can really do on Amazon. You need to have your own website. The best way to build a brand is by triggering the emotions of your customers. If there’s one thing that I’ve learned from selling online for the past 18 years, it’s that people buy based on feelings and not logic. Price isn’t everything. Emotions are everything. Let’s take Dr. Squatch. This company sells soap for men, which is a commodity product. And on Tmoo, you can actually buy 50 bars of soap for 79 cents.

11:22
But Dr. Squatch charges eight bucks for a single bar of soap. And how is this possible? Well, it’s because Dr. Squatch has mastered the art of emotional marketing. If you look at a short clip of any of their commercials, Dr. Squatch doesn’t sell soap. They’re really selling sexual companionship. Another one of my favorite brands is True Classic Tees. This company literally sells plain colored t-shirts for 30 bucks a piece. And on Tmoo, you can literally buy eight shirts for $13.49.

11:51
But if you watch any true classic tees commercial, you’ll immediately understand why they are a nine figure company today. As a guy, I want to look buff and hide my Buddha belly, so I’ll happily shot 30 bucks for what I perceive is a higher end shirt. The key to succeeding in e-commerce is marketing and branding. And guess what? These are by far the worst attributes of selling on Amazon. You can’t really build a brand on Amazon. You can’t really market effectively on Amazon, so your options on Amazon are limited.

12:19
On Amazon, it’s all about price, and with these new Chinese sellers selling direct on Amazon, you’re just not going to be price competitive. The only real way to succeed in e-commerce today is to own your own web presence and create content to build your brand. Your goal should also be to sell in as many different marketplaces as possible to diversify your sales. Well, now that you understand what’s going on with Amazon, I filmed a number of videos on my YouTube channel that outline exactly what I would do today if I were to start all over again.

12:47
and you can find those in the show notes. Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now I didn’t mean to come across as so negative, but this can’t be good for Amazon FBA sellers. For more information and resources, go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 548. And if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course out away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

547: The Formula For Running A Record-Breaking Sale With Email Marketing

547: The Formula For Running A Record-Breaking Sale With Email

In this episode, Toni and I discuss the right way to run an email sale campaign based on one of her largest clients.

I learned a lot from this episode, and I’m positive that you will too.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to run an email sale campaign
  • An inside look at how an ecommerce company organizes email subscribers
  • The principles for getting someone to buy from email

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I cover the latest strategies to grow an online business. And today, Tony and I discussed the right way to run an email sale campaign based on one of her largest clients. I learned a lot from this episode and I’m positive you will too. But before we begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur Yet, it’s on sale on Amazon at 38 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death.

00:29
Plus you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

00:52
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today, what we’re going to do is we’re going to break down an email campaign for the largest sale of the year from one of Tony’s clients, kind of like an inside look at how an e-commerce company is run. That’s right. And we talk a lot about how we don’t like to promote sales and discounts. And that’s usually our crux, right? Like, don’t discount, don’t put stuff on sale. And we teach a lot of strategies about

01:21
how to do that, how to convince people to buy without sales. But sometimes you’re gonna run a sale, right? Whether it’s Black Friday, the holiday time, you you’re in the linen business, so your sale time might be, you know, spring for weddings, things like that. There’s gonna be times of the year where people do have sales and discounts, so I thought it’d be fun today to walk through the email strategy for my clients, basically her biggest sale of the year. When you say biggest sale, like what percentages are we talking about here?

01:49
Uh, so it’s not, okay. So biggest sale meaning discount it’s 25 % off the whole store. So no exclusions. And it’s also her highest generating like revenue wise. So this will be her July is always her biggest month of the year. She sells curriculum. So obviously people are purchasing curriculum before the school year. So this is the biggest sale as far as discounting. has, she, every once in a we run a little bit better discount, like overall site-wide, this is definitely the best.

02:17
And it’s also long. It’s like an 11 day sale. Wow. That’s a lot of emails. I can’t wait to hear about it. That is a lot of emails. I’m afraid to is no joke. That’s a pretty big discount. It is. And I think it’s hard right now, right? Because I’ve been on TikTok a lot. As you can see from my background, I’m staying in an Airbnb. And when there’s no Copa on, I’m on TikTok a lot more often at night.

02:46
And like everything, seems like it’s discounted on TikTok, right? Like everything’s like 40 % off, like these crazy levels of discounts. So it’s almost like 25 % doesn’t seem that great anymore, but it really is a powerful discount, especially if you’re not discounting throughout the year. I think you guys only ever do like 10 or 15, right? We only do 10, at most 15. Actually, I just wanna talk about this real quick. So that implies that this store’s margins are really good.

03:14
Right? Because most stores can’t pull off a 25 % sale unless they sell like triple the merchandise or something like that. Correct. Yes. Margins are very high. Paper products tend to have really good margins in general, I think. So yeah, it definitely can, it’s affordable and still profitable at that discount. And that’s actually a good point that you brought up. You should never run a sale.

03:37
especially an 11 day sale that you’re not going to be profitable with, right? Like you, it’s one thing to run a one or two day promo to get like new customers or things like that, but you can’t do something like this unless you know your margins can sustain that kind of a discount. Yeah. The only reason I bring this up is, uh, there was one time, uh, one of my acquaintances ran a, one of those lightning sales on Amazon and gave out discounts, but I mean, his margins were only like 30 something 33, 35.

04:07
So it felt good, like he got a lot of revenue, but at the end of the day, what was he netting? Three to 5%, something like that. Yeah. And also the only benefit to doing that on Amazon, so this is fully a Shopify store. There’s no Amazon component. But the one thing on Amazon that it might make sense for is that if it does allow you to climb up those bestseller ranks and gets you a ranking. I mean, I had to do that years ago on Amazon.

04:32
where I had to drop my price to get the buy box back. And what it ended up doing is shooting me into the best seller category, which then, you know, I could update the pricing and still, and you know, did really well, but that’s definitely not, you can’t use that as like a business strategy overall. It’s a lucky break or a one time sort of thing. So for the Shopify store though, it really is just a pure revenue play, right? There’s no, I mean, it won’t affect rankings or anything like that. Pure revenue play and also,

05:01
play to gain new customers through advertising. Now, obviously, I don’t work on the advertising side, but the ad spend is pretty high during the sale, getting close to five figures a day. Okay. Okay. Cool. So we’re going to talk about email. And obviously, email and ads work together, right? Because if we do get someone through a sale, through an ad, basically cold, right? They’ve never heard of the store. They don’t know anything about us.

05:26
you know, this email sequence after they make the purchase or if they abandon their cart, those are obviously very important as well. And so when you’re doing something like this, if you’re doing your big one-time sale, you know, blowout, you want to make sure that those emails that are set to capture those lost customers or the new customers are really tweaked, right? Go through and make sure the images are updated. Make sure your links are still working. You know, every once in a while when I go through this, I always find like that link, that page doesn’t exist anymore, right?

05:53
So when you’re gonna do something big, especially like thinking even now to Black Friday, right? We’re not too far away from prepping for that sale for most people are. I know as I’m saying it, I’m like, wait, hold on a minute. It’s 110 degrees outside. How are we talking about this? But yeah, going through and making sure some of those email flows that you have set up, because you know what happens, right? You set those up and you forget about them and they earn you money and it’s great, but.

06:18
every, was just doing this yesterday, just updating images. Like we redesigned products and I still had old product images and emails. So things like that, you want to make sure you do that well before the sale kicks off. Okay. So we’ve already established the sale is pretty big. It’s 11 days. How many emails are you going to be sending? So the key, so the key to this for me personally, like when I’m setting this up for somebody, or if I were set it up for myself is segmenting.

06:49
the sends. So we’re not sending emails to every single person on the list all the time, but we are flooding people’s inboxes. And I would rather flood people’s inboxes and just get an unsubscribe as long as we’re staying within healthy margins for this, right? We don’t want our spam rate or unsubscribe rate to go through the roof. So you obviously want to monitor that. I would rather over send than undersend because as I say all the time, every email you send will make you money. So if you can

07:17
just send as much as you possibly can. We will probably send 30 some emails during these 11 days, different emails, right? To different groups of people. And honestly, I wish I could come up with more ideas. So just curious, what is the unsubscribe rate where it gets out of control for you? The unsubscribe rate gets out of control. Our unsubscribe rate is so low. Definitely like we’re usually like 0.1%.

07:45
Right? So for anything, if it fluctuates, you know, a little bit more than that, then I’m going to start paying attention. But we don’t what we have is a lower open rate was what usually happens. So our unsubscribe rate stays the same. spam rate is basically zero. And I the open rate goes from around 45 to 50 to 40, 35 to 40. OK. I am also curious why 11 days. Seems like a lot.

08:13
It does seem like a long time. That I actually don’t know. They’ve been doing this sale before I ever came on board. that’s they’ve, I think one year they decided to shorten it to nine days and they got to day nine or day eight and they realized they were really, uh, like they were missing out on thousands and thousands of dollars. And they’re like, we’re making this sale longer, right? It’s kind of like, that’s hard too, because you’re thinking to yourself, well, if 11 days works, might as well keep it at 11 days because. Well, why not 15 days?

08:41
Well, some point I get tired of writing emails, you know. Yeah, I’m not sure what the 11 days comes from, probably because it only… So her email over the weekend is always lower because people are busy, families, things like that, church. So we only want to overlap one weekend during the sale and maximize the weekdays. So like this year, the sale starts on a Monday and then ends on the following Friday. Okay.

09:10
Before you get into the guts, can we just talk about the segments? Yes. So the biggest segments that I have for this sale, and we do lots of little segments like purchased this type of product, because she has like two or three product categories. So purchased this type of product, but didn’t purchase a different type of product, right? So you purchased a Bible study, but not curriculum, or you purchased a

09:33
cards, but not a Bible study. So we divide people up like that. But the biggest thing that I like to divide people up is they’ve made a purchase or they haven’t made a purchase. So that’s the first two buckets, right? Because that’s obviously important. We have a lot of people on the list who’ve never made a purchase. They’ve come in through a lead magnet or maybe an abandoned cart, and we just haven’t gotten them to convert. So that’s number one. Then we have, haven’t made a purchase in X amount of days.

10:00
Yep. So if they haven’t made a purchase in like 90 days or 180 days, because it’s curriculum, you’re not going to be buying it. You know, it’s not a replenishable every four weeks type of item, but we do see people coming back about 270 days is like the repeat customer rate. And so if we know someone bought last year around this time, they’re probably going to buy again, right? Because they either need a new curriculum product or they’ve used up what they purchased because almost everything we do sell is consumable. just has a longer life. Okay.

10:29
Let’s just talk about those two segments, purchase versus non-purchase. It seems like the people who have purchased already, you wouldn’t need to give them a 25 % discount, right? You would think. But I’m curious how the messaging is different in those emails that you send to both. So yes, so the messaging is actually, and then this is the one more segment that I actually think is really important, is then I divide up the purchasers between, so we have a rewards program.

10:57
So people that have over 500 rewards points get talked differently than people who have under 500 rewards points. And 500 is sort of the cutoff, not the cutoff, but like that’s the tipping point for like, okay, you’re a bigger spender and you’re also probably hoarding your points for something, right? Like you wanna.

11:15
you’re kind of holding, because there’s people like, I’m like that type of person. I don’t know if you shop at like Sam’s or Costco, but Sam’s does like the cash back or whatever. So like every time I’m in Sam’s club, the next time I’m always there like, do you want to apply this to your purchase? I’m like, yes, I do. You know, even if it’s like $3 and 24 cents, I’m pushing that to my next purchase. So, you know, there’s people that like get the rewards points and you can cash them in as soon as they can. And then there’s people that hold on to them and want the sale, right? They’re waiting for that sale.

11:42
to spend and cash in their points. Because they’re probably placing like a hundred dollar order or something like that. So those are the people that I actually talk very differently to because they’re most likely to spend money and spend more money because they cash in their points. So it’s like free money to them, right? So it’s like they get $10 in credit, but they’re gonna now spend 75 instead of 50 because they get that feeling of free. Right. Okay.

12:11
You know what’s really funny about this is whenever I emailed to people who have not purchased, I actually usually give them a larger coupon code than the people who’ve already bought. Just because I always feel like they’re already in the bag. the discount is the same for both. Yes, it’s just yes. Well, that will get there. OK, it doesn’t always stay the same. So 25 percent is the flat rate. And the very first day of the sale, we email I email people in three groups. So it’s

12:41
people who have over 500 rewards points, people who have under 500 but have some points and then never purchased. So the over 500, you can do this all dynamically, right? If your rewards program most likely connects to your email service provider. So you can be like, hey, you have this many points, this is the time to use them. I point out the value of their points, right? So it’s like, if they weren’t thinking about the fact that, oh, cause lot of people forget that they have credit.

13:09
Right. So I make a really big deal. It’s at the top of the email, like before even the greeting, you have X points in your account. You know, it’s in the middle. It’s talking about how you can use those points. I go into more detail because these people have already shopped, right? I don’t have to really convince them about the product. I just have to convince them to spend. So those emails get the points. Those emails, the points emails get the most like, here’s how you effectively use your points. The, you know, lower tier of points.

13:38
It’s more of a focus on this is a really good deal. Like, you have some points, but hey, you’ve shopped with us before, now you can get more of what you like at a really great price. So I focus more on the value side of it. And then for the non-shoppers, I use the same value language with a lot of social proof. So we create a lot of graphics that have pictures of the products with reviews.

14:06
And, you know, it looks very, I don’t want to say professional because everything we do looks professional, but it doesn’t, you know, it just feels like a very professional looking product with the five stars and the, know, and we try to pick the absolute most compelling reviews. Like I’ll comb through 50 reviews to find what I feel like is the most like heart string tugging, you know, review that we can use for a product. And I try to use in those, in those emails to the non-shoppers.

14:35
I try to only focus on our best sellers because that’s what’s most likely to bring people in, right? So I’m not gonna talk about some obscure product that, you know, we sell a hundred of a month. I’m gonna talk about the product that we sell 5,000 of a month because that’s probably how they found us to begin with, whether it was an ad or abandoned cart or something like that. And so I focus on those types of products with the social proof added to it.

15:00
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

15:30
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

15:41
Actually, that was my next question. Just to the landing pages are different for all three segments. The landing pages are the same. They’re the same. Okay. Yes. Yeah. Um, cause I don’t actually have any control over that, but that actually is a really good idea to do. But you were just talking about you, you, say you’re only talking about the best products when they click on it, it doesn’t take them to that product or it does take them. Yes. So sometimes I direct them, sometimes I take them directly to the product. Sometimes I take them directly to the sale page. It just depends on what we’re talking about.

16:11
Okay. Okay. But in the case of people who haven’t purchased and you’re talking about your best sellers, those links go directly to the best seller. they haven’t clicked on it. Yeah. I want them to go. So another tip is, uh, like we’re doing 25 % off. People cannot do math. People can’t like, you know, you’re the only one that knows how to do math in this world. I think so.

16:34
One of the things, there’s an app on Shopify, actually don’t know the name off the top of my head, but it basically shows the price and then cross out in the sale price. You can’t just say 25 % off and not show people the pricing. That’s what we to just change the pricing, right? So if it was $10 and it would be 750 and we would just put 750 on there.

16:54
Well, that doesn’t mean anything to people because they didn’t know it was $10, right? They would just do the price change. Now it’s like $10 scratched out, saved 25%, 750 or whatever. that’s actually- it the page itself or the email? Yes, no, on the page. that’s actually- All the products are slashed? Yes. And that actually increased our sales by 30 % the first time we ever did that and has stayed at that level. So that is a huge tip. If you’re not doing that,

17:23
especially if you’re like doing a percentage off, people don’t know what 25 % is. They’re sitting there trying to do the math. They get frustrated. They’re not sure. Or then they get, they did the math wrong and they’re either frustrated or more excited when they get to the cart. Um, and also we don’t do a coupon code. It’s all automatic discounts. So the disc, you know, the, because you just, get people falling off, not trying, not using the coupon code correctly. We’ve tried it both ways, not having the code and just having the discount be automatically deducted is the best option.

17:52
So regular people who come into the store do not see the slash, the slash. They everybody sees the slash. Oh, everybody sees the slash part. Everybody sees it and everybody gets the discount. There’s no code to enter. And this is especially effective with ads, right? Because then people aren’t trying to remember like some obscure eight digit thing or is that an O or a zero and all that stuff. and it also is helps with some other strategies that I’ll talk about in a minute, but that has been.

18:21
one of the biggest game changers as far as during a sale is having that price slashed out with the other price. Huge. can totally, especially something as large as 25%. That would be huge. Yeah. I remember my wife and I talked about this and we only wanted to give the sale to people on the actual list. And you are absolutely correct. A lot of people don’t type in the coupon codes. So we just made it automatically applied. But the problem with the way we do it is they don’t actually see the discount until they make checkout.

18:51
Whereas in your case, they see it right away and I can totally see how that could lead to more conversions. Yeah. So, and we’ve, we’ve tried it all the different ways with codes and check out all that thing. Um, and it just, it’s just more effective this way. Obviously, if you only want to give a specific discount to certain people, you would do a code in an email, which we actually do as well. And I’ll talk about that in a minute. Okay. So, so that’s a day one. Um, and day one is just, you know,

19:20
This is a great sale. It comes once a year. You need to buy really like a general call out, you know, not, not anything more specific to products. Now, what I, what I also do, and this is something that like, you obviously either need someone who does your email like full time, or you just need to be on it during a sale like this. But when it’s your biggest sale of the year, I feel like you should dedicate like resources to something like this. But what I do day one of the sale is I start looking at.

19:49
Like what are the best sellers right now in the sale? is causing people to convert on the site? So I’m watching the dashboard on Shopify and I noticed that we have, they have a Bible study that has some typos in it. And so they have clearance this Bible study to $2, right? Because they have to reprint it, but they don’t want to just throw them away because it’s like three typos, but like three types is a big deal, you know?

20:14
When you sell curriculum, you can’t have typos in curriculum. So, and it’s very clear on the listing that there are typos and they spell out exactly what they are and things like that. But they have thousands of these Bible studies that they’re trying to liquidate. So they’ve been at $2 for like, I don’t know, four or five months, but there’s a Christmas Bible study. So people are not really thinking about buying a Christmas Bible study right now. Well, what I noticed was on Monday, the start of the sale, people were really interested in that study because of the price point, right? $2.

20:43
So I was like, you know what, I’m going to throw together an email and send it out Monday night, like first day of the sale that night, and just say, this study is $1.50 with the discount. And I like had a graphic, big cross out 15, big red X, know, $2 plus blah, blah, blah. Because here’s what I know about people. One, well, one, we need to liquidate this. don’t really, mean, at this point we’re giving it away, right? Right. Two,

21:10
If I can get people to add something to their cart, I can get them to add more stuff to their cart. Right? Like this is just the gateway. The gateway drug is the Christmas Bible study. Sounds terrible. Um, so I created that email. I, created that and I, and I created a text only email with a, um, like, Hey, I don’t know if you saw this, but you know, Oh, this wasn’t text only. This was a big graphic with the big X and it was like, Hey, I don’t know if you saw this, but literally it’s a dollar 50. Like you’ve got to get it. We’re selling out.

21:40
blah, blah. Within three to four hours, that email had done like six grand on a $2 Bible study, right? So either you’re selling a lot of $2 studies or people are coming in and buying other things. And that’s sort of that whole like loss leader at the grocery store thing. Like why can they sell grapes for a dollar a pound? Or why do they want people to put wine in their cart? Because they know when people put wine in their cart, they put another $50 worth of random cheese and bread in their cart. So like I knew if I could get them over to the site with the $1.50,

22:09
that they would add to their cart and they did. So that email is now done, you know, getting close to $10,000 on the one email. And so that’s the one thing I like, I think people don’t also do is that like when your sale is starting, see what your best sellers are. Are their best sellers the same as they always are or is there something that’s like hot and trending and then you need to call that out and like quickly throw together an email and promote that because there’s something, whether it’s the seasonality or the ad is taking off, right? Like there’s something about it.

22:39
that is working. So you want to capitalize that on that on all fronts. I love it. It’s hard to believe like $2 to $1.50 actually does not sound like a big deal. but when it’s $15 product, right, and it’s a $1.50, it’s like the target dollar spot, right? Like people walk to the target dollar spot, they put stuff in their cart. So that’s another trick that, you know, I don’t want to say trick because we’re not tricking anybody. They’re getting a great deal and the study is very usable. So it’s not

23:07
You know, and we’re very transparent about the errors. Day two, let’s move. I’ll try to get through this quickly. Day two. Day two, we have never before allowed the discount to be used on clearance prices. So the discount, and so we had a conversation last week and I said, hey, I can’t remember. Are we doing discount on clearance? And they were like, we never discount on clearance. I was like, so we want to keep all this stuff? aren’t we clearancing stuff because we, we’ve revived it like. Exactly. Yeah. Yeah.

23:37
It’s like, I’m like, do we want to still have this in the warehouse or not? Like, because if you let me, if you let me discount 25%, it’s already $5. Like you’re not giving that huge of a discount. Right. Um, so day two is like, Hey, have you seen these clearance prices? Once again, same strategy as the night before, like getting people in on the $4 item. And I literally call out like this product is this. And then I’m like, supplies low quantities limited because they are right. They, that’s one of the reasons why they’re clearance. They don’t have all the age levels and things like that.

24:06
that email always performs well because it gets people and people don’t necessarily buy the clearance items, right? It just gets them over to the page where then they buy whatever they’re interested in. So throughout the the 11 days, the other strategy that we do is send out product specific emails. So I think I’ve talked about this before. We have a whole bank of emails that talk about every product in depth. So each product gets its own email.

24:34
So I was like, why aren’t we sending these out and just highlighting products to certain people, right? So these are going to a much smaller segment of people, maybe 10 to 15 to 20 % of the list based on they bought this study before or they looked at this, like a lot of like they looked at it within the last 90 or 180 days, didn’t buy it. So we’re basically sending those product highlights out all throughout the sale.

24:58
and emphasizing that they’re 25 % off. Because normally we send them out with no, there’s no price discount, right? It’s just all just letting you know that we have this. And then I have upsells scheduled, because actually this is really a cool feature in OneClick Upsell that they added a while back. You can actually schedule your upsells. So like every time one of these emails goes out, a scheduled upsell will start based on that specific product to another very specific product that I know people buy together. So.

25:26
That’s just more ways to increase your average order value as well as like focusing on like in the upsells only last for like 12 hours, 24 hours, because then another upsell will start with more relevant to the pages that we’re driving people to. So some people are getting two, even three emails on day two. Most people get two emails a day. Two emails a day. Okay. Yeah. Yeah.

25:52
Um, next strategy is we focus on our best sellers. How do you space those out? the, the, the big one, guess, goes out in the morning and maybe the upsell later or repeat that. Sorry. You broke up. Yeah. So in terms of scheduling, do you send out that first email in the morning and then another one in the afternoon? Like what’s the spacing on them? That’s 12 hours apart. So 6 AM, 6 PM. Okay. Yeah. Okay. Um, so like last night we sent out.

26:19
one featuring a newer Bible study that’s not super popular, but it’s a great study. And so there was an upsell attached to that that started at 6 PM and I think it expired at 6 AM because the next email went out. And we have some general upsells that work really well. So I don’t like those to not be going, I don’t want them to be forefront. Cause if you know one click upsell, like the upsells have priority. So whatever is at the top of the upsell is if that’s in the cart, that’s what’s shown versus upsells below it.

26:49
So then the next email that went out actually today was focusing on our best sellers and the discounted pricing. So basically our three top sellers with short blurbs about the products and then calling out the price difference between regular price and sale. These always do well because it’s basically the stuff that always sells already and we’re just letting people know like, you can get a discount on it. And that’s a pretty, like we.

27:16
We re and this is other thing we reuse a lot of the same emails year after year. just sure, you know change up. I like your method. So there’s really no lull during those 11 days or no and that’s because if you have a sale this long. You you get lulls right like day seven and eight are terrible right? You’re like you’re you’re having $50,000 days and then you’re having like an $18,000 day and you’re angry.

27:39
Which is silly, right? You should be really excited about an $18,000 day, but you’re not when you’re riding the high of a 60 or $70,000 day. So, you know, throughout the sale, we’re doing those product call-outs featuring the discount. We’re also doing a lot of products that I feel like, it’s hard to explain, but everyone would know this for their own business. Like people view it and then don’t buy it. And it’s like, why didn’t they buy it? Right? So we send a lot of like viewed over the last six months.

28:06
And we do a much deeper, social proof, breaking down the product a little better, things like that. And those are going out as well throughout. And unfortunately, that’s not something you can really automate because it doesn’t work for every product, but we have some products that like, I know just need a little more explanation for people. So then the next thing that we do is we give people triple rewards points one day. I love it. And that’s kind of, that’s kind of in the lull.

28:32
Right? Like, so you’re on day like five or six, they’ve already been hit with a lot of stuff and now you’re like, surprise, triple your points 24 hours. Right. And so they can triple their points. I don’t send it to people who’ve bought in like the last 48 hours because I don’t want them to be like, I literally purchased seven minutes ago and now you’re tripping my Yeah. So I exclude about 48 to 72 hours. It just depends. Um, and so that one is, it goes out on like day five.

28:59
And then one thing that I’ve never done before, but we’re trying this year is then literally at the 24 hour mark, anyone who bought in that 24 hours gets an email. It’s like, Hey, you want to cash in your points while you can still get a deal. Right. So we’re literally like, Hey, you just, you just tripled your points. Cause I was like, how long does it take for the points to adjust in the account? Cause I was like, I want to make sure this email gets sent at the correct time. And they’re like, no, it’s immediate. was like, okay, great. So like 24 hours after they’re like, Hey, you just tripled your points. Here’s your point total big.

29:29
you know, here are some things that are great deals right now and just like continually like reminding people like how they can save. And it’s funny because like once you get people on the save train, they just spend. Yep. What is the what are the points for? Are they for cash or are they for merchandise? So it’s for credit. like, OK, yeah, like 100 points is a dollar credit. OK, got it. And yeah, I think every three. I don’t know exactly what the point I don’t know how they figured out, but.

29:58
Yeah, there’s some. is it’s credit. It’s like cash, essentially. gives a gift card. I it’s like a gift card. Yeah. I mean, you can’t ever get money, but you know, but here’s the thing, like most of the cheapest products in the store are like nine and $12, right? So it feels like you can almost get something for free if you’re strategic with your points, but then they’re going to put more in their cart, obviously. Yep. So then we do a lot of like the testimonials throughout. Once again, these are going more to people who have not purchased.

30:28
So you’re trying to like just, hey, here’s another product, here’s another testimonial, let me call out. And we’re focusing a lot because they sell Bible studies and homeschool curriculum, focus a lot on the homeschool curriculum. Because that’s what people are really thinking about buying. The next email that we send to everybody is the low stock alert. And this one’s always a killer. And here’s the thing, because my client is very much like, she’s very ethical, right?

30:58
It’s it’s very hard for me to get away with anything. I want to do all these like slimy marketing tactics. And she’s like, absolutely not. You know. And so I was like, well, if we do a low stock alert, can it just be the lowest stock items in the store? Right. So if we we if we just sort and Shopify by stock levels, can I just pick the low ones? Like, it doesn’t necessarily mean that we only have five. It just means they’re low. And she was like, mean, I don’t think she loves it. But I’m like, you’ll love it when the check comes, you know.

31:28
No, but like I want to it’s true, right? It is the low stock in the store. It’s not necessarily, you know, we only have 16 left, but it is stuff that’s lower. That always does well using the, you know, I hate some of this. I don’t like, it’s like, hurry shop now. It’s going soon. And instead of on the buttons on the, when you pull them like in Klaviyo, you can pull products instead of it always says buy now or shop now. That’s like their default. I always put quantities limited, almost gone. Like I change, you can change all that.

31:57
verbiage and the buttons. And so I always change it to more that urgency, right? Getting people to like realize, and some of them are legitimately like low, like usually if there’s six items there, four of them are legitimately really, really low and they sell out. So that’s a good one. And then Sunday is a hard day for us, right? Because it’s a Christian company, people are at church, they’re not on their computers on Sunday. like, but we always send an email out at two o’clock on Sunday, that’s an educational email.

32:25
So during the sale, it’s a little bit of a dilemma, because it’s like, I can’t really send this like, buy, buy, buy, you know, on a Sunday, because it just doesn’t align with the brand’s values. So what I did was I took our most popular bundle. So we sell bundles of Bible studies too. And I took the most popular bundle and basically wrote up, once again, like a product, little product briefing, as well as got a little more promotional than I would normally do on a Sunday, but like over 6,000 sets sold.

32:55
you know, customer test, know, testimonies, things like that. And that’s what’s going to go out on Sunday because it feels less like get this today, right? The second, you know, it’s more of, know, Hey, this is a really great study. A lot of families are using it. Um, and it’s a little bit more educational than all the other sale emails, most of the sale emails, unless they’re talking about specifically the product, this is definitely on that line. Uh, but I was like, you know what? I really want to blow Sunday out of the water. So.

33:22
That’s the two o’clock email at 6 PM this year. We’ve never done this before sending out an email that’s free shipping for the night from six to 12 free shipping. Um, so like, here’s the thing that email will not get seen by a lot of people till Monday. So they’ll miss it. Right. But then it’s going to get them to like check the rest of the sale because who knows what other surprises are coming out. Right. But also it’s going to take people that are on the fence and they’re going to purchase on Sunday night, which is going to lift the Sunday sale numbers.

33:52
Is Sunday day seven or eight? Does the sale start on Monday? Sunday is what day seven? Day six or seven. Okay, right. Yeah. Yeah. So hopefully that’ll boost our Sunday sales. Once again, just trying that one. And I only am sending it to people who I’m sending it I’m excluding people who bought that week, but didn’t hit the free shipping threshold threshold.

34:20
So I don’t want to anger people that bought days one through six and didn’t get free shipping. So those people will not get that email. This will go to people that have either already gotten the free shipping, so they’ve spent over $100 or they haven’t bought at all. So hopefully it tips them. Next idea that we had. So we have some products that we’re trying to get rid of. They just did not perform what we expect them to. We’re not going to restock them. So the next day, it’s basically you make a purchase, you can buy these cards.

34:49
for five bucks, they’re normally 19. So huge discount, $19 down to five. So with any purchase, you can get a set of cards for $5. I almost thought about giving them away for free. The only problem is they’re bulky to ship. So I don’t like doing free things that could add to the shipping cost. So $5 kind of covers whatever shipping edition would possibly be.

35:14
Haven’t done it before with something that’s this high value. We’ve done it with like stickers and lanyards and things like that that have been, you know, between five and $10 products. So this is a $19 product. So we’ll see how it does. I think it’ll probably perform fairly well. And then the next thing we’re doing is sending one of our real popular like journals.

35:37
We’re just focusing on that, but it’s only going to people who haven’t opened in 48 hours. So if they haven’t opened an email in 48 hours, they’re going to get this because the, I don’t know what the subject line is in this one because I don’t have it in front of me, but it’s really click baity. So hopefully getting people to like open up. And this is where the sale like really starts to lull. And so I have to pull out like all of the

36:03
Like what are, what are my, in my bag of tricks? what can I? Do you resend to non-opens in any of these cases? Um, so I used to do it all the time and it just like those people stink. Yeah. Like I don’t, you know, I’d rather send something different and just reuse an old email, you know, like reuse something from another sale or another promotion and just change it a little bit. Because usually when I resend and just change up like the subject line, it doesn’t perform terribly well because those people.

36:33
It didn’t resonate with them. So then we get to like, this is where we’re really going to segment into like their purchase behavior. So first of all, we have the people who are purchasers, but have not purchased during the sale, which is kind of weird, right? Because like most people will purchase during the sale because you know, the discounts really good. So we send out this and I actually completely stole this from our friend, Laurie at Passionate Penny Pinscher, where you send out these like,

37:03
codes that are either timed or limited by the amount of codes that are available. So we send out an email and these are the people that we like want to make that purchase, right? Cause we’re like, Hey, what happened to you? So we have free shipping. So 10 free shipping codes. And these are all coupon codes that you have to add, right? Because they have, you have to add them to get the discount. And then we have an additional $5 off your order once again. And we have 15 codes of those.

37:30
Then we have my BOGO, right? So buy one, get one free. We do five codes of that because it’s off of anything. Like obviously a higher price item you pay for. Then we do additional 5 % off your order, 25 codes, additional 10 % off your order, 10 codes available. This email blows Whenever we do stuff like that, we get a lot of people complaining. Like I didn’t get it. Did you get that too? Okay, so I’m going to get fired.

37:59
I just track to see what I can only do certain amount of free shipping, right? Cause that’s actually a really high cost to the business, right? The shipping so expensive, all the other codes are actually really inexpensive on our end, right? So I just monitor that day and whatever codes are like hitting, I just increase the number of codes. see. Okay. So people always actually get them, right? Not always. Like I like to like have one or two expire. Cause then it’s like, like you better act like

38:27
And the 5 % is obviously not the biggest needle mover. So that one always has plenty of codes usually. That is very effective. I think last year that email did like 20K or something. It’s only going to purchasers, right? So this is one that I think is like it’s effective to get people like off the fence. The next one that I haven’t tried before, so this is a new one for this year, is for people who have purchased during the sale.

38:55
So these are like the best people, right? They’ve already purchased. So I created a text only email. Looks like it’s coming directly from the owner of the store, thanking them for purchase during the sale. But you know how it is, like you didn’t get something and now you regret it, but you’re like, oh, but I already bought it and paid for shipping, but here’s a code for free shipping for you today. So you can get that other item. And I made the code like XPL17. So it looks like it’s only for them. It’s obviously a generic code, but like it’s like, hey, this code is just for you.

39:24
Right? Don’t share it, please. It’s only your code. Because you can obviously do dynamic codes in Klaviyo. It’s much harder to do in the text-based emails in Klaviyo. So I feel like there’s too many. There’s a huge margin for error. So I’m like, I’ll just make the code in Shopify. Haven’t tried it before. I think it’ll be very effective. Because I know like for purchasing behavior, most of the time when you buy something, you always regret that you didn’t buy the other thing. Yeah. So I’m going to try to capture those people that way. I think it’ll do well. We’ll see. And then.

39:53
The last one that we send is the, haven’t bought at all. So you’ve never bought from us, not during the sale, not before the sale. And this one is very graphic driven. It’s like colorful background. It’s very obnoxious. Like the owner hates this. She’s like, that’s the ugliest email I’ve ever seen. I was like, yeah, but people open it because it’s bright and annoying. And it’s like a big thumbs up emoji and a big thumbs down emoji. Have you shopped the sale? Click which one, right? Well,

40:21
guess what, both of them go to the sale page, big shocker, right? And then, hey, you know what, you can save 35 % during the back to school sale. No. Right? 35 % to non-purchasers, right? Because these are the people that like, because once we get a purchaser, we know we can keep them, right? We know the value of Yeah, this is what I was alluding to earlier when we were talking. So, but this year I used a caveat, and this might bite me in the butt. I put a $50 minimum, you have to spend $50 to save

40:51
the 35%. So last year, I don’t is for people who have never purchased ever, right? Never purchased at all, right. But here’s the thing, if you’re buying a Bible study, they’re 15 bucks, right? On the sale, they’re 11.50. So usually you have two to three kids. So you have to buy three Bible studies plus the parent guide. You’re pretty much at $50, right? Like you’re getting, like the average order value is about 60. So getting people to 50 isn’t super hard. So this year I put the $50 minimum just because

41:21
I really want people that are invested. Like I don’t want to give this away so people can buy a $10 pack of cards, right? I want people that will probably be committed to becoming customers. So that’s why I put the $50 on there. We’ll see how it does. And then I put our top homeschool curriculum right below it, which is all basically $50 before discount. So anyway, that one we’ll see. Last year it performed okay. I think we got 200 new customers from it.

41:51
Which I mean, that’s 200 more than we had before. yeah, so that’s the, that’s one that I’m trying this year that’s new with the, with the like threshold on it. And then two days before the sale ends, I go hard with the text only emails. And these are the ones that I’ve said before, you can’t use them all the time because you know, you want to get the effect that like someone’s getting a personal email. And so this one is once again,

42:20
three groups of people, hey, I noticed you haven’t shopped the back to school sale yet. Have you heard about it? You know, kind of thing. Or, hey, you might not know this, but we’re having a back to school sale. I know you love shopping with us. Here’s how you save 25%. Right, so just changing the verbiage a little bit based on people’s past purchasing behavior. And so that one always does really, really well because it feels like a personal email from the owner of the company.

42:47
I mean, as long as you don’t use them all the time, I highly, highly recommend. And I’m guessing like the last day always does amazingly well. It does. So then the day before the last day, I do all social proof because I feel like these are the people that are like on the fence. They’ve now seen 25 emails, right? Like if they haven’t.

43:14
They haven’t converted at this point, like what’s going on? So these are two, they get one in the morning, one at night, you know, like, hey, have you seen this? Social proof. I also this year am offering, so with some of these like call out emails, I’m offering an additional discount, right? So only on that product for that day. So if I send out an email specifically, like we have a brand new math curriculum, it’s really amazing.

43:38
That one I probably won’t discount because we additional discount because we have limited stock. But like normally I would take that product and go and here’s an additional 5 % off, right? Just on this product. So throughout the sale, these product emails are getting specific discounts only to that product email. And then the last day is your standard countdown timer. I mean, there’s really nothing I don’t think, I mean, if someone has a good idea, I’m all ears to hear like a better last day of the sale.

44:06
No, no, that works really well. it’s like if it’s not broke, we’re sticking with it. I’ve tried countdown time or placement. I’ve tried. Now, one thing we do do is in the images, if it’s a global sale image, so we’re just talking about all the products, not a specific product, it’s always a GIF, always. It’s never a static image. And always I ask for price call-outs because people can’t do the math.

44:35
If the Bible studies $15, it’s now $11.50. If it was $20, it’s whatever. So the GIFs flash and it’s like math curriculum, regularly $15, now $39 or whatever the pricing is. And it shows that on the screen. And I make sure that there’s a lot of the price call-outs on those graphics because that performs wildly better than just static images or images without pricing. I can see that.

45:03
Quick question, do you guys run this sale every year around the same time? two years ago, we tried running it in June and it was an absolute disaster. I think sales were down 20%. I it felt like we were, I felt like we were at the Salvation Army asking for money. Like that’s how bad it was. But yeah, we tried it once in June and we realized that people in the homeschool world, like in June, you probably do not want to think about starting school again because you just finished school.

45:32
Right? So mid July is kind of the, we’ve found the sweet spot for people to purchase. That’s really interesting. This is like our slowest time of year. Yeah. mean, like, yeah. And for us, like, even though Black Friday is obviously big, it’s not as big as this because people are buying. And now this is the first year we have multiple, we have much more homeschool curriculum this year. So we have far more options for people to.

45:58
purchase and that is one thing that like we call out very specifically like when those product call outs come out, it’s like we are talking mostly about the curriculum because that’s what people are wanting to spend money on. And this isn’t a group of people like the customer base. They’re not big spenders, right? Like they’re very frugal families, right? Usually there’s a stay at home parent. So they’re on a budget. And so we want to make sure that they are like,

46:22
this product is going to be great for your family. This product will be effective. You will be able to use it throughout the school year. Like, you know, the quality is good. In fact, one of the, because a lot of the complaints, and this is a good idea for anybody, but like, you know, look at your competitors complaints, right? On the reviews or on Amazon, whatever. And we always, I try to pull reviews that address that. So one of the things that we have compared to some of the competitors is our paper quality is really good. And when you have kids that are writing on things, right? With pen and marker, paper quality actually matters a whole lot. And so one of the,

46:51
you know, product call outs, we focus on paper quality because it’s like this actually is a big deal. You can’t have bleed, right? If you’re using markers or things like that. you know, focusing on those sorts of things, focusing on the real really hitting that value proposition of your products is really key to getting people in. So for the most part, it seems like everyone throughout the sale is getting about two emails per day. Usually, yes. Now, if you’ve

47:18
And you’re hitting I exclude people who purchase like so if you purchase in 24 hours, your chances are you’re not getting the next email, right? You’re getting skipped for like a day unless it’s like one of those like, hey, here’s your free shipping or something like that. But like for most of the generic type emails, you’re not getting those except for the last day. Everyone gets everything right. Right. OK. But when you skip upon people who purchased. It’s a short period, right? They’ll get. Seller minors throughout the 24 hours, OK?

47:50
Cool. Well, hey, Tony, thanks for the inside look on how to run a sale. Obviously, this is pretty labor intensive. I guess once you have it set up, you can just duplicate emails from a prior year. But for someone brand new listening to this. It’s worth it though. Would you? Yeah. I mean, I don’t like it’s probably not worth it for everybody to have an 11 day sale. Like you got to put the sale within your parameters. It’s worth investing the time in putting this together because every year. So I’ve been doing this sale. This is my fourth year doing the sale.

48:19
and writing emails for the sale. And every year we find that one just absolute winner of an email that we then reuse every single year. I mean, we also have emails that do really, really, like there’s always like stuff we reuse every year. So this year I would say the bigger time that I spent was not on writing the emails, it was finding the segments of people that I wanted to use. Like, hey, I know that like we need to move this product. So let’s find people that are most likely to buy this or

48:48
I know people who buy this want to buy that, right? Or focusing more on the upsells, right? Like what products really work with this product for upsells. And I think that’s where you can get to, it’s just like setting up your flows, right? If you invest that time in the beginning, all you’re going in is tweaking them after that. You’re not now spending hours and hours and hours. And well, yeah, you’re probably gonna spend 25 to 35 hours setting these emails up initially and getting good graphics and things like that. Once it’s going, like this year, I just,

49:16
basically duplicated all of last year and then went in and like obviously changed a lot of things, but it wasn’t that same level of effort as it was like year one where you’re basically starting from scratch.

49:33
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now this is one of those episodes that you’ll have to listen to again and again to pick up all the nuances and all the ideas. For more information and resources, go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 547. And if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

546: Google Pisses Off Sellers And The Latest Updates From TikTok

546: Google Pisses Off Sellers And The Latest Updates From TikTok

In this episode, Toni and I cover the latest news from Tiktok, Wix and the most recent thing Google has done to piss sellers off.

Out of all of the ecommerce companies, TikTok seems to be innovating the fastest and will become a much bigger player in the future.

What You’ll Learn

  • The newest features of TikTok
  • Latest update on Wix
  • How Google pissed a lot of sellers off

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I cover the latest strategies to grow an online business. And today, Tony and I cover the latest news from TikTok, Wix, and the most recent thing that Google has done to piss sellers off. But before we begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death.

00:26
Plus you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

00:50
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast. Today we’re gonna talk about a lot of the new developments in TikTok, some things that Google’s doing, Wix, a whole bunch of things are changing, lightning fast, and we’re gonna try our best to cover them all today. In 40 minutes? In 40 minutes. How is that possible? Just the news. I mean, we’ll obviously go into more detail later, but the first thing that happened, I just wanted to just say this out loud, like Google has been pissing me off. This is the latest thing that they did.

01:19
They are no longer accepting credit cards for ad payments. Wait, what? Yes, they’re forcing you to do either ACH, wire transfer, or they even accept paper checks. Shut up. How do you send Google a paper check? I don’t know. It was in there, but I doubt anyone’s going to do that. The point is they’re trying to save on the credit card fees. I understand that. A lot of people, in fact,

01:45
I’m selling my house right now and I’ve had to pay a lot of inspections and things like that and everybody gives you a discount for not paying with a credit card I’ve noticed. Yes, the difference is Google is forcing everyone to do this. I think they’re hurting, When you try to eke out that last 1. whatever percent, something’s wrong.

02:06
And traditionally, I do not like giving any company access to my account because that means they can just withdraw money whenever they feel like it. And that’s the ACH option, correct? Correct. That’s the ACH option. So let’s talk about this just for a second because we had this come up earlier this month with something else. But a lot of companies do offer that. And with the ACH, once you send them your bank information, they can withdraw money basically any time they feel like it. You’ve basically given them

02:36
open access. I don’t even know what your recourse is if there’s a dispute when it comes to ACH. I’m sure there’s a way to dispute it, but the point is that you got to watch it like a hawk. It’s not like a credit card where it’s really easy to dispute. I’m sure it’s a little bit more involved with an ACH transfer. Plus, with a credit card, the money’s not technically out of your account.

02:59
But with an ACH, when the money gets transferred, it’s no longer in your bank account. Usually with a credit card, it’s like you have that 30 day grace period on the card. And then if you dispute it, it goes into pending status. So you actually aren’t, you know, if you pay your credit card off every month, which you should, that money doesn’t come out of your account yet because it’s a pending dispute. So I actually just switched plans for my Verizon and they’re doing the same thing. They offer you a $10 a month discount if you do ACH. Ooh.

03:28
or if you use a Verizon credit card. So I think this way they automatically make money no matter what, right? Yeah, I don’t even know what a Verizon credit card is. I don’t either. I’m not going to apply. I’m not going to do ACH. I ended up just paying the extra money. But the point is, I think this has broader implications for what Google is doing. If Google does this, and it’s already getting tons of backlash, Facebook might do it next.

03:57
TikTok might do it next, and then pretty soon, you can’t pay for any ads via credit card anymore. A lot of people that we know were making out on paying for their ads with a credit card because they were getting credit cards with certain points or bonuses. yes. We got millions of points because of that. They’re flying first class all over the world thanks to advertising dollars on their credit card. Now, my question is this, a company as big as Google or Facebook,

04:27
Why not just come up with your own payment processor? I mean, they have it, Google Payments, right? You mean like their own credit card? They should. They should have. Yes. Why not just come up with your own way to do this? To me, it’s like I can understand why the guy that did my roof inspection is not having their own payment option, but a company as big as Google or Facebook, this kind of seems like a no-brainer. Yes. mean, if they have their own credit card, I guess that would solve the problem. I guess that would force everyone to get the stupid Google credit card. Yes.

04:56
But yeah, very annoying. topic, there’s this credit card named BILT. I don’t know if you’ve heard this. I’ve just heard of it the other day, actually. Yeah, so it’s a credit card basically that gives you whole bunch of perks if you pay your rent using it. And for most people, rent is like the largest portion of Europe. But apparently, it’s losing money hand over fist right now. And I think Wells Fargo is like renegotiating the agreement because the idea was they were going to make money by getting people in the door with that rent payment. then

05:25
The anticipation was that they would use it just as a regular credit card. But it turns out that people are signing up just for the rent and that’s why they’re losing money hand over fist. Well, and if you think about just, mean, not to get so off topic, but like the entire strategy of that, like what do most people have to pay every month no matter what? Rent. Yeah. Like they’ll put their food on a credit card, they’ll put their clothes on a credit card, they’ll put other, you know, or they’ll go without, but most people have to have a house, you know, or roof over their head. So,

05:55
that like the entire premise of it is probably a bad idea because the chances of people paying that off every month are probably significantly higher than people paying off their, you know, Olive Garden dinner. Yeah. Anyway, I don’t want to devote the whole episode of this. I just wanted to rant because Google literally pisses me off once every single week right now and they’re going down. Well, they want to keep be consistent. It’s a weekly. It’s a weekly anger. Yeah. And I know internally, because I still have a bunch of friends at work there. There’s like turmoil internally also.

06:24
So, stuff’s going on in there. And they’re doing all this stuff to make money, because their cash cow is going down. Speaking of just all the things that have angered you about Google, I saw something about Reddit, actually I think it was this morning, because as we know Reddit, although I’ve noticed Reddit is not coming up as high in the search results as frequently for me. Is it? Okay, for me it’s not. Maybe I’ve trained my algorithm by never clicking on it.

06:50
But basically Reddit just introduced those in content ads. Did you see that? Oh no, I didn’t. Yeah, so they just announced that they are now gonna be running ads inside the threads and content. Oh God. Which, doesn’t that play into this whole thing though, right? Reddit now comes up number one in search very frequently. People are clicking because they don’t understand what they’re seeing and so they click through and then immediately being served an ad as they’re reading through the threads. Because I think before it used to be kind of like,

07:19
the typical ad sidebar above the header type. Reddit’s always had advertising, if I remember correctly, but it’s never been in smack dab in the content in your face. So just another twist to the Google saga. Yeah, yeah. Well, let’s switch gears and talk about TikTok because I feel like out of all the companies, TikTok is innovating the most. Yes. So as of just a couple of days ago and

07:47
By the time you guys are hearing this, it’ll probably be a week old. But they just introduced avatars. So if you don’t want to be on video, they have a bunch of stock avatars that you can use where you plug in your voice or another voice. And it works really well. I mean, I haven’t tried it yet, but I just watched the demos. It really looks like a human. And so these stock avatars are licensable, or you can create your own based on your own likeness.

08:16
But the point is, we always talk about this, right? The number one hurdle for people making video these days is they don’t want their face to be on there. They just want their content out there. And this opens up a whole new world of fake people influencers. Or you know, not fake, I shouldn’t say fake, virtual influencers. So this, we had this conversation on the podcast a couple weeks ago because it came up in my cellar somewhere at Mastermind where we were talking about the AI generated

08:45
content, know, it looks like the person, but it’s actually not them going live for hours and hours on TikTok. So, and it was already available in Asia. So it sounds like now it’s moving forward and everyone will have access to that or something very similar. Yes. And there’s already a whole bunch of people doing these intricate flows using like Make or IntegraMAT. Okay. Where you plug in a script, it feeds it in

09:12
to 11 labs which generates the audio and then you feed that audio into this and it generates the custom video that’s more or less publishable. You don’t have to record anymore. You’re basically just pretty near to the scripts. The scripts get turned into audio that sounds like you and then an avatar is just basically you. The reality is you probably don’t even have to make a script because you can just have ChatGPT write your script. You can, but if you want it to sound like you, very closely.

09:42
The point is that these videos that we’re going to be seeing might look like you, but it’s not you, which makes content creation much easier. Okay, but what if someone steals you? Yes, I think you have to indicate to TikTok that it is an AI representation of you. I don’t know, I’m sure this is like the Wild Wild West, right? I’m sure there will be some protections.

10:10
Worst case scenario though, what if someone clones you and starts making content as you and then driving them to their crappy course that they probably also stole from you for $29.99? That’s already happened when my buddy Andrew Udarian comes to my voice and made me say some things that I would never say in my life. Made you say some nice kind words that you would normally never say.

10:39
Yeah, something’s gonna happen to police this Here’s another piece of news that’s kind of related to this but not really the the Spotify CEO tweeted that with content creation costs going to zero You know blah blah blah, which infuriated a lot of content creators because there’s a lot of people especially musicians that spent a lot of time creating their content right and it’s just causing this huge divide between

11:08
the artists and the people who are using AI to generate content. I mean, are the costs really zero though? I mean, don’t they have to pay for tools and things like that? He said approaching zero, which is kind of true. And especially with AI, mean, heck, we have a couple of students in our class that are that AI for lot of stuff.

11:32
So the question is with all of this AI stuff, and we talked about this a long time ago, actually, probably last year.

11:41
AI can’t generate something from nothing yet, correct? Yes. There has to be an original source. Yes. The original source is Taylor Swift. Taylor Swift wrote the song, wrote the music, performed it. AI steals, let’s just say, from Taylor Swift. At one point, do the actual creators and the creatives just shut down? Is there any way to just shut down access to

12:11
your creative or your knowledge. I think that’ll have to happen. And some of these sites that are using training data, you’ll have to give consent or maybe even sell your stuff. Yeah. Right. Actually, did you hear about the Adobe scandal that happened a couple of weeks ago? No, tell me more. Adobe’s Terms of Service stated that they own whatever you create.

12:35
using their tools, which it wasn’t exactly word that way. I don’t remember the exact words, but people read the terms of service apparently. Who are these people? It was implied that if you use Adobe, they’re going to use your data to train its AI as well as they get a license to do whatever they want with your content that you create using their tools. Interesting. Huge backlash.

13:01
people, I guess, don’t trust Adobe into this huge backlash. Just recently, they retracted it and revised their terms of service. Yes, because how many people use Adobe? Was it Premiere? Everyone uses Photoshop, Premiere, all those tools. All your creative content is available. You who’s actually experiencing this right now is Tiffany Ivanovsky, our friend from Emmaloo’s Boutique. She’s having her content cloned and stolen on TikTok.

13:30
Really? Yes. Her face too? Her face and everything. Then sent to a different store that’s selling not the same product. Wow. What can you do about that? I’m not sure. I think this has happened one other time, but she just brought it up two days ago. I think they’re still in the reporting phase of the process. The problem is that when that happens and they buy from you, they think they’re buying from MLU’s. Right.

14:00
but they’re not, they think they’re getting a Judy Blue gene, they’re not, right? And then they file the complaint against M.L.U.S.E., not against Bob’s Denim World or whatever. So it has huge implications, especially once the AI gets better and better to steal the person’s likeness, voice, everything. I think it could be headed a little bit for disaster if they don’t put some precautions up.

14:31
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

15:00
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

15:11
Well, these custom avatars is going to make that much worse. Yes, exactly. That’s exactly. I don’t know if I’ve been getting knocked off a lot recently. I don’t know. have. I’ve knocked off four or five Instagram profiles and four Facebook pages. They’ve literally cloned all of my posts and they’ve cloned all my photos, everything. Yes. They have a lot more followers than I do too. That’s annoying. They have 400K followers. It’s like, hey, can we?

15:40
Exchange pages. Yeah, can you clone them? But it’s a pain in butt you would think that Someone suggested that I pay for the blue checkmark. Mm-hmm. It doesn’t happen. I Don’t want to pay money for something they can solve. You know, this is like a money grab It just pisses me off if I have to pay yeah, so that they’ll prevent cloning of my profile Yeah, see you’ve made a mistake. Have a life so chaotic

16:07
Everyone’s afraid to try to clone me because they don’t want any of this. They want to stay as far away as possible from anything that happens in my life. You made it too easy for them. Here’s the only benefit of this happening. What they do is they clone your profile and then they just DM everybody. Yes. I’ve had friends that I haven’t talked to for 20 years reach out. We’ve gotten back in touch. We’ve gotten back in touch. It’s the silver lining.

16:37
It’s true though. I’ve gotten back in touch with at least a dozen people because of that. They’re like, I just got this. Is it fake? I’m like, oh, hey, what’s going on? We got back in touch. Yes, it is fake, but what’s up?

16:51
Yeah. So the other thing that’s going on TikTok is they have all these new AI features, uh, which are actually quite useful for content creation. I can’t really wait to dig deep into this, but for example, you can ask it, show me what’s trending on TikTok, or I want to create a video on TikTok. Teach me the best practices. Uh, show me how performing TikTok ads for what I’m trying to do. Give me ideas. Like if you run an e-commerce brand, you can say,

17:19
Give me an idea for Bumblebee Linens promoting handkerchiefs. And it’ll just give you these ideas. And there’s actually even this new video generation tool where if you just pass it a URL of a product page, it will create a video for you. And if you want it to say stuff, it’ll take one of the stock avatars and put words in its mouth about your products. this pretty scary, right? Yeah, this reminds me. Do you remember when the Memoji came out?

17:49
You could get the cartoon character to go when you texted somebody and it would be like whatever you… You could make it say whatever you wanted. Everyone thought that was so cool. You’re like, wow, we’ve come a long way in five years. We thought a cartoon with our voice was funny. Now it’s like you can actually clone your entire likeness. I know. You can ask it, write me a TikTok script for…

18:18
Linens bumblebee linens targeting women over the age of 45 and Then here are the benefits Mm-hmm, and then it’ll come up with something that you can refine. Yeah It’s just you know what I envision Everything that I see is gonna be fake. Yeah And I know anecdotally from some of the people who run Facebook ads They’ve been telling me that the user generated content ads are not performing as well anymore

18:47
as just image ads in a lot of different cases. yeah, because if you notice, and I think I told this at seller summit during my roundtable, people are asking me, you know, how do you get UGC content? Like, what’s the easiest way? And one person at the table was like, well, you can always just include a survey and pay them to pick up their phone and just say something about your product. And that sounds great. In in, you know, in theory.

19:15
But in practice people suck on camera They don’t know how to film themselves and you end up paying for a bunch of garbage where it’s maybe like one in ten is using Yeah, right and you’ll notice that all the UGC content that you see in ads. It looks perfect, right? The people are very eloquent. They’re attractive. Yes The camera angle is correct the the lighting it’s because there’s whole industries where you pay these people to do these things. Yeah

19:42
It’s all fake. You tell them what to say. You give them the product, you tell them what to say, and then they put it out. I think the world is starting to realize that it’s all fake. Yes, they’re not swayed by it anymore. Yes. You shop a lot more than I do. Oh, stop. You do. You bought from TikTok before. still have I have bought from TikTok, yes. What convinces you to do it? Do you trust those? Do you trust them when someone comes up and says, oh, I just love this?

20:11
I don’t know what you buy, eyeliner. You just said stop talking. What convinces me to buy? I’ve bought two things on TikTok shops, so that’s probably not the best example. Okay. What convinces me typically when I buy online is a video of the product in use, which is much harder to fake.

20:33
than someone just talking about the product. I admit I’ve made a couple late night TikTok purchases and there’s no logic behind that. That’s the QVC angle, right? It’s late, you’re tired, you’re like, I need that and immediately it arrives at your house three days later. especially for, mean, a lot of the things I buy online are like home products, right? Things that are either like home renovation, stuff like that. And so I wanna see the product in use. I wanna see someone

21:03
putting it together, using it, cleaning it, whatever the product is. So that’s usually what convinces me. So that’s why I think TikTok does do a good job is they do a lot of demonstrations of product use. I saw one the other day, actually I get this one ad all the time because I looked for a sink online, right, kitchen sink. And now every ad I get is for this one specific kitchen sink, which is like…

21:29
you don’t have to move your countertop to install it. So that’s a big thing, right? Cause most of the when you get a sink, you’ve got to like uninstall your countertops. If they’re a stone, you have to get someone to do it for you. This one just drops in. So there’s no installation issues. And then it has like a thing that washes like the bars where they put the glass on top and push it up and down. So it’s got that. It’s got…

21:51
A dispenser, it’s got these sliding things and it’s basically someone from the very beginning. It’s a lady. So it’s obviously appealing to me, right? Like I don’t even need to get a man to help me with this, right? I dropped the sink in, I can clean glasses, I can cut vegetables. I have this little cutting thing. I have this strainer thing all comes with the sink. I’ve seen this ad probably 30 times in the past week. It’s very convincing. And if I liked a lot of like cluttery stuff on my kitchen counter, I probably would have bought the sink already. So

22:21
Those are the types of things that I think still work and will continue to work and are much harder to create with AI. Right. So someone just saying that they love the product because of X, Y, and Z, that’s not enough to convince you. You need to see a demo. I need to see a demo unless I know, like, and trust the person. I see. So if Tiffany Ivanovsky comes on and tells me how much she likes this ring that she has or this necklace or these jeans,

22:47
that’s gonna be enough for me to buy it, right? But if it’s just some random person that’s in my feed talking about a pair of jeans, probably not gonna buy it. What if it’s an avatar with like a bajillion followers that looks human? No. Okay. Cause I don’t know this, it’s kind of like, this is something that I always think is interesting. And I still do this myself, even though I think it’s really a bad idea. You go to a restaurant, I did this the other day and I was looking at the French dip or the chicken salad sandwich.

23:15
and I asked my server what she recommended. I know nothing about this person. They might be a vegetarian. I have no idea. They might not eat red meat. And I was like, which one do you like? Why do I care what she likes? I wanna know what I want, right? So it’s like, what do I care what some influencer likes or recommends? I don’t know anything about them. I can’t relate to them. But if my friend Andrea says, oh my gosh, this place has the best chicken salad. You’ll love it, because they do slivered almonds. Then I’m like, oh yeah, totally getting the chicken salad, right?

23:44
So I feel like moving forward and for most consumers, like they have to have, you know, that know, like, and trust factor to make that decision. So the AI generated person, unless it’s, you know, you’re going to capture the late night purchases, you’re going to capture the impulse buyers, you’re going to capture the shopaholics for sure. But as a general like rule, I don’t think that’s going to be super effective in convincing people to make a purchase, convincing them to follow you, you know, maybe watch your content. Sure.

24:13
but to actually go from like consuming the content to creating that purchase decision, really tough. What if the avatar said, I have a PhD in makeup or whatever it is.

24:29
So what I do think is effective is all of the doctors and surgeons on TikTok, right? Or the, like, and the other thing that I always get in the algorithm is the auto repair guys. And it’s like, this is my dad, Bernie. He’s owned an auto repair shop for 30 years. It has the name of the shop. He’s clearly an auto repair guy, right? He’s in the shop. And they’re like, dad, give me the top five cars that you would never purchase because of how many times they’re repaired. And he’s like, let me pull up our spreadsheet. And he pulls up and he’s like, never buy an Audi, right?

24:58
Never buy a Volvo, all of our fun cars that we’ve had. But those types of things, yes, right? Because I’m like, well, this guy’s worked on cars for 30 years. He’s seen every car under the sun. He has detailed spreadsheets of what cars come in and out of his shop. That’s going to influence me. So you don’t think these custom avatars are going to be a big deal? I think they’re going to be a huge deal. And I think they’re going to get a lot of followers. But I think what we see with influencers today,

25:25
We had our friend in ECF who had Kim Kardashian mention his product and he got four sales. Right? Really? I missed that. What was the thread? I want to say it was like a baby blanket or something like that, but she was talking about how much she liked it and she had purchased it. It wasn’t like he had reached out to her or anything like she had purchased it organically, was using it and talked about it in one of her Instagram posts.

25:49
and he was like, someone’s emailed him or sent it to him immediately and was like, oh my God, Kim Kardashian, you know all this stuff, right? And they were like bracing for his avalanche of sales and basically nothing. Huh, that doesn’t sound right. But if it was like, hi, I’m Dr. Sharon Williams, board certified pediatrician. I found that this blanket helps your baby sleep.

26:13
five times longer when you wrap with this way. Like immediately like, oh, this is a pediatrician. They see babies all the time. They have millions of babies to compare things to, right? Like you just, it’s a different level. That’s interesting. Cause I’ve always had the impression that Kim can move like millions of dollars with the product, with the post. I think Kim can move probably makeup, right? Kim can move shapewear. Right. Right. She can move what she’s

26:41
what she’s known for, but she can’t move anything outside of that. I guess that makes sense.

26:49
You know, I’m just worried that everything, it’s gonna be really hard to figure out what’s fake and what’s not. Yes. I mean, it’s already kind of hard with testimonials. Whenever I see an ad now that just looks too well lit or too eloquent, I instantly think it’s a fake now. And I’m not a shopper, that’s the problem. I wish I was a shopper actually. I’m not a shopper, but I’m an ad consumer. I love watching ads. Right, but what would convince me to buy something? Yeah. The threshold is much higher. You wanna see it work.

27:20
Yes. You want to see it work. And that’s why I think that those types of content where you’re actually showing the product in a successful situation is going to be so much more valuable because you’re really just teaching people, hey, this is an awesome product. does exactly what it says it does. And then obviously there’s going to be the price point factor as well, right? Like depending on how it’s priced in the market. Speaking of which, I think over in China, like

27:49
They’re not that far behind in terms of AI. There was a demo that I just watched. They have this AI video generator and all the examples for some reason were kind of e-commerce related. Like it was this, it generated this guy eating ramen, another kid like enjoying something. It looked really good. Like I couldn’t tell it apart from like real video. And it really looked like they were enjoying whatever they’re eating. The examples I saw were just food.

28:18
But imagine having, you know, AI generate this video of something that looks delicious and then just posting a link to that product. You don’t have to do any work. You don’t have to hire any models. You don’t even really have to script that much. Just the visual of someone really enjoying what they’re eating is good enough for me to buy food usually. But it’s all fake. Yeah. mean, I definitely think this is going to

28:45
this is gonna change things significantly. But I also think the people that do a good job of explaining, and let’s just talk e-commerce, right? The people that do a good job of explaining their value prop for their product, like why you need this, like what pain point are you solving, how it works, why it will change your life, how if you don’t have it, you’re missing out. The people that do that the best will continue to have success because

29:12
AI can do all those things, but not as well as the person who created it or the person that has intimate knowledge with the product. And we were talking about, we’ve mentioned him too many times in the podcast in the last month, we’re talking about Jim Wang, Andrew and I this morning, and we were talking about why his videos are so successful, because he’s crushing it on TikTok right now. And as we were talking through some of the stuff, he has a very catchy intro line, so he has a great hook, but then,

29:42
It was Andrew and I were talking about this. was literally taking out my garbage cans and we had this like moment. The reason why I think Jim is so successful is one, he’s talking about personal finance, a super saturated market. But what is one thing about Jim’s videos? Have you noticed the one thing that he does in all of his videos? He says, I’ll help you sound smarter. Yes, that’s not it. No, no, that’s not it. He’s never, he’s not talking at you. He never is looking directly at the camera.

30:10
He’s always walking and it’s almost like a side profile shot of him, right? That’s correct, yes. Okay, so think about this. When you’re learning something and do you want to like talk to your friend, like just talking about the chicken salad sandwich, right? I want someone to come alongside me and like, oh my gosh, I got that chicken salad last week. It was so good, right? This casual conversation. They’re not staring at me going, order the chicken salad, right?

30:35
When Jim makes his videos, he’s coming alongside the person that he’s teaching. He’s not in their face. It’s not a lecture. It’s like, hey, we’re on a walk and you asked me a question about my bank account and I’m going to give you the answer. And it feels so casual, so non-threatening. And by the end of it, you’re like, oh, that was really great. I learned a lot, you know, and you don’t feel like you just sat through a personal finance lecture.

31:00
I think that’s one of the keys to his success is that he’s not talking at people, he’s talking with people. Interesting. I always thought he has something he’s reading, he’s got this- No, he’s not. He’s not reading anything. If you think about those types of things, and I actually read this in a parenting book a million years ago.

31:24
And it talked about, and everything with parenting is all marketing and advertising anyway, because you basically have to teach your kids to like you, because they don’t like you basically from the beginning, because you’re the annoying parent. But it said never try to have a conversation with your boys while you’re face to face, because they don’t like making eye contact. They’d feel uncomfortable. It feels like they’re in trouble, even if you’re just having a regular conversation. The best way to have a conversation with your sons is to be doing something else. Making Legos, watching a show on TV.

31:54
cooking dinner, grilling something, right? Because then the conversation doesn’t feel intimidating, it feels natural because you’re not giving direct eye contact staring face to face. So I started trying this with my boys maybe 15 years ago. Game changer. Like absolute game changer. Because I didn’t know how to talk to my boys. They were like, know, nine and 11 and 13, they were gross and you know, very, very much boy, right? And I was like, we don’t have anything to talk about. I don’t want to grab a lizard. I don’t want a frog in my pocket. Like, you know, all these things.

32:24
but I started only having conversations with them while we were doing other things and they talked my ears off, right? Because I took away that like intimidation factor. And so I think when you’re talking to your audience, right? When you’re talking to your potential customer, like not standing there and being like, you need to do X, Y, Z. It’s like, go to a furniture store, buy a couch. Do you want a furniture salesman to stand there and give you the five…

32:49
points of their stain free fabric or do you want them to sit on the couch with you and be like, oh my God, can you imagine sitting back here during the Superbowl and you’ve got these integrated cup holders and wifi and whatever, you know what I mean? It just creates a better experience. And I think that’s much harder for AI to replicate. I think regarding the gym thing, I think it just depends. He’s got a, like even if he was looking at you, just the way he talks.

33:15
in a very casual tone, I think that’s what does it. He could look at the camera and still get the same results. I don’t think so. I think not looking at the camera, I think it makes a difference. Next thing you know, you’ll see my videos. I’ll be walking outside. I’ll be like, you don’t really have a good profile. I never noticed. Just try it. Try it sometime. I’ll try it. I’m willing to try a whole bunch of things. The problem is I can’t read off the teleprompter while I’m not looking at it. I’m fairly certain you know the material well enough.

33:44
I do, but I don’t want to edit. Yeah, I’d have to stop every sentence, I guess, like Jim does. But yeah, I’ll try it. We’ll see. But I think those types of things, because I think people listen to our podcast lately and are like, the sky is falling, right? Like everything is terrible. We haven’t had anything positive in like months. Well, no, I mean, this is a kind of like the latest. Yeah. Yeah. But I think there’s still opportunities and there’s still ways to.

34:11
create content and not be sucked into the, like use AI as a tool. There’s a lot of really cool things that you can do with it. And there’s a lot of ways it can help you with your business, lessen some of your costs, things like that. However, I don’t think you have to be replaced by an AI bot. Yeah, I was just thinking about the implications of just mass content. Yeah. Right? If you don’t have to do the filming, all you have to do is like the scripting. Yeah.

34:39
I can script up like 20 TikToks in like 40 minutes or 30 minutes, right? Yeah. So I could pump out, like if I don’t have to worry about filming or editing or anything like that, I can pump out endless content. Yeah. Right. Let’s talk about the final thing. Yes. Which I thought was pretty huge. TikTok now gives you search metrics. Oh, yes. I did see that. So Google used to do this. They took that away from you. So you had no idea.

35:07
Yes. What’s searching for what to get on your, except for search console. But anyway, TikTok’s giving you all these metrics. And I think TikTok search is going to be the next search. You mentioned this in previous episodes. Yeah, we’ve talked about this, how my kids use TikTok to search for things. Yeah. And instead of getting like 10 blue links, which already sucks because AI does a lot better job. Yeah. Imagine getting a video. But you know, this is how we find restaurants these days. Did I tell you this? No. Jen.

35:35
looks at like Bay Area restaurants on TikTok. And then she sees one that looks good, we actually go there. Interesting. So if you just do a search for like Bay Area restaurants or something like that, you’ll get a whole bunch of people just reviewing the food. They show you the food, they show you them eating it, like pictures of the menu, everything. But think about it, what are you getting in that search result? The experience.

35:57
You’re not getting someone going, I went to McDonald’s and had a cheeseburger. It was awesome. It only cost me $14 because I’m in San Francisco. You’re getting pictures of the food, pictures of the menu, pictures of the atmosphere so you can look at that restaurant and go, ooh, I’m not taking my kids there, right? Or you’re getting all that information in the video. Way better than a couple of blue links. Way better than even text actually. Yeah.

36:25
So maybe TikTok is gonna take over. There’s so much pressure on Google right now. Like every tool has their own search. Yes. Right? Every tool has their own AI built in now. Yeah. Oh, here’s a funny story. Okay, so you know, my mom moved in our area. I was showing her a chat GBT because she had not used it yet. Really? Yeah, she had not used it yet. My mom’s not, she’s kind of technically literate.

36:53
And she’s like, wait, she cured a disease. Let’s just put that out there. Yes, she cured a disease. And she’s like, well, why would I want to use AI? I mean, I just Google everything, right? Yeah. And so I was like, OK, give me something. She’s like, OK, I want to know the stock price of such and such. I’m like, that’s too easy of a question. OK. And I was like, OK, how about how do you cure that? Like, you know, the disease that she cured. So I was like, OK, how do you cure GSD1? That’s her name was her.

37:22
her disease, glycogen storage disease. We entered that into Google, whole bunch of garbage came out. Yeah. And then I entered it into chat GPT because I have a widget on there now on my phone. And she was like, Oh my god, this is incredible. And then I asked it, who’s the foremost expert, you know, on this subject, and then her name popped up. Along with a link to her, you know, NIH profile and everything. Yeah. And she’s like, Oh my god, this is incredible. Yeah.

37:50
And she’s like, how do I use this, you know, whatever. And just like that, she’s a believer. No, I will say that is one area that I feel like chat GPT really excels in. have a family member that’s had some like pretty complicated medical stuff happening and they have been like threading their doctor’s reports and all this information into chat GPT and getting a lot of really great summaries about it and being able to really like.

38:17
take that what is an overwhelming amount of information and making it really, cause they’re basically giving prompts like, break this information down into, know, four manageable point, you know, things like that, like in an informational style, you know, all those different things. And it’s actually, and it’s really helpful for like the rest of us who are like, oh, well that makes a little more sense to us. It’s supposed to having to read a 15 page medical report. There was a story a long, long time ago where,

38:46
Some guy fed in his like radiology scans or doctors. And they found something that the doctors missed basically. I haven’t heard a story like that in a while, but. Doctors are up in their game. then the final thing I wanted to mention because people still ask me about Wix shopping. just addressed it. They just announced a new AI website generation tool. Okay. Tell her what you want to sell.

39:16
you know, how you want the website to look and it just kind of automatically generates an e-commerce type for you. Wow. Okay. Uh, the examples, I actually haven’t seen a live site. I just saw Wix’s examples when I went to go research this. And so people are always asking me, well, why wouldn’t I use Wix because of this? And no tool still supports Wix really. Right. I think even to get Klaviyo using it, I think you have to jump through some hoops.

39:43
Yeah, yeah. Anything where you have to use like a third party to integrate is a really bad idea. I’m having some issues with a client in Klaviyo right now because they have some third party integrations and Klaviyo’s retired APIs and you know, yeah, it seems easy initially, but then you end up in a big dumpster fire of problems down the road when you have this huge site created with all this content on it. Correct. Which is why I still will never recommend Wix unless

40:10
they have a much larger third party developer ecosystem, or if they convince all the big name tools to support it. Wix is just like a dead end platform. You’ll get a basic store up and it might look good based on AI, but really, designing the website is not the hardest part. Designing the website is arguably the easiest part of the whole process. You say that people are dying right now. Well, I mean, plus you only have to do it once. Yeah, for sure.

40:37
Yeah. The hardest part is getting people to come to your website. Exactly. You thought building the website was hard. Just wait till you don’t have any customers. Yeah. So that’s just happened. That’s what’s happened in just like one week. Yeah. Pretty crazy. Pretty crazy.

40:55
Hope you enjoyed this episode. I feel like 2024 is the year of change and everything’s happening all at once and many companies are getting disrupted and nothing is safe. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 546. And if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywebcoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and are staying in the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

545: Expert Advice on Building a Massive Online Following With Nathan Barry

545: Expert Advice on Building a Massive Online Following In Today's Landscape With Nathan Barry

In this episode, my friend Nathan Barry and I debate the best way to build an audience today in light of AI and the many changes with Google, Facebook, Tiktok and Instagram.

Nathan is the founder of ConvertKit and the Nathan Barry show.

What You’ll Learn

  • The best way to build an audience
  • What’s going on with Google, Facebook, Tiktok, and Instagram
  • The role of AI with content creation
  • Try ConvertKit For Free

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job Podcast, the place where I cover the latest strategies to grow in online business. And today I’m my friend Nathan Barry on the show and we are going to cover the creator landscape today and the best way to build an audience in light of everything that’s going on with Google, Facebook, TikTok, Instagram, and more. But before I begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom.

00:28
by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll say the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

00:55
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Nathan Barry back on the show. And the last time I had him on was back in 2015 when he first started ConvertKit. I want to say he was like one year in. And since that time 10 years ago, he’s grown it to I think $40 million a year in recurring revenue with over 50,000 users, which is mind blowing. But I didn’t invite Nathan to come to talk about his software tool. At the core, Nathan is a creator.

01:25
He’s written several books, he’s got a new podcast and he has his pulse on the creator community. So today what we’re going to do is we’re going to discuss content creation and the best way to build an audience today. So welcome back, Nathan. How are you Doing well. Thanks for having me on. I didn’t realize that you had been since 2015. 2015. Yeah. Uh, probably had early traction as a company, but not much beyond that. Yeah. And I was a user of convert kit.

01:51
back in the day, and we were just talking about this before I hit record, I might come back. I’m here for of all the new features and maybe we’ll talk about it at the end, but let’s just take a couple of minutes here to catch up. In addition to running ConvertKit, soon to be rebranded as Kit. I know you just started a podcast called Billion Dollar Creator. I remember listening to your other podcast a while back. I think it was, was it just Nathan Berry Show or something like that? Yeah, exactly. Why did you decide to start another one? And what happened to the?

02:21
to the last one. Yeah. So it’s funny the arc that all of these things take. I actually, because I’m basically I think I’m going to come come back to just the Nathan Barry show. So it’s a circle. I like podcasts that have co-hosts. I think it’s fun when you get like recurring characters and all of that. And so in seeking out a co-host for the show, you know, I was thinking through my friends of like who has incredible business experience is a lot of fun.

02:50
and would be excited to grow a big show. And I reached out to Rachel Rogers and we were like, you know, asked if she wanted to do it. And she’s like, yeah, absolutely. That sounds great. And we ended up coming to the concept of the billion dollar creator, which is an essay that I wrote, I don’t know, four years ago now, basically talking about how an, you know, attention and an audience is one of the most powerful forces on earth. And like what you do, what you point that to really matters. Some people point it to

03:20
Ebook sales. Other people like Ryan Reynolds or someone else pointed to scaling aviation gin to a multi hundred million exit or something else. And I was noticing this trend in the creator economy of creators really building lasting equity value in businesses. And so I wanted to especially talk about that so we can get into that more. But the quick arc of the show is Rachel and I scaled the show. We did a live tour, like five cities.

03:50
Uh, you and I hung out at FinCon in New Orleans where we, uh, did a, um, did a live podcast episode in front of like a thousand people or whatever the audience was. Um, so that was a ton of fun. Uh, but then at the, basically the beginning of the year, Rachel was like, Hey, I think I actually want to step back from a bunch of things in my business. And she’s built an Epic business. And I always respect when someone’s like, wait a second.

04:18
actually, I don’t need to hustle anymore. I think I’m gonna like enjoy this next year with my kids and all of that. And so then I have the show again, just me. so I’ve pivoted a little bit and I’ll probably just go back to it just being called Nathan Barry’s show. That was a good show. I remember listening to it. It’s basically- year, two years ago? Yeah. I love conversations like dissecting businesses and really diving in. And so that’s-

04:47
That’s what I’m doing. And I actually just built out a new studio where we can really like get on the whiteboard and like sketch out things. like I did an episode that’ll come out soon with Ali Abdal and we’re like diving into the next phase of his business. And we’re just actually at the whiteboard, like diagramming how it could work and like getting into that coaching style of episode. So I think it’ll be unique and different and still high production quality. Cool.

05:14
Now I know you just had your annual creator conference called craft and commerce. What were some of the trends in the creative community that stood out to you just based on the attendees that were there? Well, the first thing that I noticed is creators are just making way more money than they did in past. Okay. And like you and I have been around this business for a long time. And I was like thinking back to 2010, 2011 is when I

05:41
came into this world and started paying attention to blogging content creation. And then if you were making 60 to $100,000 a year as a content creator, you were at the top of your game. remember following like Leo Bavotta from Zen Habits. Oh yes, is he still around? Yep, he’s still writing Zen Habits and like Time Magazine named Zen Habits one of the top 25 websites that makes the internet great. And I remember seeing Leo at a conference and being like, oh wow, like.

06:11
That’s Leo, you know, like he’s got one of the biggest newsletters. I think at the time he had 10,000 subscribers, maybe, you know, and that was like him and Chris Guillebeau and other people were the like the biggest in the space. And so now, which I like, if I were to tell someone, oh, this person’s built a great audience and they’re making a million dollars a year off of their audience, you’d be like, OK, yeah, like nothing about that would shock you in any way, right? That would be a very normal.

06:41
Uh, statement. And so I’ve just noticed this trend continue. And I think it comes down to two reasons. The first is that audience sizes are way bigger, right? Like 10,000 used to be a giant audience. Now James clear is pushing like almost 3 million subscribers on his list. It’s crazy. That guy is on the top of the list every single week. I don’t know how he does it. Yeah, it’s, it’s wild. Um, so that

07:10
Like audience sizes are way bigger. Even like, you know, I don’t work that hard on growing my audience, but like my personal newsletter is 40,000 subscribers, right? And I was talking to someone the other day and they’re like, yeah, I just scaled from 20,000 to 80,000 in the last year. And like, that’s pretty normal. Whereas years ago, those numbers would be ridiculous. And so audience sizes are bigger. And then the second thing is we’re just better marketers. Like we have access to way better tools.

07:39
We understand copy and conversion rates better. know, like every creator business that I look at, there’s just a lot more sophisticated. So we’re selling higher price products, convert, you know, we’re selling them through more intelligent marketing design is better. It used to be years ago, you know, like great design was the exception. And now I feel like great design is, is fairly common. And so you combine those things and creators just earn a whole bunch more money. And so even last year to this year,

08:08
like at Crafting Commerce Attendees, they’re just a lot better off. Like they’re just earning more money. So when you say earning money, can you break that down for me? What is the primary way that they’re making money? Is it core sales, memberships, advertising, sponsorships? You get the whole range and it depends a lot in each industry. So if someone’s really grew up on YouTube, then they’re probably leaning pretty heavily on advertising and sponsorships. Okay. Whereas

08:37
If they got their start on Twitter, now X, then I see a lot more product sales. Uh, and then if they like, if their main growth was on Instagram or Tik TOK, then you sort of like, depends. They could fall into either bucket. I would say the people earning the most are selling digital products of some kind. Either, you know, an ebook or a course in the say 30 to $200 range where they’re selling a lot of them.

09:06
or they’re going the high price course and it’s the 1000 to 5000 range, you know, and there might be cohorts in there. And then you also see a lot of people add on like a coaching component to their business because you don’t need that big of an audience if you’re selling coaching and it’s a thousand dollars or more a month. You know, you don’t need that many people or group coaching to where you’re getting to the point that, you know, this business makes 20,000 to 40,000 a month.

09:36
Yeah, it’s funny. I teach e commerce and I also teach building an audience now. And digital products is just so much easier because you don’t have to handle anything physical. But on the flip side, you need to build the audience to sell the digital products with physical products. They can kind of stand on their own a lot of times, but there’s definitely appeal for both. Yeah, and actually there’s a business that I’m invested in. I’m trying to decide I’m gonna I’m not gonna say the name of the company.

10:05
Cause that way I can say more numbers. Okay. It’s always that trade off, right? You say the name of the company and then you got to be more generic or all of that. But they’re in Ecom and they’re, you know, about 2 million a year in physical product sales, well established, a solid brand and business. And this last year, two years ago, they really got into content and they got to the point where they’re trying to build up the content arm to promote Ecom and back and forth. And

10:37
That went okay. They added some digital products, core sales, that sort of thing that complimented their physical products well. But they’d get to like 5,000 a month in revenue, maybe 20,000 a month in digital sales. anyway, at the end of last year, they redid all the digital content, so it’s much more buttoned up and professional. And the product market fit on it is better. And then they got Facebook ads working really well.

11:04
And so now they’re pushing 120 to 200,000 a month in digital product sales, primarily driven by Facebook ads. And they’ve just gotten it where the blend between physical and digital and the cross promotion is working really, really well, each lending credibility to the other. And that’s the thing. And a lot of what you talk about, right, is as a as an econ brand, when you can figure that out, it’s so powerful.

11:32
Yeah, for sure. That’s like the Holy Grail actually. Because then you can just launch a new product and people will just buy it because of you really. So oh yeah. So there’s a lot of been happening in Google and recently so I’m curious at your event where there are a lot of bloggers. Yes, especially in you know, you get a lot of food blogs in particular. I would say no one is strictly a blogger anymore. Yeah. Right. You’re

12:01
your maybe a blog is your primary channel, but you’ve got YouTube and a podcast as well. Or you’ve got like no one says I am only this. Everybody uses the other platforms, but they have like a hub and model. So very few people are pure bloggers. Yeah. Okay. Yep. Um, but I would say the industry like is talking about changes from Google.

12:29
I think the food blog industry is hit the hardest, right? Because they have so much traffic coming in and they’re so reliant on advertising that if you’re a food blog that has not been growing a newsletter or, growing on say YouTube as well, like you’re hurting right now. I mean, I think all bloggers who aren’t well established are hurting right now. Yeah, I think that’s true. And I think Reddit is the only beneficiary Reddit, Quora, LinkedIn. Those guys are the beneficiaries.

12:59
Which is bizarre to me. Like some of those Google search deals, we see it, right? As we play around with Reddit, we’re like, huh, this Reddit post is two days old, doesn’t have that many comments, isn’t even in that popular of a subreddit and it ranks top five for the search term. I know that. Okay. What, happened there? So let me ask you this. If you were to start a content channel today, what would you go with?

13:28
Hmm

13:31
That is a good question. depends. I think the answer depends so much on where you personally like to consume content. I have a good friend of mine who started to see people really take off on X and grow these accounts to 100,000 followers in say a year or two. And he goes, I should do that too. And he got like a month into it and he was like, actually, wait a second. I hate X. Why am I on that?

13:59
You know, and someone else will love the platform and the algorithm, what it feeds and all of that. So I think the biggest risk is seeing success that someone else has and then say, oh, I’m going to copy that playbook, but there’s a fundamental difference of like, we’re actually in a different niche or they love Instagram and I hate Instagram or something like that. So I don’t think it really matters that much what platform you choose. I’ve seen people recently build great followings on X, especially, uh,

14:28
great following on LinkedIn. And then I’m watching a bunch of ConvertKit customers build these followings on Instagram. I watched them follow very similar playbooks where they really have the same style of content. They’ve narrowed in the format and the predictability and all of these things. And they’re just like pumping out content. One new reel every day at the exact same time in roughly the same format, know, 60 seconds of value.

14:58
And they’re just absolutely exploding. And so you’re like, okay, and be trendy to, or be easy to say, oh, I’ll do that as well. But then the week after that, you’d see someone, you know, blowing up on LinkedIn and you’re like, oh, maybe I’ll do that. And so I think I would, I would say the growth strategies can work on any of these major platforms. And I would choose the one that you enjoy spending the most time on and optimize for that rather than, um, jumping to what.

15:28
like seems most interesting or what you heard on a podcast is working super well.

15:35
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

16:05
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

16:16
What’s funny is you decided to do a podcast, which in my opinion is one of the hardest things to grow. Right. And if you were going to do this to try to monetize something, I know for me, podcasts wouldn’t be my first choice, but I’m curious what your rationale was. I’d like pain and suffering. Of course you started a SaaS company. So it depends on what you’re optimizing for. If we’re trying to maximize.

16:45
views and attention like absolute top of funnel. Yeah, then I think right now what I would do is Instagram. And the reason so creator named Jefferson Fisher, you can look him up on Instagram and tik tok. He’s got something like 5 million followers on Instagram crazy. He’s a convert kit customer. This is a fun one where I was actually going through Instagram came across his videos. They were great. I followed him.

17:11
And then later someone on our support team was like, hey, I’m working with this lawyer on Instagram. I was like, could that be? And I clicked it and like, turns out he was already a customer and that’s awesome. But he is a trial attorney and he teaches people how to argue and how to discuss. His videos are the same every time in that it’s him in his car. So you got the seatbelt coming across. He’s got a different shirt or whatever, but he follows the same format and he’s like, okay, here’s what to do when someone keeps dismissing your argument.

17:39
Here’s what to do when you’re being gaslit. Here’s what to do when, um, you know, how to deal with a narcissist, you know, any of these things and they’re so polished, his advice is so good. And he follows the exact same format that his, he’s just absolutely exploded. And so Instagram reels Instagram reels. Okay. Yeah. And if you just search Jefferson Fisher on Instagram, you’ll find it. Um, I’m to pull them up right now and just, uh, yeah, 5.4 million followers. Right.

18:09
how to talk to someone who doesn’t like you, how to never struggle with small talk, right? If you look at his stuff, it looks very much the same, but great content. And I’ve noticed this a bunch of times where you’re basically able to build this massive top of funnel. So if I was looking for the most exposure, I would do that. The reason I went with a podcast is, the thing that I enjoy most is,

18:38
in-depth nerdy conversations about the inner workings of creative businesses, like the inside baseball side of it. Right. And that’s not, that’s not going to trend on Instagram. And so with the podcast, I still have a pretty small following. You know, we’re talking 5,000 downloads an episode, but the texts that I get afterwards are all from like top professional creators, right? Authors who have sold millions and millions of copies of books.

19:08
They have the giant YouTube channel, like all of these people and they’re like, hey, that episode with Tiago Forte was incredible. Like I was taking notes, you know? And so I’m trying to optimize for the highest quality listeners. So if I never got past 5,000 listeners, but a bunch of them, you know, I think I have the average, the highest average income per listener of maybe any podcast. And I think that’s pretty great.

19:36
I think in general podcasts seem to attract a higher quality person, at least just in my experience. And I run mine so I can just meet people, conversations with people like you. And then it’s funny that you mentioned Instagram, you didn’t mention TikTok. Is it because of a potential ban or?

19:55
I, there’s this thing that happens on, on every platform. There’s a relationship on every platform between discoverability and connection with followers. And you got to think about this. So the more a platform focuses on trending, showing you content tied to your identity or like your, your behavior habits.

20:24
the less they focus on like you subscribe to this, so you’re going to see it. Right, email is all the way at one end of the spectrum. You are subscribed to this email list, you will see it in your inbox, as long as it doesn’t hit spam. TikTok I think is the extreme on the other end. Sure Steve, you follow this account, but last time we showed you that video, you didn’t watch it, so we’re actually not gonna show you a video from that creator again for a while, right? You know, they’re very behavior based.

20:51
So I think TikTok, because they’re at that end of the spectrum, it makes it really easy to grow an audience there quickly. And the relationship with that audience is very shallow, not just because of the type of content, but also because the algorithm is focusing on helping discover new creators. So I’ve heard from a lot of people who made like focus on TikTok first and then really went to Instagram and then they started driving sales. And so, yeah.

21:21
It’s interesting. Yeah, I can see that perspective. Now, like in e-comm, I’ve seen a lot of people have very effective TikTok shops. And so there’s a range of things. What I think is that platforms could actually come in pairs for the most part. So, and it depends on whether they’re short form video focused or text focused. So if you’re saying, hey, growing on X is the most important thing for me, then I would also take that content and repost it on LinkedIn.

21:49
because it’s like 90 % the same. And the algorithm rewards very similar things and all of that. If you’re saying, I’m gonna grow on Instagram, great, repost it on TikTok because it’s pretty similar. Though I was noticing that Jefferson Fisher, who I referenced, has a different thumbnail style, exact same video, but different thumbnail style that makes it feel more native to TikTok versus Instagram. Who knows if that’s worth it or not? But the other thing is,

22:19
When you’re dual posting on different platforms, you get a feel for, was it a fluke that this one video took off? Let’s say I have a video go viral on Instagram and hit a million views and it does nothing at all on TikTok. Maybe, you know, it got some early engagement. Maybe it was lucky, something else. But if I have a video that crushes it on Instagram and on TikTok, I can probably trust that the hook was really good.

22:49
You know, I kept attention all the way through. got watch time. You know, I got say 120 % average watch time or average view duration. And then, and it’s like, oh, that worked really well. So basically by using both, pairing your platforms that you focus on, then you get to test your hooks and your content and see what works and basically get more signal than if you just relied on a single platform. I saw on your Nathan Barry website that you were probably never going to focus on YouTube.

23:19
And I’m curious as to that statement, why I don’t remember when I said that. I might’ve changed the language, but it was like, I’m probably not going to be on YouTube is what you said or something along those lines. I mean, there’s a lot that goes into that. I like running a conference, you know, this, cause you run a big event as well. You see a difference in people who are very visible on one channel versus another. So to give you an example, we had Casey Neistat out to speak at craft and commerce.

23:49
That man was mobbed in the Boise airport before he even made it to the car. Yeah. Because millions of subscribers on YouTube and it is his face. You know what that man looks like. Uh, the very next year we had Mark Manson out to speak. I don’t know how many millions of copies of C sold. It’s in the tens of millions of copies. Right? Yeah. Do you know what Mark Manson looks like? You and I do. I do. Yeah. But like do most people now Mark since then has built a million plus subscriber YouTube channel.

24:19
Um, Mark attended the entire conference, like every session he picked something to go to. He, some people were like, Oh, Hey Mark, it’s great to see you. would say until he got on stage, 80 % of the people at the event did not know that was Mark Manson. And they’re like, I had a conversation with that guy in line for coffee. Huh? And so when you choose like platform selection impacts your life.

24:46
Do you wanna be recognized when you go down the street? Do you wanna be mobbed even at the Boise airport? Absolutely not. Yeah. And so then think about, how big, what audience do you wanna target? How big do you wanna grow this? Like in my case, I’m thinking like, I wanna be known really well by a select group of people and I don’t wanna be interrupted at dinner with my family. Not that I’ll necessarily grow an audience to that size, but.

25:17
It’s something I was deliberate about. It’s funny because I’m thinking right now with AI and all these changes that are happening, I think blogging is kind of on its way out. At least from a small publication standpoint. And then even I think video is probably the stalwart, right? Yeah. The platform that’s least likely to get displaced anytime soon. Well, I think I don’t know how long ago I commented on

25:47
whether or not I was going to use YouTube. But YouTube has also just really been like a steady foundation in the industry. And people have demonstrated over and over again that you can build great relationships and, you know, like YouTube is not the trend in any way. It’s just like, you can keep showing up. And so even podcasts, many of them drive a substantial number of their views on YouTube.

26:16
And the video first podcast really do quite well. So that’s the way I think about it now. Like now I am focused on growing on YouTube, but I’m trying to grow this show in a very specific niche. And, um, and I would say that 80 % of my effort for podcast growth is on now on YouTube. And that’s why, like I built out a full podcast studio and designed it a certain way and made it so that you should, when you watch the show,

26:45
you should immediately recognize, oh, that’s Nathan Barry, like just at a glance, because the studio is so unique and recognizable based on the style of content we’re creating and all of that. So are you getting mobbed at the airport? Is that why you got your own plane? Yeah, exactly. It hasn’t happened yet as far as getting mobbed. And I think it’s pretty far off. But it is something to be aware of. I want to be famous enough.

27:13
that anyone I want to talk to like takes my call when I reach out and not so famous that I get recognized on the street. Yeah. I can, if I can thread that needle, I’m all about it. Yeah. Let’s switch gears. Uh, cause throughout all these platforms, they come and go and whatnot, but I think email and SMS are here to stay no matter what. So I want to switch gears and talk specifically about growing an email list. So you got these platforms. Let’s say you chose Instagram, right?

27:42
You can’t really take people off the platform very easily. So what is your strategy for building an email list or what are the different strategies that you would use? And you’re in this industry. I mean, how you rent convert kit, right? Yep. Yeah. I mean, the biggest thing is you provide something really valuable behind an email, like in behind email capture. It’s the same strategy that worked back in 2012 when you and I were, you know, like people were like, oh, what’s a lead magnet and learning these basic things.

28:12
One of the very first things I built in and convert it was the ability to make it easy to have a different email capture form on the end of each blog post so that you could customize lead magnet to that post. And I were like early WordPress plugin, you’re gonna sign a lead magnet to a category of posts. So all my design posts have one lead magnet, all my marketing posts have another. And I chuckle about that now because like so much has changed and yet so little has changed.

28:41
Right. If we go to Jefferson Fisher, who we were talking about, you know, he’s built an email list to 250,000 people off of his Instagram and TikTok. And he’s really just giving away lead magnet and talking about it in Instagram stories and in his reels and just saying, Hey, you know, if you want this bigger guide on this thing or my checklist for I’m making this up, I don’t know what exactly his. Well, everyone is probably going to be following him after this. Yeah, exactly. So follow him and look at what he does.

29:11
And just like watch that. And that’s what grows a, you know, a giant email list. And so it’s pretty much the same, find something really valuable, give it away for free and trade for an email address and promote it really consistently. It works on YouTube, works on Instagram, definitely works on X and LinkedIn. Have you found that people have been a little jaded about giving their emails now? I’m throwing this off. Well, I know the answers to all these questions. I’m going to share some stats in just a little bit, but yeah, I’m curious.

29:42
Maybe in some industries, but I feel like audience sizes are so much bigger. Like the number of people that come to me now, whether it’s my parents or, you know, family, friends or whoever, and they’re, yeah, I’m following this person on YouTube and all that. I’m just like laughing like, welcome. This is what we were all doing, you know, five, 10 years ago, but it’s just truly gone mainstream. And, uh, so, so yeah, the audience sizes are so big. Um, and it just all comes down to value. You know, it’s like click bait.

30:12
If you put it, clickbait is only clickbait if you don’t deliver. Right. So that catchy headline, that perfect hook that then is a letdown because you didn’t follow through that’s clickbait. But if you have the catchy headline and perfect hook, and then you deliver a ton of value, it’s not clickbait. It’s good marketing. Right. Because you actually follow it through. And then people have this like, uh, they enjoy your content and resonate with it rather than feeling like, you know, they were let down.

30:40
It’s so funny. Email has evolved over the years. Like when Google introduced like the different inboxes, all the ISPs cracking down on spam and whatnot. But I mean, it’s still such a major revenue driver. Like for my e-comm store, 30 % of the revenue is from email. For my wife, quit her job, it’s, I want to say close to 90. That’s awesome. I mean, email is the primary driver of everything. I am curious why ConvertKit. Do you guys do SMS at all? We don’t.

31:09
And we can get into the, you want another strategy behind it? I do. Yeah. So this actually comes to our announcements from last week. Uh, we think a lot about what type of platform to build and we’ve been doing a lot of user research. And one thing that all of these professional creators said is we don’t want an all in one platform. We don’t want you to build all of this because what ends up happening is you check all these feature boxes, but you build something that’s like an inch deep and a mile wide.

31:39
And so it’s like, oh yes, it has this feature. You jump into use it and you’re like, okay, it technically has that feature, but like I run a, you know, a million dollar a year business. There’s no way that’s going to meet my needs. And so we’re like, okay, not going to build an all in one platform. I’m like, all right, so creators, what do you want? And then in a roundabout way, they effectively describe an all in one platform for what they do want, you know, right? Like they want the problem solved on one place. They don’t want to stitch it together with like, you know, duct tape and string and

32:09
and all of that. And so when we think about every feature we build, we realize we’re increasing the product footprint of what we have to maintain forever. Sure. And sometimes, so when we do that, it’s a big, a big move. So like adding commerce and like selling digital products, we thought long and hard about that before we increase that product footprint needed to scale it up. And SMS has been one of those that we want to add

32:38
but we know we didn’t have the resources to build to the depth that we wanted. We could have easily done the feature checkbox thing, where it’s like SMS broadcast or something, or like surface level and automations. So what we ultimately ended up deciding to do is follow the Shopify and WordPress playbook and say, we’re gonna build an app store where everyone else can build and extend on that. If you had to use Shopify, like just straight up vanilla Shopify.

33:07
with no apps, it would not, like, it would not work. We would not be here. Same with WordPress, right? You’re making a buying decision for WordPress and you’re like, oh, it doesn’t have a contact form? Shoot. But no, instead you go like, oh, let me just install the app to round out that part of functionality. So now long way to answer your question, but what we’re doing is we’ve launched the app store. We have five apps live and we want some really killer SMS apps.

33:37
to add that functionality. Yeah. That makes sense. The route that you’re taking. You can tell me if it doesn’t make sense. can disagree. Well, it makes sense. I actually don’t like Shopify as much because I think the app store has gone a little out of control. Yeah. Like there’s an app for everything and then just the cost just add up, right? Right. Like there’s apps in there that don’t do very much for someone who can code. They don’t, it doesn’t do very much and yet you have to pay 50 bucks.

34:07
So it’s smart for you guys with a smaller dev team to just, you’re essentially outsourcing the dev. And I imagine there’s a cut that you guys take for an app, maybe not now, but in the future. now, eventually we’ll, we’ll build in that payment processing and, and all of that. Yeah. only thing that lets us do is it lets us build one-off things for a certain market of customers without having to make it a core feature. Yes. And so if.

34:35
You know, it’s in the e-comm world, right? Like we have a lot of musicians as customers. They’re not really e-commerce companies because they have a hundred SKUs, not 5,000, you know? And so they end up using us. Um, but there might be something specific to that demographic, um, that they want. And it’s like, it doesn’t make sense to build, make that core functionality, but you know, we could work with one of our agency partners and they’ll code up the.

35:04
They’ll release an app for free to everyone that does this one thing. Yeah, from your perspective, from an engineering perspective, any core feature is there for life. So you got to really think about it. So I totally get it. I think it’s smart. One thing I want to get back into growing an email list real quick, what are some more esoteric ways? I mean, we know the obvious lead magnet gets someone to create a list. What are some of the other ways? And I kind of saw this on your Nathan Berry blog.

35:33
regarding one of the features that you guys have where you said it represented the majority of the growth for a lot of the people on your tool. Yeah. So that we’re talking about is recommendations on creator network. How does that work? So basically what it is is it’s almost going back to the early days of blogging where, know, we have the blog role off to the side of like, these are the other creators that, you know, that I think you should follow. That’s actually, I mean, I discovered so many creators that way.

36:03
You’re reading Chris Gilbo’s site and then you’re like, and then now I’m over here to leave about to or, um, you know, whoever else, right? And so this is that functionality, but in the subscription flow. So if I go and sign up for James Clear’s website, they don’t say, thanks so much for subscribing. Why don’t you also check out and in there he’s got Tim Ferris, Ryan Holliday, Sawhill Bloom, et cetera. And so you can just subscribe to their newsletters as well.

36:32
And this is an email in a special section of the email. This is, can do it in the email, but this is also the main place is in the subscription form right after they subscribe. And so the hardest thing about email is getting discovered, right? Cause there’s no discovery engine in email. And so this basically adds one it and says like, all right, here’s a great way to, you know, to cross promote also like back in the day we used to do.

37:01
newsletter swaps. Hey, I’ll write for you. You write for me. We’ll both grow. This is basically like a collaboration or newsletter swap that’s always running. And so over the last year, since we’ve launched this feature, it’s like five and a half million email subscribers that have joined other people’s lists because of this cross promotion. And I would say for a lot of our, for every creator in it, it’s in their top five biggest sources of new subscribers.

37:28
And for many, it’s their single biggest source of new subscribers, just because of the way the math works, right? Of your promote. I because of this feature that I might be back, Nathan. I to be honest with you. It’s pretty powerful. You get in a in a group of your peers, you know, like because they’re genuine recommendations. Right. You’re like, hey, these are the three other newsletters that I read. And if you’re subscribing to my stuff, you’ll probably also like theirs that it drives a lot of growth. Yeah. And then so you just can you discover people through the platform, though?

37:58
Yeah, so this is where we’re doing a lot of work where you can browse by topic and category and discover people. We’re working to build more smart recommendations so that it will be able to suggest, hey, here’s a match. You we think you might want to partner up with. It’s interesting. We basically have it at the directory stage right now. Okay. And we’re trying to, you know, so you can see, okay, who are all the, you know, the travel podcasts, you know, and you can.

38:27
cross-reference there. What we’re doing from here is really the cross-linking where you could make it feel much more like a network where you can actually browse the network and see like, oh, Steve recommends this person and I didn’t even know they were on creator network and sort of all of them. So it’s a relatively new feature, but it’s a lot of fun. just to be clear, the way it works is you, let’s say I sign up for your email list and then the recommendation comes.

38:53
I don’t have to enter my email again. just click a button and I’m automatically subscribed to both. Correct. And then if you were to join my list, I customize that email that comes in. Right. Because let’s say someone follows me two different paths. Someone follows me for six months on Instagram and then finally decides, you know what? I’m going to subscribe. They have a lot of like a lot of context about who I am, what I do and all of that versus someone.

39:23
follows your newsletter, decides to subscribe to yours, and then gets, is like, ah, sure, Nathan’s looks interesting, whatever. And they’re in. Like one of them has months of context, the other has less than a minute of context. And so you can actually send different automations to those people. And so what I would do in the case of the Creator Network is I would say, hey, I’m Nathan, you don’t know me, but you got recommended by another creator, here’s what I like to talk about.

39:51
If you want to stay subscribed to my newsletter here, you can expect these three things over the next three days. Yeah. If that doesn’t sound interesting to you, unsubscribe buttons right here. No hard feelings. All of that. Otherwise, like stay tuned. You know, tomorrow I’m going to send you my essay on the ladders of wealth creation, you know, versus someone else. I might dive right into my content so you can customize those automation flows based on where someone came. By the way, for everyone listening here,

40:20
This is not like a pitch. literally discovered all these features yesterday when I just happened to be looking at Nathan’s website. There’s a lot of new things that this has already been announced. ConvertKit is, or Kit is now free for up to 10,000 subs. You get a basic autoresponder sequence and unlimited broadcast, right? Yep. Which is like the old school MailChimp on steroids. Yeah, we literally increased the limit on our free plan by 10 times. It was a thousand, now it’s 10,000. Yes.

40:50
which makes it a no brainer. The other thing I discovered just looking at nathanberry.com, ironically, not even the convert kit website was Spark Loop, which I think I’m going to sign up for that as well. You want to just describe what it is to the audience? So Spark Loop took this interesting problem of paid advertising to grow your newsletter and basically made it peer to peer. basically what all these creators were doing is saying, Hey, I want to grow my newsletter.

41:18
let me go to Google and Meta and pay them a whole bunch of money to grow my newsletter. But like, you know who else has attention? Creators. Like creators are the best at harnessing attention. And so they just said, we’ll make, I mean, it’s effectively, you know, an affiliate program or cost per lead acquisition for newsletters. So if you take Sahil Bloom, for example, he has built a giant newsletter. I he’s 750,000 subscribers at this point. That’s nuts. And a lot of it.

41:47
is through paying other creators to recommend them. And so in Creator Network, you can do free recommendations where you and I recommend each other for free. No money changes hands. But I can also go in there and say, or we use Sahil Bloom. He says, hey, I’ll pay $2 for every subscriber, every engaged subscriber that someone else refers to me. And what’s interesting about that is he gets to define engagement. So they open two emails in 14 days.

42:16
something like that, right? Or they click a link in the first 14 days. And then other creators can go and browse the Spark Loop directory and say, oh, I love Sawhill’s stuff anyway. I’d be thrilled to get paid to recommend them. And then either in that post subscription form or in your email itself, you could put in that recommendation for Sawhill. So at this point, we’ve paid out many millions in…

42:44
payouts to other creators. So it’s turned into this great way to grow your list and then a great way to earn money. And yeah, as you mentioned, we acquired Spark Loop last year. I mean, the reason why I’m interested in this, because I used to run Facebook, actually, I still run Facebook ads for email subs, and it’s not cheap. But by selling people on my list, and also paying someone else, and if I break even, I’m fine. Right, right. Because I’m building email subs no matter what.

43:12
I am curious, how does the process work exactly? Do I have to embed their form into my broadcast or is it automated somehow? Yeah, so if you’re using ConvertKit, Zune to be Kit, then you will, you can choose, hey, only, when someone subscribes to my list, I want to recommend these three newsletters that I’m getting paid for. I want to recommend these two where it’s a free swap and this one that I’m getting paid for. You just basically browse the,

43:41
the basically browse the directory and select who you want to recommend and whether it’s free or paid. And then anytime you’re writing an email, you can drop in a recommendation. Now there’s another interesting layer to this where actually people are making back a lot of their Facebook ad costs because what they’re doing, like advertising on Facebook and Instagram is still a great way to grow your list. And so what people will do and I do this is

44:12
If I’m running ads to my content to get subscribers, then when someone subscribes to that form, I promote other creators who are paying me. And so I can make back, you know, some, usually between half and three quarters of my Facebook ad costs by recommending that subscriber check out other creators that I also find interesting. That’s interesting. You know what I’m doing right now is I try to get an SMS and an email sub.

44:40
So as soon as I get the email sub, I offer additional bonus content to get their phone number. For the SMS, it’s smart. And I wonder how I would integrate this recommendation form. It seems like, is it one click to subscribe? It is, yeah. Okay, and Spark Loop supports every email provider, right? This is not like a- They do. So that’s kind of the interesting way that we’ve done it is, know, Converkit is Converkit specific, but it-

45:05
then Spark Loop integrates, I think it’s like 19 ESPs. There’s a bunch, basically all the ones that you’ve heard of. Yeah. Essentially. Yeah. And so just trying to make a big open network. The cool thing about that is as a creator, you might use, let’s say ConvertKit or MailChimp or some of these tools, but the people that are the best at making money, like the big publications, say Morning Brew or something like that.

45:32
They’re using like an enterprise tool, like a market or a sales, a sale through. And so the cool thing is market or a morning brew is a sponsor on spark loop and I can get paid to recommend them even though we’re on two totally different platforms and spark is just the intermediary. And it’s a one click to subscribe in either case. Yeah. Right. I love it. Yeah. Yeah. It’s, pretty slick and it’s growing really, really well. And it’s fun because it’s a new path for creators to make money.

46:01
both like directly and then also, you know, to grow your list. So like we had a creator that we just did a case study on and she launched her course and did 60,000 in sales and 10 % of the sales came from recommendations that she’d gotten from other creators. So like we’re actually finding, we find on average, if it’s a recommended subscriber, on average they engaged lower.

46:29
than like organic subscribers. not substantially lower. I’m assuming as long as the warm up is good, right? The warm up sequence. Yeah, there’s so much for that. And like you need a fit and who’s recommending you. If it’s some random AI newsletter that’s going to all your traffic and you talk about food blogging, not going you’re going to vet people carefully, right? You’d sign up for the email list first, see what it’s all about and do your due diligence on the creator before you. Yep. Absolutely.

46:59
but I love this feature because yeah, Facebook is not cheap to an acquired subscriber. And I think it’s gotten a little more expensive in the last couple of years. So yeah, I love it. Yeah. And now that Google has kind of hurt a lot of these smaller blogs, I used to get a lot more email subs for my blog than I did my YouTube channel. But now my YouTube channel is actually number one. And I’ve been looking for another source.

47:26
And so for all you guys listening out there, and again, this is not a sales pitch. I literally discovered these tools yesterday in preparation for this interview. In it’s fun. mean, like, as you know, because we see each other at events and everything else, like I just love this world in this community. And so I’m always looking for, OK, what can we build and what can we acquire that just makes more useful tools for like building a creative business? Yeah, yeah. And in SMS land, since we’re talking.

47:55
What’s nice is if someone hasn’t opened an email or click, you automatically fired off an SMS, right? And get that engagement. In e-comm land, that’s pretty common. Yeah, we got to figure out how to do that. Like I’m looking for a developer who wants to go really deep in building the perfect SMS app for Converka. Like it’s just natively built on top or it feels native, right? Yeah. Because that’s better, I think, than a platform that was built independently.

48:25
and then happens to have an app or an integration. So someone did this, it’s called Kitboard, where it’s a CRM, like Kanban style, move your leads across the columns. The other guy’s name is Matt, and he did that for ConvertKit. And it’s like just entirely made 100 % for ConvertKit. And it’s pretty sweet. And so I want someone to do that for SMS. Nice. And that’s a standalone app right now in your app store, right? Yep, exactly. Cool.

48:54
Nathan, I love all these features, man. We should keep in touch more often. You’re doing a lot of cool stuff, even outside of work. appreciate your time and apologize for all the scheduling issues, but I’m glad we got a chance to talk. Oh yeah, it’s great fun. Thanks for having me on and we’ll catch up soon. All right, sounds good. And if anyone wants to check things out, are you changing the domain name of your tool or? Yeah, so in September it’ll change from ConvertKit.com to just kit.com. How much was that domain?

49:23
You know, I am transparent about everything and I cannot disclose that in the process of buying it. Right. Right. I was like, yeah, so, you know, and then like we’ll wait till we announce the rebrand and then we’ll be able to talk about the price. And they’re like, no, I’m like, well, you know, we’re transparent about everything. They’re like, not this. And I like tried to write in, OK, we’ll keep the price secret for a year and then we can talk about it. And they’re basically like,

49:52
Do you want this deal to happen or not? Understood. We’re talking about the price. Nevermind. Cool, man. Well, congratulations. I look forward to when that transition happens. And who knows? I might be back. Thanks a lot for coming on the show. Thank you.

50:12
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now I swear this was not an ad for ConvertKit, but I am shocked to learn that their free plan lets you have 10,000 subscribers and this makes it a no-brainer. More information about how to sign up for ConvertKit, go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 545. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

544: It’s Game Over For Etsy Sellers In The US. Here’s What’s Happening…

544: It's Game Over For Etsy Sellers In The US.  Here's What's Happening...

Etsy sellers beware!

In this episode, I’ll explain the implications of China’s return to Etsy, decode what it means for the entrepreneurial ecosystem, and teach you how to navigate this new landscape.

What You’ll Learn

  • What’s going on with Etsy?
  • The implications of opening up Etsy to Chinese sellers
  • Why Chinese sellers have an unfair advantage

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quote, or Job podcast, the place where I cover the latest strategies to grow an online business. And today, we’re gonna talk about Etsy and how a critical decision made this year by the CEO will have a huge rippling effect on all sellers in the United States. But before we begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death.

00:29
Plus you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

00:52
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit or Drop podcast. In this episode, we’re gonna talk about what’s going on with Etsy right now and my predictions for where the platform is going and it is not looking promising. Now imagine a marketplace filled with counterfeit goods and mass produced products where the sheer number of impossibly cheap listings explodes overnight. Well, this isn’t a hypothetical scenario, it’s actually happening right now as Etsy sellers and China makes its grand re-entrance onto the platform.

01:21
And right now we’re at the beginning of a transformation that will change the Etsy platform forever. So in this episode, I’m going to explain the implications of China’s return to Etsy, decode what it means for you and teach you how to navigate this new landscape. But first off, what is going on exactly and why are Etsy sellers so pissed off? Well, basically it’s because Chinese sellers are coming back to Etsy because Etsy is under severe financial pressure from their investors.

01:49
Now these past three years were not good for Etsy stock and their gross sales have been decreasing year over year. So I’m looking at a graph right now in 2021. I think they had 13.49 billion in sales and two years later they’re at 13.16 billion dollars in sales. So it’s decreasing which is not good. Now ask yourself what is the easiest way to boost profits on a stagnant marketplace and that’s to bring China back on the platform.

02:19
Now, why did I use the words coming back? Well, it’s because Chinese sellers used to be on Etsy up until 2021, where they were silently removed due to worries about protecting the integrity of the handmade marketplace. But recently, they added China back onto the Etsy payments approved country list, which is essentially like rolling out the red carpet for Chinese sellers. Now, from Etsy’s perspective, this is going to be great for earnings.

02:46
as it opens up the market to 1.4 billion new people. But from an Etsy seller’s perspective, things could go very wrong. And here’s what I predict will happen, and this isn’t really guesswork. When Amazon started encouraging Chinese sellers onto their platform back in 2016, it made life difficult for all sellers. Etsy is just a couple of steps behind Amazon, and I guarantee you, history will repeat itself. So mark my words, here’s what’s gonna happen. First off,

03:15
Etsy is going to be instantly flooded with new Chinese sellers peddling copyrighted products and violating legitimate sellers’ trademarks left and right. Now back in the day, prior to 2021, thousands of Chinese sellers were stealing images from other sellers and swarming the marketplace with knockoff products from Chinese factories. Now this is going to happen again. Etsy is going to have a huge onboarding problem and they aren’t going to be prepared for it. And I say this because Amazon had the exact same problem back in 2016.

03:44
Now back in 2016, it was pretty easy to get an Amazon account and you could sell on the platform with very little verification. But once they opened the door to China, they were immediately overwhelmed by new Chinese sellers accounts. Now it took many years for Amazon to adjust, but you now have to jump through a bunch of hoops just to get an account on Amazon today. So for example, today to sell on Amazon, you got to go through a 10 minute interview, show legal identification and utility bills to show your real address.

04:12
and basically prove that you are who you really are. It’s actually quite an ordeal to get an account today, and it took a lot of time and manpower for Amazon to implement these stringent procedures. Now the same thing is going to happen to Etsy, and Etsy will have to deal with this correctly, otherwise the platform is going to be overwhelmed with new applications. Second of all, China has incredibly low wages, so they can mass produce products far cheaper and more efficiently than any individual seller on Etsy. And if you look at Etsy’s terms of service,

04:42
They technically allow production partners as long as all handmade items are made or designed by you and mass produced items have been on Etsy for quite a long time now. But you haven’t seen anything yet. Once Chinese factories start selling direct on the platform, it is going to flood the marketplace with cheap mass produced products. Now I got to be a little bit careful what I say here, but let’s just say that sellers in China have a penchant for breaking the law. The culture is just different over there and they’re going to do whatever it takes to maximize their sales.

05:12
Now I’ve interacted with many Chinese sellers in the past and I’ve seen rampant piracy on Amazon, eBay and other marketplaces. And let’s just say that it’s going to happen. Etsy already has a copyright problem with the tiny amount of sellers it has now. But as of now, the floodgates are completely open. You’re to see fake Taylor Swift stuff, fake name brands, the whole gamut. And Etsy is going to need to have some strict onboarding procedures in place to fight it. Now if Amazon’s past was any indication, I am skeptical that Etsy is going to be able to handle it.

05:43
Banning Chinese sellers right now on Amazon is like playing whack-a-mole. Because they’re so far away, it’s easy for a Chinese seller to have a ton of different accounts. If one account gets banned, they have another ready to go. And trust me, even though Etsy implemented a new $15 account setup fee, it’s not going to change anything. As of right now, Etsy is not doing video interviews or any really stringent checks that Amazon performs for new accounts, so waves and waves of Chinese sellers are going to get onto Etsy breaking copyright and trademark law.

06:13
Now don’t get me wrong, Etsy’s going to do their best to police these accounts, but there will be and already be collateral damage through algorithmic account flagging. If you look in the forums and Etsy groups, many Etsy sellers have been banned for seemingly no reason as of late. One YouTuber named Matira Made Jewelry recently had her account banned after three years of being a seller on Etsy and having hundreds of sales and great reviews. There are countless stories like this in the Etsy community. All you got to do is perform a simple Google search.

06:42
Now the next thing that’s going to happen is that the sheer number of Chinese sellers is going to dilute the entire marketplace, making it harder to gain visibility with your products. And today, over 50 % of the top sellers on Amazon are Chinese sellers, and mark my words, this exact same thing is going to happen to Etsy. Both legal and illegal products will be sold on Etsy from China for impossibly low prices and pull buyers away from existing sellers who have similar legal products that are actually handmade.

07:10
It’s the illegal products that will likely hurt sellers the most. Even though Etsy will do their best to ban illegal sellers and products, the illegal Etsy listings will generate sales for months before they are taken down. And regardless of these bans, new Chinese sellers are going to pop up immediately, selling the same illegal products, and it’s going to get out of control. And as we all know, the Etsy algorithm is based on a quality score which is determined by your sales. Chinese sellers will compete very aggressively based on price,

07:36
which will leach away quality scores and sales from existing sellers. Now don’t get me wrong, I hope I’m wrong and that Etsy will have all this under control, but this is still a huge problem on Amazon even after many years and Amazon has far more resources than Etsy to fight it. Now the next point that I want to bring up is that Chinese sellers have huge advantages over existing sellers in terms of prices, taxes, customs duties, basically everything. So first off, Chinese sellers can ship their products directly from China

08:05
without having to pay sales tax or customs duties due to the de minimis rule. The de minimis rule states that a seller does not have to pay import duties if the product being sold is under 800 bucks. And since most Etsy products fall way under this amount, Chinese sellers on Etsy won’t have to pay any import taxes. Now in contrast, most existing Etsy sellers are getting the raw materials from companies in the US where all the taxes and duties are already baked in. And for the existing Etsy sellers importing from China,

08:34
they’re likely importing containers of goods and paying taxes and tariffs on their products. Now, the other huge advantage that Chinese sellers have are low labor costs. And with the floodgates open, Chinese factories will start selling direct on the Etsy platform at rock bottom prices that no Etsy seller is going to be able to match. Just imagine a mom and pop shop selling handmade mittens competing against a factory in China paying their workers one-tenth of the wages in the U.S. Just not going to be a fair fight. Now, you might think that shipping from China will be slow and expensive,

09:04
But that’s actually not the case either. Right now, Tmoo is killing it in the US, and they are able to offer free or cheap shipping to the US with delivery times of four to 15 days. Now, in case you’ve never heard of Tmoo, Tmoo is a relatively new online marketplace that sells mass-produced merchandise direct from China at dirt cheap prices. Now, because of the current state of the economy, low-cost shopping sites like Tmoo are rapidly gaining market share. In fact, in just one short year,

09:31
Tmoo is already getting one third the shopping traffic of Amazon. And even though packages take a little longer to arrive, it hasn’t affected Tmoo’s sales and the same Chinese sellers on Tmoo will eventually come onto the Etsy platform. Now the final nail in the coffin is that the sheer number of sellers will greatly reduce the visibility of existing products. Right now there are about 10 million sellers on Amazon and about 6.3 million are Chinese sellers. And right now there are about 7.5 million sellers on Etsy.

10:01
Now if those 6.3 million sellers come to Etsy, the seller pool will essentially double. And that’s not even counting the number of product listings, which is going to grow exponentially. Because Chinese sellers will be far more aggressive than the average Etsy seller, the listing pool could be diluted by 10x or more. Now having battled against Chinese sellers in the past on Amazon, I can definitely say that Chinese sellers are willing to take lower margins, they have a cost advantage, and they have an advantage in shipping costs as well.

10:29
Anyway, I don’t want to depress you guys, but that’s my two cents on the Etsy situation. But before we jump to any conclusions, let’s just review the facts. Etsy has added China to Etsy payments. They’ve not made a formal announcement yet, and it hasn’t been 100 % confirmed that Chinese sellers are going to be able to sell on the platform. But let’s just be realistic here. Abysmal earnings for the past three years means that Etsy needs to do something to boost shareholder value. And when a country is added to Etsy payments, the country is going to be selling on the platform.

11:00
And for a country the size of China and how aggressive they are at selling on Amazon, new Chinese sellers will exponentially increase the seller base and listing base on Etsy. More sellers on Etsy means less visibility and exponentially more competition. Now, if past performance on Amazon is any indication, there’s going to be rampant piracy, trademark and copyright infringement on the platform that Etsy is going to have to fight algorithmically. Etsy is going to do their best to fight the bad actors and many innocent sellers are going to get banned.

11:29
In order for all this stuff to work out in the long run, Etsy will have to do many things right with a pool of resources that is far less than Amazon. And right now, the rules for selling on Etsy are that all handmade items must be either made or designed by you. Etsy store owners are permitted to sell produced goods under certain conditions. Well, with Chinese factories in the mix, the lines between handmade products and factory mass produced products are about to get even more blurred. The Chinese have a cost advantage.

11:59
They have a shipping advantage, have a production advantage, and it’s easier for them to break the laws with impunity. Now, overall, I’m not saying that it’s game over for Etsy, but it’s going to get a lot harder. Meanwhile, on the periphery, sites like Tmoo are flooding the market with cheap Chinese goods, which puts further pressure on Etsy sellers. Now I want to hear what you all have to say about this. So get in the comments. Let me know how you feel about China’s likely return to Etsy’s marketplace. Is it a good thing? Is it a bad thing? Let me know what you think.

12:28
Hope you enjoyed this episode and I want to know what you think. Are Chinese sellers going to ruin the platform? Let me know in the comments or send me an email at steve at mywifequitterjob.com. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 544. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

543: Google Search Is Dying. Here Are Your Best Traffic Alternatives

543: Google Search Is Dying.  Here Are Your Best Traffic Alternatives

With AI adoption accelerating at a super fast pace, Google search is declining and will continue to decline in the next couple of years.

In fact, I predict that search will pretty much be dead in 2 to 3 years. So what are your traffic alternatives? This episode will cover other ways to generate traffic and sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Google is devaluing independent publishers
  • Traffic Alternatives to Google
  • Why Google search traffic is dying

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I cover the latest strategies to grow an online business. Now with AI adoption, accelerating a super fast pace, Google search traffic is declining and will continue to decline in the next couple of years. And in fact, I predict that search will pretty much be dead in two to three years. So what are your traffic alternatives? This episode will cover better ways to generate traffic and sales. But before we begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur Yet,

00:29
It’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now on to the show.

01:02
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today’s episode is going to be somewhat of a self-help episode in a way. The last couple of episodes, we’ve been covering how Google has been devaluing independent publishers and basically screwing up all over the place. And one of the topics of my mastermind groups has been what are some alternate traffic sources outside of Google? And that’s what we’re going to explore today.

01:31
Yeah, I think about your master, you’re talking about your personal finance mastermind group. Yes, that one. Yes. The one that’s like all Google. So I was actually thinking, I was thinking about this topic yesterday and I, cause I was talking to our mutual friend, Jim Wang, who was in that group. And I was thinking about that because that group pretty much in the personal finance space has dominated search for the past 10 years has

01:56
Over a decade, actually. Yeah, probably 15. In my mind, it’s still like 2013. So they’ve dominated search. They’ve built their entire businesses. Some of them are on their second and third business because they’ve sold websites previously. Everything that they’ve done has really been search related. In fact, one of the people in your group, and I’m not going to name names, maybe five or six years ago, I was in a mastermind meetup with this person.

02:21
They were making over million dollars a year from their website and they had no email list. It was all relying on search traffic, paid advertising. That was when you could do Facebook ads and you could get clicks that were less than what you could make on the affiliate revenue. So there was, people were doing that, which was very successful for a period of time. And they had maybe 5,000 people on their email list with a million visitors to the site every month.

02:49
So that actually hasn’t changed all that much. Yes, I’m sure. Because I had a meeting with them. We all got together. I missed this last meeting, but still lot of the guys weren’t doing email because… Actually, I didn’t know the reason why, to be honest with you. They’re getting tons of traffic or they were getting tons of traffic, I should say. But rather than get an email address, they preferred to get the affiliate click. Correct. And they were really good at optimizing for the affiliate revenue. Oh, no. And I remember they would analyze…

03:18
posts and pages to the nth degree to get the absolute most bang for their buck and no shade to any of them. They all made a ton of money and are all very, very successful. So this isn’t about, that was such a dumb idea. Like I thought that was a good idea. I did think at the time I told this person and I still believe this, know, not collecting email or not having that be, you know, one of your main focuses will end up to bite you in the butt. And here we are.

03:48
you know, five years later with that problem. I mean, I agree that to a certain extent, but you still need traffic to get more email subs. So email will just delay the decline. Yeah. Here, but right. If you’re not getting it. Correct. But let’s start with that. So let’s just say you’ve made your living from Google for the past 10 years or even five. I’m seeing this in a lot of the blogger groups that I’m in, the lifestyle blogging groups, especially like the ad groups like the

04:16
Well, it was AdThrive, now it’s called Raptive, but the Mediavine groups, they’re all talking about the declines. And a lot of people are walking away from their blogs because it’s so severe and it’s been like hit after hit after hit. They can’t recover. But these people do have email lists and maybe their list is only 5,000 or 10,000, which is not a small number, right? To me, that would be my first thing that I would do. So if I took a Google hit,

04:44
And actually this happened to me in 2017. I got nailed by Google in 2017 and I never fully recovered from that. But I had an email list. I had some other channels that we’re going to talk about. And that’s when I would start going all in on email to the people that are already on the list. I’m not disagreeing with you. I’m just saying email by itself is not the end all because you need traffic to get email subs. And with every send you are shedding some amount of email. Correct.

05:11
But if you have a list right now, that’s what I would start focusing on is getting that list more engaged because chances are, if you were using Google Azure, know, bread and butter, you probably weren’t doing everything with email that you could be doing to increase revenue from email, increase subscribership by having people share the email. I think our friend Chanel does this really well with her email newsletter and we can talk about that in a minute. And they’re not maximizing every dollar from the people that are already on the list.

05:41
Correct, absolutely. And even in e-commerce land, think search as we know it, my prediction is it’s gonna die in a year. Okay. I mean, those are strong words, but just the way things are going, Google has all the data, but just their cash cow, I can’t think of how they’re gonna incorporate links in with the AI when you can just get the answer. Like already, I have chat GPT on my widget on my phone.

06:11
I don’t even use Google search anymore. I removed the Google search widget because it’s kind of useless. Yes. And what’s really interesting is this just happened to me this morning is, you know, I work almost all day long in Klaviyo and they have an amazing knowledge base. if you can’t figure something out, their knowledge base will walk you through step by step. It’s really great. So whenever I’m not quite sure how to do something and I want to double check my work,

06:36
I just in Google put Clavio and today I was double checking dynamic coupon code. So I was like Clavio dynamic coupon code, right? And Clavio always comes up first in search. just click on it. It’s always right, right? It’s always the right link to everything. So today I do the same thing. It comes up and I start reading through and I get to the bottom of this and it’s just on the search page, right? I’m just reading like the preview. And at the bottom it says, this is AI generated might not be correct.

07:07
of the search and I wasn’t on Klaviyo’s website. I was on AI translating from the web whatever information and it wasn’t 100 % correct because when I was reading it was like, don’t think that’s how, because I’ve done this before. I just wanted a refresher and I was thinking this isn’t exactly what I did before and the code wasn’t right of how you inserted the code into the email.

07:34
Then when I got to the bottom and I looked at it and I was like, wait, is this not Klaviyo? Here’s the other thing, and this is probably coincidental, but the color that it appeared in was Klaviyo’s colors. It was that greenish gray. I don’t know if maybe that’s what everything comes up in when it’s AI and it was just coincidental that it also happened to be Klaviyo’s branding.

07:58
It took me probably three minutes to realize that I wasn’t actually reading anything from Klaviy. I was reading an AI response that wasn’t 100 % correct. know after our last episode, when we talked about Google’s AI overviews, they backed off big time on them. whereas it was like 80 something percent, it backed down to like less than 15 % of queries because they’re fixing it. Anyway, let’s jump to the topic of today’s episode, which is

08:25
Let’s call it alternative Google strategies for traffic. told you the other day that I am doubling down on all things video and social media now, which pains me to even say that. wish we had like the audio video budget to like pull all of your comments from the past six years of, I’ll never do social, get off the hamster wheel, blah, blah, blah. I never said never, but I said I…

08:54
don’t want to do social. I do not If you’re listening right now in your head, get an audio montage of all of Steve’s negative social media comments over the past 10 years. Here’s the good thing though. Now it’s really easy to post something and it doesn’t have to be perfect. Yes. Back in the day, I might use the Jim Wang method now. Jim Wang is our mutual friend and on his walk, it looks like he goes on a He does go on a daily walk. He always has.

09:23
And he just picks up his phone and then just has like an interesting tidbit that he just does on his walk. And that’s just part of his routine. He does it every day. And he’s had a couple of pretty big hits go viral. His one from yesterday is still virally now. We’ve been texting back and forth about it. But here’s what I think is interesting. So if you’re not following him, I think he’s wallet hacks on TikTok. I think it’s wallet hacks. Yeah. He, to me, is someone that you want to emulate on TikTok for ease of creation.

09:53
Now, he will tell you it’s a slog, but he’s also from the SEO camp. So doing anything like this is a slog for people that come from that bucket. But he creates these videos in TikTok directly. I don’t know if you know this. So he actually uses TikTok to film and everything because you can pause it.

10:16
And so he says like two sentences and then he pauses it, thinks about the next two sentences, says it. So he’s not using a teleprompter. He’s not really writing a script. He knows what he wants to talk about. He’s very knowledgeable about the topics that he’s sharing on TikTok. However, it’s very easy to create because there’s no editing afterwards. It’s literally talk, pause, talk, pause. And in doing that, it does break up the video so that it’s more TikTok friendly.

10:44
right with the cuts. Now it’s not the quick cuts like we talk about a lot of people doing with editing. However, it’s enough to me, in my opinion, to keep people on TikTok engaged. The other thing I like about social now is that it’s merit-based. Yes. Back in the day, it was not like that. So if you actually take the time to produce something that’s interesting, it doesn’t really matter how many subs you have, you can actually get a lot of traffic. Oh, yes, for sure. I mean, I should look up his latest video, but…

11:14
He still doesn’t have a lot of subscribers, if I remember correctly. No, he doesn’t. Not at all. Not at all. But you had this same thing happen when you started on TikTok. You had a couple items go very viral when you only had, I don’t know. I had less than 10,000 when I had that 1 million view video go viral. Yeah. And that felt amazing. I actually got a lot of email subs out of that. I think the problem here is you have to be consistent. Yes.

11:45
And by consistent, I think back in the day I was doing three a week. I’ve been trying to do five a week, which is pretty much every business day. And it’s been tough, mainly because just mentally, I know I’m not making any direct money. And it’s hard to correlate the views to actual email subs and money. Although just recently, I’m going to do some experiments. Problem is, is you see someone on TikTok that you like.

12:13
Your instinct isn’t to go to their profile. At least mine isn’t. Mine is to just Google that person and then maybe subscribe or follow them. So it’s hard to You don’t just click the follow button on TikTok? No, I’m talking about if I want to see their website. Oh, if you want to see more. Yeah. Well, I’ve been doing a lot of e-commerce related because that’s where I’m going to focus next. E-commerce related short form video. And typically if I see a product that I like, I’m not going to click on the profile. I’ll just Google whatever that is. Okay.

12:43
and probably buy it. I haven’t bought anything from TikTok directly, but I’m, I’m exploring TikTok shop now. And I’ve been doing a lot of research on it lately. And here’s the problem, especially in e-com land, all these platforms want people to stay on their platform. Which means that you need to use their built-in shopping cart and you need to abide by their rules. So TikTok has some really gargantuan rules where you must

13:11
ship something out within three days. And if you have too many of those and if something goes viral and you run out of stock, you could just get banned permanently. And so what people have been resorting to is shipping empty boxes if they run I did not know this. With a note that says, hey, we’re out of stock, but we’re going to get your order in real soon. Interesting. here’s a coupon code or whatever. Here’s mail fraud for you.

13:39
Yeah, so all these platforms are forcing people to stay on. So I looked up Jim because I wanted to get his TikTok, if you want to follow him, his best wallet hacks, but his video. So he’s got 6,000 followers basically. And I will tell you guys, I think he would be okay with this. He did boost his stuff to gain followers. So he did run some ads to get more followers, which I don’t think is a bad idea if you have a strategy behind it.

14:05
But his video that he posted a couple of days ago that went viral, know, at 5,000 or 6,000 followers has 295,000 views. So when we talk about the ability to reach more people, and it’d be interesting, and obviously he would have to tell us this, but you know, how many people did he have before that video went viral? And then how many followers does he have today? it, cause you got a lot of follower boost from the virality of those videos. So.

14:31
That is the nice thing, especially about TikTok is when you have something go viral, you will gain followers from it. I actually noticed this as well with YouTube shorts. When we did our video challenge, when I posted, I had a couple of videos go viral on YouTube shorts, not anywhere to this extent. And I gained 20 to 30 followers.

14:55
in that period of time versus on the next day when the video just did its normal amount and I maybe gained two followers.

15:25
all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

15:44
See, I think followers don’t matter at all anymore, which is kind of nice. It’s more of like a vanity metric. I think it sometimes matters in that it can, like if you have a lot of followers, then everything you put out is going to do fairly well, percentage-wise. It doesn’t mean you’re gonna have more viral content. Yeah, I think you’re correct. It establishes the base. So if I produce like a YouTube video now, even if it’s like the worst thing I’ve ever produced in my life, it’ll probably get 2,000 views. Okay. Right?

16:13
in its lifetime. When I published my book launch one or how to write a book, that was the worst performing video I’ve ever done in the last, I don’t know, two years or something like that. But it’s still got almost 2,000 views. Yes, so you’re still going to reach people. I would say if you’re going to jump on the TikTok train or any of the short form video trains, before you start creating this content, you have to have some sort of strategy behind it.

16:42
Are you going, is your main call to action going to be to subscribe to your channel, to subscribe to your email list? Is there going to be a product? Are you trying to get people on a webinar? You need to have that in mind because one of the reasons why I think Jim has done really well is because his content is all very focused on one thing, right? In the personal finance space. what Jim’s angle is, is…

17:08
He’s explaining it in a way that the lay person can figure it out. And I think his tagline is, I’ll make you sound smarter to all your friends or something like that. He’s got a great intro line, but that’s what he does. I’m kind of addicted to his content because he talked about the banking collapse, the, what is it, synapsis or something? Synapsis. Yeah.

17:30
It’s not a bank. It’s something else. Fintech. And like the way he said it, I was like, oh, this is sort of makes sense to me now where I would have had no clue about anything. So that’s what he does. So like figure out what your angle is. I mean, for you, and I’m not saying this is your angle, but you know, if you wanted to do something with e-commerce, could make it, you know, break it down and make it easier for people, or you could take it and do really, you know.

17:55
complicated and like tech heavy information, right? You could, if you find that angle, then you can attract the right crowd and get the algorithm working in your favor. And then when you try to sell something to these people or get, want people to subscribe or some taken action, you have the right people that are seeing the content. Here’s a quick tip that for some reason I stopped doing for a while, but I remember when I first started out by just adding the last line, follow me for quick and dirty e-commerce tips.

18:23
actually increased my follower count dramatically percentage-wise based on the number of views. What is a dirty e-commerce tip? You’re to have to watch the video to find out. Short form video, think is what we’ve seen people start investing in as far as their time and resources. I think probably a much harder thing to do, but a better payoff is long form video.

18:51
Correct. I’m doubling down on long form video. In fact, I’m so glad that I started that channel. What has it been like four and a Well, we’re not going to argue it because we argued it on another one and it’s been four years. Yeah, it’s been four. Yeah, I started in during the pandemic and thank God because it’s really hard to fake video. Whereas like with the written word, you can just hire a bunch of writers and you can use AI to just pump out a bunch of stuff. Although arguably you can use AI to punch out

19:21
pump out a bunch of videos on YouTube now also, which apparently is working well for several people. For my purposes though, I’m trying to create a personal brand. and philosophically, I think those AI generated videos are not worth as much. Because if anyone can do it, you’re building an audience of what? You’re building an audience of a robot or just, like the audience isn’t as valuable to me.

19:50
Well, think especially, I mean, if we wanna take this to the furthest level, let’s say you’re building a YouTube channel and at some point you want to sell it as part of selling your website, selling your email list, selling the channel, things like that. If you have an AI generated content on your YouTube channel, it’s probably not going to be as valuable as, I watch a lot of like DIY tutorials and things like that. I’m sure a lot of that content could be created with AI, but

20:19
when you have that other connection with people, it’s pretty valuable. It doesn’t even have to be like someone’s face. It can just be like the style or the types of videos that people are creating where AI can just be duplicated all day long. I was actually thinking the opposite. If you had an AI channel, it be easier to sell. I don’t think it’s as valuable. Easy to sell, yes. But as valuable, no. You know, was watching one of Gary V’s recordings the other day and he’s predicting that

20:48
AI influencers will be a big thing in two to three years. Interesting. Where literally people are just creating these artificial influencers with big accounts. And apparently it works because I think it’s been happening in Japan for quite a while now. This was talked about in my Seller Summit mastermind. Oh, was it? And what did say? Well, basically these people, and it’s all happening in Asia already right now. And I think it’s also happening in China on the Chinese version of TikTok, which isn’t that our version, but whatever.

21:17
But basically they have AI influencers who it’s all AI and they go live for like 16 hours, right? But it’s not really them and it’s generating all sorts of views and sales and it’s all AI created. I mean, it’s already a thing. Yeah, it’s already a thing in Asia. So maybe we’re all destined to be doomed. I don’t know. Well, because during the mastermind, couple people were like, that’s not true, that’s not real. And then it got

21:46
We pulled it up and sure enough, these people were on for 16 hours and the guy’s actually taking a nap and eating a bag of Doritos in the background. It’s crazy. I think if the AI content is fun and engaging, I don’t see why it wouldn’t work and if you could program a personality in and the person’s attractive or guaranteed to be attractive, right? Because it’s AI. Guarantee attractive level.

22:17
So, I mean, for now though, I think having your face on a long form video, if you’re trying to build a brand and an audience is probably the way to go. Or having your voice. mean, I think your face is great, but I do think if you’re teaching people how to do stuff, like with cooking videos and things like that, you don’t necessarily need to show your face. So here’s the thing with AI, like the 11 labs work super well. Especially if you have a lot of training data.

22:46
It actually even gets the intonations right now. Interesting. I’ve actually considered just using that tool to just pump out just kind of voiceovers too for a different channel. Are you going to have a voiceover where your mouth is moving but it’s not synced up? No, no. My face isn’t in it. It’s just a bunch of B-roll with narrations of little… It’s just an experiment really.

23:13
on one of the channels because that saves a lot of time. Oh, for sure. Yes. Because one of my other friends actually has a company where they automatically take a script and put together B-roll. Yes. Okay. That makes sense. That’s where the experiment comes in. Anyways, back to the topic. I think YouTube is my number one now. Whereas it used to be the blog actually. I think that’s a very

23:44
smart route for people. they’re, know, Google searches tanked their website, bite the bullet and start making that long form video. And if you’ve been a blogger for five years, 10 years, 15 years, you have an entire encyclopedia amount of content on your website already to pull from to make video. So it’s not like,

24:07
you’re starting from zero, you have an archive of content that you can probably massage in some way to make that video content. So it’s, I feel like it’s less overwhelming because a lot of people I think start with, I don’t know what to say. I don’t know what to talk about, you know, blah, blah, blah. And so I think, you know, this is something that where Google has hit you and you’re struggling. This is, this would be my like turn to this and start immediately.

24:33
And I think if you’re an e-commerce, I short form is, is where it’s at. I’ve been doing a lot of research lately on short form for e-comm trying to come up with a low energy strategy. a lot of these videos that do well are literally just photos or videos of people just fulfilling orders or, or they find an order that’s interesting and they just write a little caption. right now what’s working a lot is POV captions.

25:02
Point of view, you’re looking for the best gift for your girlfriend, but you can’t think of anything. Stupid things like that are doing really well and you just show off your product. Things like that you can do pretty easily for an e-commerce store. Yes, you don’t need to be standing there like a QVC talking about the product. Right. These don’t have to be long clips. We’re talking like five seconds. Yes, just crazy. The bar is so low.

25:30
The bar is really low and that’s how people shop these days. So I actually literally spoke to my wife yesterday about this. was like, how do you feel about taking transactions, you know, on Instagram, Facebook and TikTok fulfillment? I would have to write something up to integrate everything since I’m not on like a Shopify, but the fulfillment would be the same.

25:57
It’d be just like having multiple Amazons in a way. Is that where the world’s going? then hopefully you’ll get, is you don’t get their information either on these platforms. Correct. And you know what’s so interesting about all of this, because this is another traffic channel that we’re going to talk about, but Pinterest tried to do this like 10 years ago. Remember when they came out with, I think they were initially called viable pins. And I want to say this was like 2014, 2015. mean, this was…

26:26
a very long time ago and it bombed. They just could not get any, mean think they kept it for several years but they finally sunsetted it and now they have a different program. But they just couldn’t get people to, and the whole benefit was everything happens on Pinterest. They see your product, they buy it, it’s all nice and sanitized and people just were like, nope, not doing it. But nowadays,

26:53
Like I want to buy it on TikTok. I don’t want to have to go like every time it takes me off somewhere and like I have to go to a store and I don’t know anything about the store and then like my information isn’t pre-filled and all that stuff. I’m immediately like, yeah, I’ll wait for them to send me the abandoned cart emails. Like I don’t want to deal with it anymore. The TikTok experience is really good. It’s very good. went through the video still playing. Yes. And you’ve like already ordered 10, whatever it is.

27:21
It’s a little dangerous. Like I don’t like to go on TikTok at night anymore for that reason because I’ve ordered stuff and I’m like this might I might have some buyer’s remorse. And every platform is going to have one of these. Yes. Pretty soon. Yeah. Right. If I mean, they already do to a certain extent, but they’re going to copy TikTok’s model. Yes. And TikTok does integrate with Shopify. You don’t get the customer information.

27:44
which is very, except for their email addresses show up in Klaviyo. So your number of emails actually shows up and it’s like some garbled address that you can’t email. It’s just like Amazon. Yeah. So anyway, it’s kind of a pain, but it doesn’t count towards your subscriber count. So it’s not penalizing you like monetarily, which is nice. But yeah, feel, yeah.

28:11
I think we had a couple of talks on TikTok at Seller Summit. Tiffany broke down how it works from the seller point of view. It’s got a lot of negatives, however, I know she shared her revenue. She’s doing like half a million dollars a month on TikTok Shop. This nuts. So it’s something I think if you are an e-commerce store, you should probably at least give it a very serious consideration. I mean, this might be the future of shopping.

28:41
I think it might be. And if you have a brand that is, so let’s just talk about search, right? Like, so you have a brand, no one’s really heard of it. You’re not a household name. You’re not Yeti. You’re not Nike. You know, you’re not something everyone’s heard of. People are searching for a very specific thing. Like they’re searching for a leather belt, let’s just say, and they land on your site because you’ve rocked it out with like, you know, long form, you know, long tail search words and they get to your site and it’s like,

29:09
I’ve never heard of this brand. I’ve never heard of this. You know, there’s all these factors that go involved that, that changed people’s mind about making a purchase and you can do everything right. You can have the reviews, you can have the little, you know, phone number at the bottom and all the things that we recommend people to do. But the reality is if they came to you by Google search and they don’t know anything about your brand, the conversions harder. But if you’re on TikTok and you see, you know, two or three of the people you follow talking about this belt,

29:37
And then all of a sudden the belt shows up in your feed as either an ad or the TikTok shop or whatever. there’s 5,000 comments and 70,000, you get all this data along with the post, because you can see all that on TikTok. And then the next thing you know, you’ve clicked, in your cart, your credit card’s already saved and you’ve bought it. And so the path to purchase for people is just so smooth.

30:01
and it removes a lot of those barriers. In return, you don’t have the customer where you would have had it on your own site, but the ease of people buying, your conversion rate’s probably significantly higher from people who come from the referral process. I mean, it’s basically another Amazon. Another Amazon for all these platforms. So I guess, sure, you’re beholden to these platforms, but I guess if you’re beholden to multiple platforms, that’s diversifying. Well, yeah, you’re beholden.

30:31
But you’re already beholden to Amazon. You are correct. That’s what I’m saying. It’s just like Amazon. Whereas with your site, at least you’re getting a phone number and an email. So I think they all kind of work together in a way. mean, this is where the world’s going. So I don’t even remember what my wife said, actually. She was like, I’m not making TikTok, Steve. That’s what she said. Well, here’s what we’re doing with our store now. I just created a Dropbox folder.

31:00
and I just told them every single day, just film two videos. They can just be five or 10 seconds, just whatever you’re doing that’s even remotely interesting. Or if someone buys a personalized hanky or if you have a pile of orders sitting on the table, just make a quick video and then I’m gonna hire a social media manager to just put little captions on it and post. So what are you gonna do when all their videos are like in the break room, standing outside smoking a cigarette, eating lunch?

31:29
There’s actually a lot of material for our stuff because people put some of the funniest captions. OK, but that’s the thing. Like when you were talking, I was like, why do you not just have a live feed of the embroidery machine? Like people watch that kind of stuff all the time. You know, that’s funny. Yeah. You know what I mean? Right. I mean, how many people waited for that giraffe to be born? It was like two days of like watching a giraffe walk around a pin.

31:55
People would love to watch a little t-t-t-t-t. That’s very engaging. That might even work for just people just bystander. Yes. They see it being stitched. Yes. I know you’ve convinced everyone that Jen’s in the back room hand sewing everybody’s handkerchief as the order comes in, but sometime the truth’s got to come out. I’m just trying to think whether my employees would like that. It’s a camera basically, not necessarily on them, but No, just on the stitching.

32:22
The other thing I was thinking is you have that new fancy printer with the press and all those things. Yes. Like to me, the process of like making the print, I don’t know what’s what the official term is, but that sort of content would be really like people would watch that. Because I watch all the time, people fill candles and, know, any manufacturing of a product people watch. That’s like that’s good live material. Yeah.

32:51
I could do that actually. People would watch this maybe doing that stuff. It’s kind of boring. People watch a lot of boring stuff online. Yes, I know. Who was it that I just talked to the other day? Basically, they just put up a camera of them just copywriting. No, that’s boring. I don’t know if I would write that, but yes.

33:16
But people tune in? Yeah, no. Sometimes they just leave it on the background for 30 minutes. Okay. mean, did you want to talk about Pinterest? Yeah, I was going to talk about Pinterest. mean, Pinterest is not dead. It’s growing. Their numbers are growing. Their younger users are growing, right? They’re teen and 20s. I don’t know what that was, that Generation Z. I don’t even know.

33:44
They’re growing. I just know I’m not getting. Yes, you’re not. You’re not. Their users are growing and people still use it as a visual search engine. It’s not dead. We talked about this a couple of podcasts ago. As Google gets worse and worse, think Pinterest will capitalize on some of that as far as people searching for things that have a visual component to it. They’re not going to use Pinterest to find out how to add a dynamic coupon code in Klaviyo. That’s not going to be what Pinterest ever is.

34:13
but they are going to look for best hotels in Croatia or travel outfits for the spring or chicken noodle soup in the Instapot. I think Pinterest is gonna continue to pull from the Google searchers to get a bigger market share for the search platform. And it works, people do still use Pinterest. I still get traffic from Pinterest, I know a lot of people do, but it’s like everything else, you have to continually be.

34:42
working on your account.

34:45
I find Pinterest a little overwhelming. It is, it is. Like I do a search and I actually prefer text actually when a search result comes up because I’ve been disappointed before, I guess that happens at Google too, where like the image isn’t that great or it’s fantastic and you click on it and it’s crap. It’s garbage underneath. And what turned me off about Pinterest for the longest time was the fact that like the strategies that you were teaching

35:15
was you pin the same thing, just switch up the images, right? I don’t want to click on Pinterest and find the same stuff. I don’t think you’re going to get the same content in. I don’t think when you do a search, you’re going to get five of the exact same URLs in the search results because the images are different. I have not seen that. Doesn’t mean that it’s not happening because I only have my own experiences.

35:43
But I mean, think it still works if you are pinning, if you are putting your content out there, it still works. It’s still a tool, lots of people, I don’t even know what the numbers are, but it’s growing. And I wouldn’t give up on it. And that’s something, it’s like one of those things too, where you were talking about having a VA do your social, like take the video content. Like you can completely outsource your Pinterest. You never need to do anything with it, right? It’s not like YouTube videos where you probably need to have some sort of involvement, whether you’re the one making the videos or editing them.

36:12
I mean, Pinterest is something where you can completely hire an agency, someone overseas, someone on your team, a kid to handle for you at a very low cost with some sort of return. I’m just curious, what’s up with the Pinterest Merchant Center stuff? I don’t have any experience with that. I actually, don’t know anybody who’s using it. So I have had, you know, I don’t have any like information, but I’m curious to see if that because,

36:41
They failed with the Bible pens. Now is this going to become the next TikTok shop? Are they going to be competing in that area? Probably. It’s funny. I have my ears and head down in the e-commerce space. I don’t think I’ve ever heard anyone talk about it. Because I think people got excited about it 10 years ago, and then everyone saw poor results and got disillusioned and were like, forget it, I’m not messing with it anymore.

37:10
By the way, I was just checking my Pinterest account. So I’ve been auto posting my shorts onto the Pinterest platform. So it looks like I am getting around between 15 to 30 views per video. That’s not bad considering what you’re talking about. just auto posting. Yeah. So here’s the other thing. Pinterest used to be all just images, right? And now it’s a much bigger video component. But the cool thing about it, and I think we did an office hours on this and we might have talked about it on a podcast.

37:39
you can take that TikTok content. I’ve been telling Jim, put all that on Pinterest. Like take the TikTok content, take the Instagram reels, take the YouTube shorts, whatever you’re doing and put that on Pinterest, uploading it as the short form video. It does perform better. When I’ve done, I’ve done a lot of tests. did a ton of tests with this in, I think it was April where I would try a static image with the blog post and then a short form video linking to the same blog post, the short form video performed better.

38:07
I wanna say like 90 % of the time. So if you’re already creating that short form video, this is something that you just have your VA or set aside 30 minutes a week and just upload schedule amount. You can schedule right on Pinterest, you don’t have to pay for anything. And I think that is something that you should also be doing. It’s just like you’re already creating the content, put it out there. Yeah, I mean, that’s why I love the repurpose.io so much.

38:36
It’s pretty much hands off. Like I only just publish on, on tick tock and then everything just gets magically uploaded and remove the watermark. Yes. So I don’t know where this world’s going though. Yeah. Uh, I think video is, the hardest thing to copy. Yeah. And video conveys both your tone, your persona. And I think it’s, I think.

39:04
video is where we all need to be going forward. I agree. And I think, you know, we talked about this at the very beginning, but if you do have an email list that you started with, you know, that you collected over the years haphazardly and didn’t have a true strategy, this is the time to like revive that list. Start emailing people, start figuring out, you know, up the email sends that you’re doing, giving them interesting content, you know, encouraging them to follow you on other channels, all the, you know, giving content directly in the email.

39:33
just try everything because you probably already have some sort of list. so, you know, making sure that list stays really active. And then, you know, we talked about Chanel earlier, but you know, she has an offering in her email newsletter that when you share her email with like 10 people, if you bring in 10 subscribers, there’s some sort of benefit to you. I can’t remember what it is, but like you can do incentive based content in your emails as well. So,

40:01
Don’t forget about that because you probably already have some things. Like maybe you have a Pinterest account that you haven’t used for a while or maybe you have an old YouTube account, right? You might be able to go in and revive some things to get you a little bit of a head start rather than just feeling like you have to start from zero.

40:19
That incentive system’s interesting. Do you have any specifics? I would have to pull up. Let me pull it up really quick since we’re on. Because I know the hustle had something similar. Who did? So if you were the hustle. Oh, yes. OK. This is back in the day before Sam sold it. But he had a system where if you referred someone to the hustle, you got points. And then he would give out like swag. OK. like that if you reach a certain number of points. mean, people like the.

40:48
When we do points in our course, right? And people love that incentive based, the gamification, whatever you wanna call it, people just really like it. I think if, okay, if you refer to 10 friends, and this is actually perfect for the brand that Chanel is building with, because her thing is all based on building a business, email marketing, refer 10 friends and you get a shout out in her newsletter. So if you have another business that’s like a SaaS product or a marketing product or.

41:17
you know, anything coaching, all that stuff. mean, referring 10 people, we probably referred 30 people to her newsletter at this point, just from talking about it. Um, and her newsletter’s got a ton of subscribers. want to say 30, 40,000. How she tracks referrals. There must be a plugin for it. There’s a special link. Um, it’s spark LP.co is the beginning of the link. Spark loop. Okay. Yes. Actually Nathan Barry owns that. Okay. Well, I think she’s on convert kit. So that makes sense.

41:46
Anyway, but yeah, incentivize people to share your newsletter. Yeah, just think there’s so many, obviously Google search was a foundation for many people, but there are other things you can be doing today. I know it’s frustrating and probably a little bit discouraging to see like something you’ve built over a decade or more to sort of crumble in two, three months, right? But.

42:11
there’s a lot out there that’s still working and still available. And I think as long as you continue to provide like amazing content, be your authentic self, work in your zone, don’t try to be somebody you’re not, you’ll see success.

42:27
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now the shift is coming and when things change, they are going to change fast. So be prepared. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 543. And if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

542: The UGLY Truth About Print On Demand That No Guru Will Tell You

542: The UGLY Truth About Print On Demand That No Guru Will Tell You

In this solo episode, I’ll answer all of the most commonly asked questions about print on demand dropshipping including the questions that most people won’t give you a straight answer on.

What You’ll Learn

  • The big negatives of Print On Demand
  • How to run a POD business profitably
  • Why POD isn’t as great as you think
  • Sublistar Star IV DTF Printer – Click Here To Check It Out

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab The Recordings.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the MyWifeQuarterJob podcast, the place where I cover the latest strategies to grow an online business. Now for some reason, I’ve gotten more more questions from people wanting to start a print-on-demand business lately. Plus, there seems to be an uptick in the number of spammy videos on YouTube that have been advertising this business model, along with using AI-generated images. So I thought that I would set the record straight today and provide you with a realistic view of what it takes to succeed with this business model.

00:28
But before we begin, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book.

00:53
So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

01:04
Welcome to the My Wife QuitterDrop podcast. In this episode, I’ll answer all the most commonly asked questions about print-on-demand drop shipping, including the questions that most people will not give you a straight answer on. Now, print-on-demand has a reputation for being a get-rich-quick scheme because it sounds too easy. You don’t need to store inventory, you don’t need to ship or fulfill orders, and you don’t need much money to get started. All you have to do is create designs, and the print-on-demand company does the rest. Now, while all these statements are technically true,

01:34
A common misconception is that running a successful print-on-demand business is easy. But in reality, success with print-on-demand has many pros and cons and isn’t as straightforward as you are led to believe. So in this episode, I’ll answer all the in-depth questions related to print-on-demand to provide you with a complete view of what it takes to run a profitable online store. Now, when it comes to print-on-demand, all the gurus out there tend to focus on the positive aspects of print-on-demand

02:02
such as how easy it is and how cheap it is to start. But what they don’t tell you is that the margins are pretty horrific. Sure, you got full control over pricing, but there’s only so much money you can charge for a t-shirt or a hoodie before no one’s gonna buy from you. For example, if you were to go to Printful, a pretty decent quality shirt costs around $16.25, which includes printing on one side of the garment. Now, shipping for this garment is $4.69,

02:31
which makes your cost a total of $20.94. Now to make a profit of just five bucks a shirt, you need to sell it for $26. If you want to make a paltry 10 bucks, you have to price your shirt at $31. Now realistically, most people aren’t going to be willing to pay $26 or $31 for a t-shirt unless you’re a celebrity or an influencer. Heck, the most I’ve ever paid for a t-shirt was 40 bucks at a concert, but that was a special occasion.

02:59
I generally would never pay that amount for the exact same t-shirt at a store. Now sure, there are cheaper t-shirts to sell from Printful, but if you want to sell a high quality product, then $15 to $16 is what you’re going to have to pay. Now it’s because of the extremely low margins of print-on-demand that I decided to buy my own printer and print my own handkerchiefs and linens in-house. And for all of you who don’t normally follow me,

03:24
I launched a line of custom printed linens at my store during the holiday season last year, mainly because I was fed up with the margins of print on demand. So I said, screw it. I’m going to buy a printer and keep most of the profit. So I ended up buying the Sublistar DTF Star 4 printer last year with the plan of launching a line of custom printed linens. And I’ll give you a completely transparent rundown of the numbers compared to print on demand. Okay. So using my previous example, a printed t-shirt from Printful costs around $16 and 25 cents.

03:54
But when you print the exact same shirt yourself with a printer, it’s way cheaper. Now, first off, you can buy an apples to apples identical blank t-shirt for $4 or less in the United States. And if you source t-shirts in bulk from China, you can literally get them for a dollar or less per shirt. Now I’ve owned my printer for almost a year now. And the cost of ink and materials for a t-shirt is about a dollar for a pretty complicated design with lots of solid colors.

04:23
But for most simpler designs, like when we print our handkerchiefs, it’s easily less than a dollar, probably like 25 to 30 cents, since our designs don’t require that much ink. So let’s go back to t-shirts again. So basically your cost of goods for a shirt is only about five bucks as opposed to $16.25. And all of a sudden, you can list your shirt for only 15 bucks and still make a 3X profit. And at 15 bucks, far more people are likely to buy from you.

04:51
And let’s just throw some warm numbers in the mix. Let’s say you get your shirts from China for about a buck. That’s basically $2 a shirt, which means that your profit margins are about 7 to X greater than with print on demand. Now, the beauty of printing yourself is that lower prices leads to more sales and the lower cost of goods always leads to more profit. Higher margins also allows you to pay for advertising and still come out ahead and it is exponential. So overall, it’s very hard to make a living selling print on demand t-shirts.

05:21
In order to make a decent wage, you gotta sell a ton of shirts. For example, let’s say your goal is to make $100,000 a year and you profit $5 a shirt. Well, you gotta sell 20,000 shirts per year or 55 shirts per day. It can be done, but selling shirts at 26 bucks a pop each is gonna be a tough sell. Now, in one of my YouTube videos, I’m not sure if you guys follow me on YouTube, some of you guys asked about my printer, so I’ll just give you a little preview here.

05:49
I got the Sublistar Star 4 DTF printer back in 2023. And the printer is around six to $10,000, depending on what you get. Now, occasionally this company will have a killer sale. So if you sign up for their newsletter, sometimes they have deals, like they had a really killer deal for like $3,000, I think last year. Anyway, the way the technology works is that you first print your design onto a special film.

06:14
Then you apply special DTF powder and then bake the film in an oven for 60 seconds. And finally, you take your garment, place the film on top, and then using a heat press, you press the design onto the fabric. Now for all of you who are wondering, this is the exact same technology that many print-on-demand providers use, and the quality is excellent. The design is dark and crisp and will survive many washings. Now I’m looking at my numbers right now, and we pretty much made up the cost of the printer in profit within three months of owning the printer.

06:44
And now because the printer is paid off, everything I print here on out is gravy in terms of profit. Now that being said, maintaining the printer is a bit more involved than your average desktop inkjet printer. For example, the machine’s much messier than a normal printer, and you’ll find yourself cleaning it at least once per week. Also, you got to run the cleaning cycle periodically, or else the print head will clog up over time. I’ve actually ruined a couple print heads already, but I think I know what I’m doing now. But basically,

07:12
This is not the type of printer that you occasionally use. You have to continue using it regularly or else the head will clog up basically. Now the other drawback is you have to be familiar with Adobe Photoshop or any other image editing software. So for example, we get many orders per day for our printed merchandise and to be efficient, you have to create a single file with all of your designs packed tightly so you don’t waste film. So since I’m a former engineer, I wrote an Adobe Photoshop script

07:40
that pulls all the orders off of my website, aligns them efficiently, packs the designs, and then sends them to the printer automatically. And as with everything in life, there’s a learning curve, but the profits are worth it. Now, the other aspect of print-on-demand that no guru will tell you about is the limited range of products and design options that print-on-demand companies offer. For example, let’s say you want to print on a very specific item and sell it in your shop.

08:07
No print-on-demand company is going to be willing to print on merchandise that is not their own. One time, we had a customer who wanted to print on a very specific branded towel that no print-on-demand company carries. But we were actually able to fulfill her order at a significant upcharge because with this printer, we can basically print on anything. Now, in some cases, a print-on-demand company may even limit where you can print a design on the garment itself. For example, custom cap,

08:34
which is actually the print-on-demand company that my kids use for their store, will not let you print a design on the sleeve of your garment. And again, with your own printer, you can print anywhere, even on a pair of canvas shoes. The other downside to print-on-demand is that the quality of the products in the print can vary depending on the print-on-demand company. For example, if you decide to use Printify as your print-on-demand provider, Printify is actually made up of many different print-on-demand contractors with different equipment and different practices.

09:03
If you were to place an identical order across two different providers on Printavai, you would probably get different results. One time, we used the print-on-demand company to print 50 t-shirts for my daughter’s school team, and the print quality was poor on about 20 % of the merchandise. Now, even though the print-on-demand company refunded us for the faulty shirts, we did not have enough time to place another order because the processing time was so long, which leads me to the next downside of print-on-demand.

09:32
Shipping can be more expensive and take longer to process than when you do it yourself. And according to Printful’s website, 97 % of the orders are shipped within five business days and about half are shipped within three days. If a customer needs their order rushed, which happens a lot, believe it or not, during the holidays, you are out of luck. Now these next aspects of print on demand are a little nitpicky, but they are annoying nonetheless.

09:57
Now my kids launched their own print on demand t-shirt store when they were nine and 11 years old over at kidincharge.com. And the store has been running now for about four years. And in those four years, I cannot tell you how many products have been discontinued. And whenever a product is discontinued, you got to go back onto the print on demand company’s website and recreate the entire product all over again. Now granted the process only takes about five minutes, but imagine updating 50 or a hundred or even a thousand products at a time.

10:26
It gets tedious real quick. The other thing that’s annoying about selling print-on-demand products is that your provider may be out of stock of certain sizes of your merchandise. And you’re not going to find out unless a customer has placed an order on your website. One holiday season, our print-on-demand provider just happened to run out of medium-sized t-shirts, which is the most common size that people buy. So we had to scramble and shift the product to a completely different t-shirt brand without testing the print quality or the shirt quality.

10:55
Stuff like this happens all the time, and you have to stay on top of it. Print-on-demand is not truly set it and forget it. Also, if you’re going to start a print-on-demand dropshipping business, you definitely want to build a brand. After all, selling printed merchandise is a very competitive industry because there are very few barriers to entry. But the problem is that with most print-on-demand companies is that your packaging and branding options are limited.

11:20
Now many print-on-demand companies do not allow you to include product inserts or other branding elements that make your brand stand out. And if they do allow you to include inserts or branding on the packaging, it’s going to cost you extra. Now the price of the product is already expensive, but adding custom branding elements will make it even more expensive for the customer. But the main concern that you should all have with print-on-demand is the rise of companies like Tmoo and Shein. If you aren’t familiar with Tmoo,

11:47
It is a marketplace where consumers can buy products directly from China at rock bottom prices. And just to give you an example, a fully printed t-shirt from Tmoo costs about $7 or less, including shipping from China, which takes seven to 15 days. And at that low price, it’s hard to compete with Tmoo selling your own $26 shirt that is more or less the same thing. Here’s the other thing about Chinese companies. There is rampant piracy everywhere. If you were to design a popular t-shirt that generates a lot of sales,

12:16
I’m willing to bet that it will be copied on Tima within a week. And at $7 versus $26 with Print On Demand, you can’t really compete with them unless you are printing your shirts yourself. In any case, I hope I didn’t poo poo Print On Demand too much here. I just want to make sure that you guys have all the facts before you jump in. But bottom line though, Print On Demand is a great way to dip your toes in the e-commerce waters without much upfront investment. But you’ll probably never make life-changing money with this business model.

12:46
until you start doing more of it yourself.

12:51
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now if you want to learn more about Print On A Man or more about the printers that I own, I will put them in the show notes. I actually just bought a new and different printer that had just arrived last week, so I haven’t had a chance to review it yet, but I will keep you posted. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 542. If you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!